3 sap hcm paquete de mejora 3 al detalle

SAP Enhancement Package 3 forSAP ERP 6.0Detailed Presentation

Market DevelopmentSolution Management SAP ERPVersion 1.1

© SAP 2007 /

Legal Disclaimer

This presentation outlines our general product direction and should not berelied on in making a purchase decision. This presentation is not subject toyour license agreement or any other agreement with SAP. SAP has noobligation to pursue any course of business outlined in this presentation or todevelop or release any functionality mentioned in this presentation. Thispresentation and SAP's strategy and possible future developments are subjectto change and may be changed by SAP at any time for any reason withoutnotice. This document is provided without a warranty of any kind, eitherexpress or implied, including but not limited to, the implied warranties ofmerchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, or non-infringement. SAPassumes no responsibility for errors or omissions in this document, except ifsuch damages were caused by SAP intentionally or grossly negligent.

© SAP 2007 /

Structure of this document

Navigation Index:Use this sheet as main navigationto get fast to the area and slides ofyour interest

Solution area/IndustryOverview:This kind of sheets summarize theenhancement for a industry or SAPERP solution area. The rows on inthe table of these slides describethe several business functions

Business FunctionSummary:These sheets summarize all thefeatures delivered with thisbusiness function. Each row in thetable describes one feature

Feature description:These sheets describe the featuresin a process environment. Justnew features are described on thatway.

….

….

e..g. Financials

BF xy

BF xy

BF xy

Feature xy

Feature xy

Feature xy

This buttons navigate you to the relevant information one detail leveldeeper – Navigation Index Solution Area / Industry Businessfunction Feature

This button in the lower right corner on each slide navigates youquickly back to the navigation index to jump fast into another area ofinterest

The text in the upper left corner gives you orientation to which solutionarea / industry this business function and/or feature belongs to

How to navigate

© SAP 2007 /

© SAP 2007 /

1. ERP Core

1.0. Introduction and SAP Enhancement Package 3 for SAP ERP AT-A-Glance1.1. Financials

1.1.1 General1.1.2 Treasury1.1.3 Financial Accounting1.1.4 Financial Analytics

1.2. Human Capital Management1.2.1 General1.2.2 Talent Management1.2.3 Workforce Analytics

1.3. Procurement and Logistics Execution1.3.1 General1.3.2 Inbound and Outbound Logistics1.3.3 Inventory and Warehouse Management1.3.4 Procurement

1.4. Product Development and Manufacturing1.4.1 Life-Cycle Data Management1.4.2 Manufacturing Execution1.4.3 Product Development1.4.4 Production Planning

1.5. Sales and Service1.5.1 Sales Order Management

1.6. Corporate Services1.6.1 EH&S Compliance Management1.6.2 Enterprise Asset Management1.6.3 Project and Portfolio Management1.6.4 Quality Management1.6.5 Real Estate Management

1.7. Analytics1.7.1 Financial Analytics1.7.2 Strategic Enterprise Management1.7.3 Workforce Analytics

1.8. End User Service Delivery1.8.1 End-User Service Delivery

2. Industries

Navigation Index

© SAP 2007 /

SAP Enhancement Package 3 for SAP ERPAt-A-Glance

Simplified financial reportingXBRL reportingEnhancements of New GeneralLedger (G/L)Treasury & risk mgmt – new fin.instruments, risk analyzerLocal close – closing cockpit forcross system schedulingGroup close – Autom. sign-off

Financials

Talent Management: e-recruiting– general enhancements– SAP Manager Self Services– New search capabilities

Talent management: AnalyticsSAP ESS

– Enhancements for personalinformation scenarios

– Concurrent and global employmentenablement

Cross-Application Time Sheet (CATS)– cProjects integration: maintain details

from CATS classic and CATS regularHCM localization topics

HCM

Environmental complianceintegrationSAP Environment, Health & Safety(SAP EH&S) – Usability andReportingEnterprise asset management:Takeover and handover of technicalobjectsEnterprise asset management -Shift notes and reportsPool asset managementQuality managementRE/FM, Earmarked FundsProject System Functional &Usability Enhancements

Corporate Services

Recipe management compliancechecks (RM CC)Manufacturing Information System– Shift Report/Notes, Confirmation– XSteps in Routing and

Production OrderPI-Sheet EnhancementscFolders: Import and Export ofMPNs

Product Developmentand Manufacturing

Improvements in sales and billingAdvanced order processing andbilling functionsLogistics, Commodity PricingEngine in SD and MM

Sales and Service

Highlights

Buyer Role for simplified access ofcomplete Procure-to-Pay scenarioCreation and collective processing ofpurchase requisitionsReturnable packaging logisticswithout DIMPLE warehouse integrationWarehouse operations manager(WOM) role

Procurement andLogistics Execution

© SAP 2007 /

Financial and Public Services

CredentialingWork center for sales managerClaims analytics for the roles of claimshandler and claims supervisorFour enterprise service bundlesFinancial asset management withhedge management functionalityCustomer billing with enhancedanalytics capabilities and service-enabling of the inbound interface

Insurance

Improvements in organizationalflexibilityEnhancements in deployed operationsFurther enhanced defense supportenvironment, health, and safetyIntegration of real estate andorganizational flexibilityOperational readinessAmendments to unit (line) maintenanceFurther functionalities forinterchangeability of materialsArchitectural changes and otherspecific capabilities

Defense and security

Funds management: improvedintegration with materialsmanagement, controlling, andproject system; improvedbudgeting with U.S. Federal–specific attributes and additionalU.S. Federal–specific fields andfunctionsGrantor managementaccounting: support of accountspayable, accounts receivable,and PSCD for financialaccountingGrantee management: supportof overhead, revaluation, costsharing, and archivingTax and revenue management:improvements in identificationand returns processing andcollections management

Public sector

New functionality to supportenhancements for the localizationof SAP Patient Management forthe country version Italy.

Healthcare

SAP Student LifecycleManagement:

– Implementation AcceleratorPackage (IAP)

– User Interface for AcademicAdvisor

Higher Education

© SAP 2007 /

Manufacturing and Service Industries

Improvements for Catch WeightManagement (CWM) in inventoryaccounting, logistics and master dataDirect store delivery (DSD): processimprovements

Consumer Products

Improvement in the user interfacefor professional services: billingrequest editor

Professional Services

Global data synchronizationenhancementsEnhanced interface for merchandiseand assortment planning (MAP)Retail method of accountingProduct lookup within the in-storecustomer order management processIn-store food production – integrationof partner solutionEnhanced cross-docking interface toexternal warehouse managementsystemsEnhancements in agency businessand condition contractEnhancements in commoditymanagement

Retail and Wholesale

Advanced order processing and billingin SAP ERPImproved material exchange withavailable-to-promise (ATP) checksEnablement of item uniqueidentification (IUID)Elogbook integration

Transportation

Commodity pricing engine in salesand distribution and materialsmanagementEnhancements of trader andschedulers workbench (TSW)functionalityTechnical integration of IS-OILand IS-UEnhancements of remote logisticsmanagement (RLM) functionalityEnhancements of joint ventureaccounting (JVA) functionality

Oil and Gas

Highlights within an industry

© SAP 2007 /

ES-Bundles with SAP Enhancement Package 3for SAP ERP

Order to Cash v2 (incl. B2B)Quote to Order for config. Pdts

Order to Cash

Public Sector Budget ManagementReserve and Commit Budget

Public Sector

Customer Service Execution v2

Service for Customer

Enterprise Asset ManagementAsset Configuration v2Maintenance Processing v2Maintenance Service Collaboration v2Project System

Environment Health and SafetyEnvironment Health and Safety (EH&S)Services

Corporate Services

Procure to Pay (incl. B2B)Supplier Collaboration in theSupply ChainSupply Chain Operations &Execution in Oil&Gas

Procure to Pay

Integration with externalWarehouse ManagementSystemIntegration with TransportManagement System

Transportation &Warehousing

HCM Master DataHCM Time ManagementHCM OrganizationalManagementHCM Enterprise Learning

Hire to Retire

Merchandise & Assortment PlanningIntegrationTrade & Commodity Management v2Store Fresh Item ManagementIntegrationPlanning to Shelf OptimizationIntegration

Trading Industries

Advertising ManagementSubscription Management

Media

Compliance relevant data exchange –eLogbookInformation Integration Systems (GIS)

Defense

Batch Traceability & Analytics v2Outsourced Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Insurance External ReportingInsurance CredentialingInsurance Document VendorInsurance External Claims InvestigationInsurance Billing & Payment

Insurance

© SAP 2007 /

1. ERP Core1.0. Introduction and SAP Enhancement Package 3 for SAP ERP AT-A-Glance1.1. Financials









2. Industries

Navigation Index

© SAP 2007 /

FinancialsBusiness Functions

Description Target Customers

Non-HCM Localization Topics : The following features enhance non-HCM localizations for China andPortugal: interfacing with the Golden Tax System (government-owned system) in China and flexiblereal estate management in Portugal.

Enhancements in the FI localization for China and Portugal

TRM: Hedge Management, New Instruments, New Key Figures: Legal requirements: enhancementof accounting rules and hedging functionalityFinancial instruments: enhanced traded options and commodity paper dealsAnalytical integration: rel. limits /enhanced VAR key figures/ modified duration

Customers with a high demand for hedge capabilities and otheraccounting functionalityCustomers with a high demand for financial instrumentcapabilities: new product group commodities, traded optionsCustomer with a high demand for financial risk analysis

Local Close:Closing cockpit: integration of SAP Central Process Scheduling to start closing tasks in amultisystem landscape. Conversion of UI to monitor closing tasks with WD ABAP.ICR: reconciliation of local open items and AP/AR as a one-step process. Upload and downloadfunction for ICR contact data.

Customers with a complex landscape who wish to run a localclose centrally. Only the system instance containing the closingcockpit must be on SAP ERP 6.0.3. The instance can initiate andmonitor close jobs on systems with lower releases. Othercustomers who express an interest in a fast close or centralizing FIprocesses. Customers with multiple group companies in onesystem who deal with AP/AR differences in consolidation oralready use ICR.

New General Ledger Accounting:Parallel Accounting: Monitoring G/L accounts for ledger groups.Additional Account Assignments: Control of processes on profit-center level.Planning: Better entering and uploading plan data.Reporting: Migration tool to convert classic profit center reports to new G/L

Customers who want a better way to monitor their transactionsWhen performing parallel accounting using parallel ledgersWhen performing planning activities within the general ledgerWhen running standard reports for PC accountingWith a strong business need for a better authorization concept atthe PC-level

Reporting Using the XBRL Standard: Create financial reports from SAP NetWeaver BI as XML filesaccording to XBRL specification 2.1. XBRL taxonomies can be imported and the concepts of thetaxonomies mapped to data in SAP NetWeaver BI. In a generic mapping function, any data in SAPNetWeaver BI can be mapped to the XBRL concepts.

Customers who must deliver financial reports in XBRL format toregulators (U.S. SEC, German Bundesanzeiger, and so on) andbanks that must deliver risk reporting to banking supervisors inXBRL format according to Basel II guidelines.

Financials

Value PropositionIncrease local close efficiency and compliance by central task scheduling and monitoring in multi-system landscapes. Improve credit and market risk analysis and automateprocessing for additional financial instruments (e.g. commodity paper deals) in treasury. Analyze finance data in real-time with enhanced and unified financial reports,organized in an easy-to-use, role-based launch-pad.

© SAP 2007 /

FinancialsES Bundles

Description

ES Bundle: Trade and Commodity Management:This ES bundle allows integration of Commodity XL 5.6 by Triple Point Technology via A2A enterprise SOA with SAP ERP 6.0Facilitates a seamless front-to-back office commodity management scenarioSynchronizes trading front-office physical and financial positions with logistics and SAP Treasury and Risk Management, enabling a SOX- and IFRS-compliant system

Financials

© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Trade and Commodity Management

Business valueIntegrated trading system ERP to manageprocurement, selling, and trading of commodities,including commodity risk managementWorld-class front-office-trading delivered via EBSpartner Triple point TechnologyTransparency along the supply chainCommodity trading platform as basis for commodityaccounting compliance

This ES bundle allows integration of Commodity XL 5.6 by Triple Point Technology via A2A enterprise SOAwith SAP ERP 6.0Facilitates a seamless front-to-back office commodity management scenarioSynchronizes trading front-office physical and financial positions with logistics and SAP Treasury and RiskManagement, enabling a SOX- and IFRS-compliant system

Use casesIntegration of Commodity SL 5.6 with SAP ERP 6.0Real-time integration of physical and financial positionsFacilitation of hedge accounting (FAS 133 and IAS 39)Give customers a real-time view of the their true physical andfinancial exposure

Enterstrade

Approvescredit exception

Front office trader

Createsinvoice

Controlling

Reviewsprofitability

Schedules shipmentassigns vessel

Midoffice operation managerVP finance Finance A/R clerk

Back-endsystem

Commodity SL5.6

Commodity SL5.6 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0

Financials > ES Bundle

© SAP 2007 /

Non-HCM Localization Topics

New Features Description Target Users for thisBusiness Function

China: interfacing withthe Golden Tax System(government-ownedsystem)

The function enables customers to create an outbound file of all VAT invoices that can thenbe uploaded to the external GTS system. The inbound file from the GTS system is read andthe GTI number is updated back to SAP software.

Customers in China who areconsidering printing invoiceswithout using third-partysoftware.

Portugal: flexible realestate management

The property tax for Portugal is based on and assigned to the Parcel of Land object in landuse management (LUM). The Parcel of Land objects used for the property tax will beassigned to a single real estate contract, where the partner is the municipality.

Companies possessing andleasing real estate

Benefits

China: interfacing with the Golden Tax System allows printing VAT invoices with no need for third-party software. Portugal: localization of flexible realestate management, calculation of municipal property tax; remaining items to follow in enhancement package 4.

Provide Golden Tax interface for China and flexible real estate management for Portugal

Financials > General

Business Function: FIN_LOC_CI_1

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: China: interfacing with the GoldenTax System (government-owned system)

Business ValueInterfacing with the Golden Tax Systems allows printing VATinvoices with no need for third-party software.

The function enables customers to create an outbound file of all VAT invoices that can then be uploaded tothe external GTS system. The inbound file from the GTS system is read and the GTI number is updatedback to SAP software.

Customer business challengesThird-party software required to interface with the Golden TaxSystem.

Delivered by Business Function FIN_LOC_CI_1

Process: Accounts ReceivablePost down payment request

Post incomingdown payment

Displaycustomer line

item list

Post incomingpayment

Post outgoinginvoice

Post downpayment clearing

Request for GTInumber fromauthorities *

Invoice List Processor

* Improvements

Financials > General > Non-HCM Localization Topics

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Portugal: flexible real estatemanagement

Business ValueComprehensive master data for property tax objectsrepresenting the cadastral entries of a companyTransparent administration of property tax objects of acompany in one listFull chain of posting activitiesHandling of mass property tax data

The Municipal Property Tax (IMI) objects are represented as parcels from the Land Use Management(LUM) functionality. A special IMI Data screen for the parcels displays all the relevant parameters of themunicipal property tax object for every calendar year. All property tax objects of a company are allocatedto a special type of real estate contract (Property Tax type) whose business partner is the Ministry ofFinance. An IMI cockpit tool allows the generation of cash flow items for accruals and installments.Monthly accruals and the one-time or two-time installments are posted by the Property Tax contractperiodically.

Customer business challengesAdministration of the Municipal Property Tax IMI in Portugal:estimation per property tax object, accrual, yearly installment,carry forward, etc. for all property tax objects of companies.

Delivered by Business Function FIN_LOC_CI_1

Maintain municipalproperty tax ratesand master data

Execute monthlyaccruals for

the property tax rate

Check and post incoming paymentrequests

for municipal property tax** Improvements

*

Process: Corporate Real Estate Mgmt.

*

Financials > General > Non-HCM Localization Topics

© SAP 2007 /

TRM: Hedge Management, New Instruments, NewKey Figures

Improvements ofexisting features Description Target Users for this

Business Function

Amortization for MoneyMarket instruments

Streamlines entering a main flow for a money market instrument such as a fixed-termdeposit, a cash flow transaction, an interest rate instrument, or a commercial paperSpecifies the nominal amount that can differ from the payment amount and calculatespremium

Treasury departmentAccounting department

Enhancement of listedoptions

Supports life cycle of exchange traded options (normal style): open, close, partial close,expiration, and accounting Calculates NPV in Market Risk Analyzer

Asset management department,treasury manager, accountants

Financials > Treasury


Hedge managementfunctionalities

Creates hedge relationships using money market instruments as hedge instrumentsAllows customers to produce necessary hedge documentationProvides two additional fields to work with hedge plans: Grouping and ProgramEnables the choice of existing exposures from FX deal- Keeps a detailed log of the Effectiveness TestMakes market data available for all hedging relationshipsAllows customers to add notes manually to hedge items & relationships as free text

Treasury Department, HedgeManager, and Accountants

New key figure modifiedduration is available

New key figures such as modified duration and yield to maturity have been added to theMarket Risk Analyzer to analyze sensitivity of interest-rate instruments in a portfolio.

Corporations and insurancecompanies

© SAP 2007 /

TRM: Hedge Management, New Instruments,New Key Figures, New Features


New product group forCommodity paper deals

Enables tracking of commodity paper deals such as futures, traded options, andcommodity forwards in treasury and risk management -- Automates accounting for dealssuch as margin processing -- Provides Market Risk Analyzer to calculate NPVs ofcommodity futures, forwards, and options -- Via the partnership with Triple Point as a frontoffice system, customers have a integrated view of the physical position and paper dealside

Treasury departmentAccounting department

Relative limits New functionality has been introduced to define and evaluate the relative limits of aportfolio. This functionality enables corporations to define limits flexibly and insurancecompanies to comply with regulatory processes in investment management.

Corporations and insurancecompanies

New key figures forPortfolio Benchmarking

New key figures in the area of portfolio benchmarking have been added -- such as JensenRatio, Sharpe Ratio, and so on to better analyze return on portfolios via benchmarks.

Insurance companies, holdingcompanies, and largecorporations with substantialinvestment portfolios

New accountingfunctionalities forfinancial instruments

Prepares elimination of gains and losses for intra-group transactionsEnhances the impairment processProvides valuation in monetary value for sale positions in foreign currency

Customers who have to filereports -- such as IAS 39

BenefitsHandles commodity paper dealsMeets important auditing requirementsManages risk and complianceProvides fast closeStreamlines hedge documentation to ensure complianceCalculates yield to maturity and modified duration in securities or portfolios via new key figuresSimplifies handling of loansSets up limits on a relative basis for key figures in portfolios

Streamline Hedge Management, Accounting, and Commodity Trading

Financials > Treasury

Business Function: FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: New product group for Commoditypaper deals

Business ValueAllows treasury department to track, post, and evaluatecommodity paper deals within TRMEnables integration of physical and paper commodityposition via partnership with TPTAutomates accounting entries as well as margin processingCalculates NPV for commodity paper deals with the MarketRisk AnalyzerCalculates Value at Risk of commodity Futures, Forwardsand Options

Enables tracking of commodity paper deals such as futures, traded options, and commodity forwards intreasury and risk managementAutomates accounting for deals such as margin processingProvides Market Risk Analyzer to calculate Net Present Values of commodity futures, forwards, and optionsVia the partnership with Triple Point as a front office system, customers have a integrated view of thephysical position and paper deal side

Customer business challengesCommodities not tracked in current treasury systemNo possibility of doing margin processingNo integration between physical positions andcorresponding commodity paper dealsNot possible to evaluate commodity instruments in marketrisk analyzer and calculate NPV

Delivered by Business Function FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN

Analyze

Create FinancialTransaction Posting Revaluation* *

Calculaterealized

gain or loss *Payment* *Create and

updatemaster data

Process: Operational Treasury Management

** Improvements

Financials > Treasury > > TRM: Hedge Management, New Instruments, New Key Figures

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Relative limits

Business ValueSets up limits on a relative basis for key figures in portfoliosPossible to compare and setup limits between two differentportfoliosRegulatory reporting is simplified with relative limit report

New functionality has been introduced to define and evaluate the relative limits of a portfolio. Thisfunctionality enables corporations to define limits flexibly and insurance companies to comply withregulatory processes in investment management.

Customer business challengesNot possible to set up and compare limits between twoportfolios.Not possible to setup limits based on key figures like VaR,Book value etc.


Process: Treasury Risk Management

Identify referenceportfolio andkey figures

Identify targetportfolio andkey figures

Setup relative limitsbased on reference

portfolio** Improvements

Compare Limits andgenerate report*


© SAP 2007 /

Analyze target portfoliobased on

performance benchmarks

Feature: New key figures for PortfolioBenchmarking- Risk Adjusted Performance

Business ValueCustomers get better insight into investment ratiosSetup risk adjusted performance ratios like Jensen Ratio,Sharpe ratio to get better insight into portfolio risk and return

New key figures in the area of portfolio benchmarking have been added -- such as Jensen Ratio, SharpeRatio, and so on to better analyze risk adjusted return on portfolios via benchmarks.

Customer business challengesNot able to analyze returns on portfolios in detailYielded key figures do not provide a detailed analysis


*Setup reference(benchmark)

portfolio

Compare targetportfolio toBenchmark

Setup performancebenchmark ratios *


* Improvements


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: New accounting functionalities forfinancial instruments

Business ValueMeets auditing requirementsManages risk and complianceProvides fast closeHandles the amortization of money market transactions inTRMEnables treasury department to generate correct figures foramortization automatically

Prepares elimination of gains and losses for intra-group transactionsEnhances the impairment processProvides valuation in monetary value for sale positions in foreign currencyWhenever the nominal amount of a money market transaction differs from the payment amount (premiumor discount) there may be the need of the amortization of the premium or discount. This functionality isautomated with this enhancement.

Customer business challengesSeveral closing activities have to be done manuallyDifficulty to amortize discounts or premiums within moneymarket deals


Analyze


Calculaterealized


updatemaster data


** Improvements


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Hedge Management Functionalities

Business ValueStreamlines hedge documentation to ensure complianceEnsures availability of different product types to accomplishnet investment hedgesAllows the grouping of customer-definable fieldsEnables customer to add additional information to theirhedge relationships

Enables the creation of hedge relationships "Net Investment in a Foreign Subsidiary" using money market instruments ashedge instrumentsAllows customers to produce necessary hedge documentationProvides two additional fields to work with hedge plans: Grouping and ProgramEnables the choice of existing exposures from FX dealKeeps a detailed log of the Effectiveness TestMakes market data available for all hedging relationshipsAllows customers to add notes manually to hedge items & relationships as free text

Customer business challengesThey lack documentation and audit railHave inflexible hedge accounting and lack reportingrequirements


Analyze


Calculaterealized


updatemaster data


** Improvements

Financials > Treasury > TRM: Hedge Management, New Instruments, New Key Figures

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: New key figures Modified Durationand Yield to maturity

Business ValueCustomers get better insight into the sensitivity key figures ofa portfolio.Can include two new key figures viz. Modified Duration andYield to Maturity in sensitivity key figure analysis reporting.

New key figures in the area of market risk analyzer in order to analyze the interest rate sensitivity ofinstruments. Modified duration gives a better approximation of duration of a financial instrument as well asa portfolio.

Customer business challengesNot able to compute Yield to Maturity and ModifiedDuration of an financial instrument and portfolio


Identify interest ratesensitive instruments

Define sensitivitykey figures

Analysis ofkey figures*


* Reporting ofkey figures

* Improvements

*

Financials > Treasury > TRM: Hedge Management, New Instruments, New Key Figures

© SAP 2007 /

Local Close


SAP Central ProcessScheduler initiates closetasks in remote systems

Allows inclusion of remote tasks in a local close. SAP Central Process Scheduler used tomanage cross-system dependencies, event-based scheduling, and parallel processing.

Central finance group

New web application toselect and monitor closetask lists

Provides the supervisor and the processor of a close task with a list of the relevant closetask lists. Details of the task can be accessed from the list.

Accountants who execute theclose and supervisors whomonitor the close.

Upload and download ofICR contact data

ICR contact database can be maintained by loading data automatically. A central contactdata file can be used to fill the ICR contact database without entering the data manually.

BenefitsPlans the local close, identifies all stakeholders, and provides a central repository for documents. Schedules close tasks, considers the factory calendar,and documents the progress of the close. Provides escalation functions within workflow and SAP Central Process Scheduler. Shows users the status of theclose by organizational unit or by phase and day. Supports compliance by providing access to all system logs, error logs, and user comments. Recordstask times for each step and allowing benchmarking. ICR now supports offline maintenance of a contact person. Contacts can be loaded from and to Excelor text files. Executes local reconciliation of open items in AP/AR in one step.

Central task list for several business units for the local close. Local intercompany reconciliationas one-step process and loading of contacts.

Financials > Financial Accounting

Business Function: FIN_ACC_LOCAL_CLOSE

© SAP 2007 /

Local CloseImprovements of Existing Features


Business Function

Tree view containingclose tasks byorganizational unit.

Presents all close tasks in a tree structure organized by organizational unit. The individualfolders can represent a controlling area, one or more company codes, or a phase or folder.Displays the status, responsible persons, and duration of each close task.

Business users who monitorthe close (accountants andcorporate level).

Calendar view thatvisualizes the closeschedule, taskdependencies, andstatus.

Visualizes the close schedule with respect to calendar days, enabling stakeholders to seewhich tasks are to be performed and when, the relative duration of the tasks, dependenciesbetween tasks, and the status of each task. Selection of tasks by phases (a new entity inclose).


Logs, comments, anddocumentation assignedto close tasks

Provides access to all system logs, error logs, documentation, and comments relating to aclose.


Task scheduling basedon factory calendar

When the task list is created for a specific close, the tasks are assigned to calendar daysbased on the key date and the offsets (example: payroll on key date -1; allocations on keydate +1). This function takes account of the factory calendar to ensure that the tasks arescheduled only for working days.

Central finance group

Local reconciliation Consolidates three ICR reports and transaction into one. The consolidation works only fordata that needs to be reconciled within one system.


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: SAP Central Process Schedulerinitiates close tasks in remote systems

Business ValueExpedites a core business process by minimizing the wait timebetween close tasks.

Allows inclusion of remote tasks that have been created in SAP Central Process Scheduler in the task listfor the local close in SAP ECC.SAP Central Process Scheduler used to manage cross-system dependencies, event-based scheduling,and parallel processing.Allows central monitoring of completion of remote tasks in SAP ECC

Customer business challengesSeparate scheduler in each instance of SAP ECC and nooverview of the entire process, especially where systemdependencies exist (example: perform allocations only whenpayroll is complete).

Delivered by Business Function FIN_ACC_LOCAL_CLOSE

* *

Process: Local Close

ExecuteClose Tasks Report ResultsAnalyze Results

PrepareAdjustment

Postings* * *

GLAccountant

AssetAccountant

CostAccountant

Prepare CentralPlan for Close

Corporate Accounting

PrepareSchedule forClose Tasks

Local Accountant

Financials > Financial Accounting > Local Close

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: New web application to select andmonitor close task lists

Business ValueFast close: moves control of process from Excel workbooks ande-mails to the system, making the tasks to be performed and theprogress transparent to all stakeholders (including those notactively involved in the close).

Provides the supervisor and the processor of a close task with a list of the relevant close task lists.Allows accountants involved in close to schedule automated tasks and monitor completion, including alldocumentation generated by the system.Allows accountants involved in close to perform and record completion of manual tasks and to entercomments and supporting documentation for the posting.

Customer business challengesKey business process controlled with Excel workbooks and e-mails.


** Improvements

*


ExecuteClose Tasks Report ResultsAnalyze Results

PrepareAdjustment

Postings* * *

GLAccountant

AssetAccountant

CostAccountant

Prepare CentralPlan for Close

Corporate Accounting

PrepareSchedule forClose Tasks

Local Accountant


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Upload and download of ICR contactdata

ICR contact database can be maintained by loading data automatically. A central contact data file can beused to fill the ICR contact database without entering the data manually.

Customer business challengesManual effort required to enter contact data by reconciliationprocess and company; much contact data is identical for eachICR process but had to be entered more than once.


Collect Contacts forclarification of IC

Differences

Enter Contactsinto ICR tool

(Customizing)

Use contacts forcommunication /

clarification of differences*

ICR clerk

* Improvements

Update ICRContact data *

Business ValueCentral maintenance of contact data for IntercompanyReconciliation can be easily handled offline in an Excel file.Initial contact data maintenance or data updates can be easilyexecuted via file upload and download.

ICR clerk ICR clerk ICR clerk


© SAP 2007 /

New General Ledger Accounting


Parallel accounting:ledger-group-specificposting and clearing

You use this function to perform posting and clearing in specific ledger groups using a newtransaction, which is similar to existing transaction F-03 (clearing G/L account), so that noadditional training to handle the transaction is necessary. Only G/L accounts with thecorresponding flag at the company-code-level will allow such processing. An example foruse of this transaction would be the posting of provisions (lawsuits, closing costs, and soon) at period end. With the new transaction, you can post to the same documents that areopen-item-managed and specific to G/L account ledger (groups) with different values andamounts according to various accounting principles.

G/L accountants involved inmulti-GAAP closings.

Profit center:authorization check(post, clear, and displaydocuments).

When the user wants to post a document, the transaction will be successful only ifauthorization is given for all the profit centers involved. An additional selection criterion isoffered during clearing, allowing the user to concentrate on the profit centers to be cleared.During document change and display, the system offers only the line items of theauthorized profit centers. During reporting, the authorization check for profit center appliesto the standard hierarchy and all alternate hierarchies.

Users with restricted profitcenter authorizations.

BenefitsParallel accounting (ledger-group-specific postings):

More transparency when monitoring individual business transactions.More efficiency during closing: no need to post to additional accounts.

Planning:More business- oriented display of planning values.More flexibility and consistency.More flexibility and considerable time-savings when uploading plan data from an external file.

Reporting:Better information on profit centers and more time for decision makingLess time needed to define your own reports and better standard reporting for profit centers

Authorization check on profit center level:Better options for basic transactions in a decentralized environment

Improved control of business processes when using parallel accounting and profit centeraccounting.


Business Function: FIN_GL_CI_1

© SAP 2007 /

New General Ledger Accounting


Planning: cumulativedisplay and newinterface for uploadingplan data.

You can perform manual planning for profit centers using a cumulative display for balancesheet accounts. CO plan data (also secondary cost elements) is transferred to the new G/L.You can use a new BAPI to upload plan data into the new G/L from an external data source.

Example: profit centeraccountants involved inplanning.

Reporting: new profitcenter (PC) reports andmigration of classic PCreports.

In drill-down reports, you can select profit center groups without any restriction on thenumber of single values within the group. The profit center group selection will be used fordata selection and for drill-down navigation in the selected data. Migration of classic PCreports: the migration tool allows selecting a source library or reports and a target library.The system analyzes which of the selected reports can be migrated (from a technical pointof view) and allows migrating a set of reports, including dependent objects, such as sets,variables, and key figures. The result of the migration is logged in a persistent log.

Profit center accountants


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Parallel accounting: ledger-group-specific posting and clearing

Financials > Financial Accounting > New General Ledger Accounting

Business ValueMore transparency and efficiency when monitoring individualbusiness transactions.More transparency and efficiency during closing.No need to post to additional accounts to cover multi-GAAPrequirements.

You use this function to perform posting and clearing in specific ledger groups using a new transaction,which is similar to existing transaction F-03 (clearing G/L account), so that no additional training to handlethe transaction is necessary. Only G/L accounts with the corresponding flag at the company-code-level willallow such processing. An example for use of this transaction would be the posting of provisions (lawsuits,closing costs, and so on) at period end. With the new transaction, you can post to the same documentsthat are open-item-managed and specific to G/L account ledger (groups) with different values and amountsaccording to various accounting principles.

Customer business challengesIn the past, customers had to use the chart of accountstechnique, which meant that they had to increase the numberof G/L accounts.

Delivered by Business Function FIN_GL_CI_1

Process: New General Ledger and ProfitCenter Accounting

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Planning: cumulative display and newinterface for uploading plan data.


Business ValueMore business-oriented display of the planning values. Moreplanning flexibility and consistency. More flexibility andconsiderable time-savings when uploading plan data from anexternal file.

You can perform manual planning for profit centers using a cumulative display for balance sheet accounts.CO plan data (also secondary cost elements) is transferred to the new G/L. You can use a new BAPI toupload plan data into the new G/L from an external data source.

Customer business challengesCustomers where missing the integration of secondary costelements for plan data with the new G/L. The volume of uploadplan data from external data sources was limited in formerreleases.



© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Reporting: new profit center (PC)reports and migration of classic PC reports.


Business ValueMore transparency in terms of information on profit centers andmore time for decision making. Less time needed to define yourown reports because of better standard reporting for profitcenters

In drill-down reports, you can select profit center groups without any restriction on the number of singlevalues within the group. The profit center group selection will be used for data selection and for drill-downnavigation in the selected data.Migration of classic PC reports: The migration tool allows selecting a source library or reports and a targetlibrary. The system analyzes which of the selected reports can be migrated (from a technical point ofview) and allows migrating a set of reports, including dependent objects, such as sets, variables, and keyfigures. The result of the migration is logged in a persistent log.

Customer business challengesNew G/L customers were missing standard profit centerreports as available in classic profit center accounting.Customers with their own classic PCA reports did not want toredefine the reports in the new G/L.



© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Profit center: authorization check(post, clear, and display documents).


Business ValueBetter option for performing basic transactions in a decentralizedenvironment.

When the user wants to post a document, the transaction will be successful only if authorization is givenfor all the profit centers involved. An additional selection criterion is offered during clearing, allowing theuser to concentrate on the profit centers to be cleared.During document change and display, the system offers only the line items of the authorized profit centers.During reporting, the authorization check for profit center applies to the standard hierarchy and all alternatehierarchies.

Customer business challengesIn more and more companies, especially in industries that workmore in a decentralized mode (retail and service providers withdecentralized branches), profit centers as internal entities withtheir own P&L and balance sheet reporting are increasinglyconsidered as separate and are protected from undesiredaccess or changes in accounting data.



© SAP 2007 /

Reporting Using the XBRL Standard


Support for XBRLspecification 2.1

Support for features of XBRL specification 2.1 Companies that must deliverfinancial reports to regulatorsin XBRL format.

Dimensional taxonomies Support of dimensional taxonomies and mapping of XBRL dimensions to fields in SAPNetWeaver

Banks that must perform riskreporting according to Basel IIin XBRL format

Periodic scheduling ofreport creation

Definition of variants for periodic scheduling of the creation of several XBRL reports Companies that must deliverseveral XBRL reportsperiodically

banks are good example

Benefits

Easy creation of financial reports in XBRL format directly from SAP NetWeaver BI, with easy and transparent mapping of XBRL concepts to data in SAPNetWeaver BI.

Financial reporting according to the XBRL standard.


Business Function: FIN_ACC_XBRL

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Regulatory Reporting using XBRLstandard

Business ValueCreate XBRL reports directly from SAP BIRisk reporting of banks according to Basel II in XBRL formatAutomatic periodic creation of several XBRL reports

Mapping of XBRL taxonomies to BI queriesSupport of dimensional taxonomies and mapping of XBRL dimensions to fields in SAP BI.Create XBRL documents for regulatory reportingDefinition of variants for periodic scheduling of the creation of several XBRL reports

Customer business challengesDeliver regulatory reporting in time

Delivered by Business Function FIN_ACC_XBRL

…

Regulatoryreporting usingXBRL Standard

AR clerk

* New Process Step

Archivetax-relevant data*


Regulatoryreporting

© SAP 2007 /

1. ERP Core










2. Industries

Navigation Index

© SAP 2007 /

Human Capital ManagementBusiness Functions


HCM, MSS for SAP E-Recruiting: New MSS scenarios for managers involvement in E-Recruiting likecreating requisition requests, delegate definition, involvement in the overall decision process forone/more new hires (feedback on candidates based on talent pool needs as well as specific jobpostings, assessments via questionnaire).

Customers using SAP E-Recruiting 6.0 and want to have an easyto use / easy to access "professional manager role".

HCM, SAP E-Recruiting - Search 1: New search capabilities include: the ability to use additionaloperators in searches, better and more flexible hit-list output, UI improvements, and the use of SES(Search Engine Service) in SAP E-Recruiting for the TREX search engine. Please read note 1098046before activating this function.

Customers who are implementing or are live on SAP E-Recruiting 6.0Customers interested in complex search query capabilities foridentifying suitable talent quickly in a global talent pool

HCM, SAP E-Recruiting 1: Numerous enhancements round out the functional capabilities of SAP E-Recruiting for various user roles. These include new Web services for third-party services, dashboardsfor questionnaires, support group improvements, new candidate services, and improved handling ofmass activities.

Customers who are implementing or live on E-Recruiting 6.0Customers looking to improve quality of hires through moreeffective screening and selectionCustomers who want to provide a better candidate experience

HCM Localization Topics: SAP HCM localizations for Australia, Austria, Portugal, Russia, and NPO(Non Profit Organizations) have been enhanced with several features.

Customers wanting enhanced SAP HCM localizations

Human Capital Management

Value PropositionThe focus in SAP Enhancement Package 3 for SAP ERP was on delivering a more comprehensive e-Recruiting solution, especially focusing on an easy access forManager via MSS to reduce time and cost of starting job requisitions and to review the job requisition status in a fast and easy way. In addition further enhancement to thecomplete e-Recruiting system have been made, to make the software more appealing to end-users. Another focus is the further enabling of Global / ConcurrentEmployment functionality, especially in the area of self-services, which makes the handling / processing much easier for all customers using Global / ConcurrentEmployment, by using only one “login” and then asking in the ESS environment for which contract the ESS activity shall take place.

© SAP 2007 /

Human Capital ManagementES Bundles

Description

ES Bundle: HCM Enterprise Learning:SAP Enterprise Learning customers may use an external system to conduct courses of certain delivery types (example: courses conducted in virtual classrooms). SAPtraining administrators can use Web services to create and manage courses in the third-party system without leaving the user interface of SAP Enterprise Learning

ES Bundle: HCM Time Management:This ES bundle covers services intended to support the maintenance of time data by employeesThe ES bundle facilitates use of time management in SAP ERP HCM for leave management processes, recording working time processes, and clocking in and outprocessesThe ES bundle allows customers and partners to create their own user interfaces for time data maintenance by employees on top of the core business process

ES Bundle: HCM Master Data:This ES bundle combines all available services for HCM master dataThis ES bundle allows other applications to access basic HCM data without redundant data maintenance and storageData is always up-to date

ES Bundle: HCM Organizational Management:This ES bundle combines all available services for the organizational dataThis ES bundle allows other applications to access the organizational data without redundant data maintenance and storageData is always up-to date


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: HCM Enterprise Learning

Business valueIncreases accuracy and consistency of trainingcatalogsImproves efficiency of administratorReduces training cost by providing a single userinterfaceAvoids the need for custom interfaces

SAP Enterprise Learning customers may use an external system to conduct courses of certain deliverytypes (example: courses conducted in virtual classrooms). SAP training administrators can use Webservices to create and manage courses in the third-party system without leaving the user interface of SAPEnterprise Learning

Use casesFetch the course catalog from an external service providerbased on certain search criteriaAdd a new course to the catalog of the external serviceproviderChange the details of a course in the catalog of the externalservice providerDelete a course in the catalog of the external service provider

Manages course inexternal learning systemfrom SAP user interface

Training administrator

SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0Back-endsystem


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: HCM Time Management

Business valueIncreases accuracy of time dataAlternate solution to time recording subsystems orfor use with time recording terminals to saveemployees long walksFacilitates administration of employees’ timeaccounts

This ES bundle covers services intended to support the maintenance of time data by employeesThe ES bundle facilitates use of time management in SAP ERP HCM for leave management processes,recording working time processes, and clocking in and out processesThe ES bundle allows customers and partners to create their own user interfaces for time data maintenanceby employees on top of the core business process

Use casesRecord working time according to company’s business rulesRequest for absence according to company’s business rulesRecord date, time, and time event typesRecord date and time on different payments along with timeevent typesRecord time event types and cost assignment

Maintaintime data

Distributetimedata

Employee

Back-endsystem

SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0

Evaluatetimedata

Verify timeevaluation

resultsCorrect

time dataCreatetime

statement

Interfacewith

payroll

Transferanalytics data

to reportingsystem


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: HCM Master Data

Business valueOne data source for all HCM master data,independent of their use within or outside ofSAP ERP HCM

This ES bundle combines all available services for HCM master dataThis ES bundle allows other applications to access basic HCM data without redundant data maintenanceand storageData is always up-to date

Use casesAccess employee basic dataAccess communication data of employeesAccess qualification of employeesAccess employee data assigned to a certainorganizational unitAnd so on

Uses three services for data transferbetween SAP ERP HCM and a non-SAP system to realize user logon andemployee mapping to right store anddepartment in the reflexis system

1. Reflexis

You are looking for a person who isactually on duty at a certain location anddepartment who has specialqualifications to do a specific kind of job

2. Defense (information systemintegration)

Team management: as an employee,you access your own HR data and teaminformation. As a manager, you can viewand access team information like anorganizational chart and employee files.

3. Duet


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: HCM Organizational Management

Business valueOne data source for all HCM master data,independent of their use within or outside ofSAP ERP HCM

This ES bundle combines all available services for the organizational dataThis ES bundle allows other applications to access the organizational data without redundant datamaintenance and storageData is always up-to date

Use vasesFind employee by organizational centerFind reporting line manager in a certain organizational centerFind position by organizational centerFind organizational center by organizational centerAnd so on

You are looking for a person who isactually on duty at a certain location anddepartment who has specialqualifications to do a specific kind of job

1. Defense (information systemintegration)

Team management: as an employee,you access your own HR data and teaminformation. As a manager, you can viewand access team information like anorganizational chart and employee files.

2. Duet


© SAP 2007 /

HCM, MSS for SAP E-Recruiting


Requisition RequestForm

Through creation and maintenance of requisition requests via a pre-defined form(s) amanager can initiate the recruitment process

starting with necessary position / vacancy datathrough easy navigation and selection functionalitiesincluding multi-level approval workflow based on organizational managementwith automated information to the recruiting department after approval of the request

Manager with headcountresponsibility / involvement inrecruitment processes

Requisition Request &Activity Monitor

Easy and fast overview on the status of a manager's requisition request, i.e. follow upactivities like necessary approvals, posting as well as publication information. Furthermoremost important statistical information regarding the status of the overall recruitment cycle(like number of incoming applications, number of rejected applications, etc.). On top thepossibility to rate & rank a candidate with regard to the available talent pool and to anexisting publication a candidate has applied for.


Delegation / SubstitutionScenario

A manager can define a delegate or substitute for his/her recruiting tasks in case of knownabsence.


Candidate / ApplicationAssessment (ActivityManagement)

Easy possibility for a hiring manager to classify a candidate regarding his company's talentpool. Furthermore an easy and fast possibility for the manager to classify a candidate'sapplication regarding an existing publication (initiated through the manager's requisitionrequest). On top fast possibility to hand over a detailed feedback regarding a candidate'sapplication to the HR department (recruitment department).


Benefits

Manager as casual user uses only one application (MSS) for all his most important HCM asks, now including the manager's most important recruitingtasks. Furthermore direct integration to SAP E-Recruiting.

Easy and fast access to the most important manager tasks in the recruitment environmentthrough SAP's centralized manager service .

Human Capital Management >Talent Management

Business Function: HCM_MSS_ERC_CI_1

© SAP 2007 /

Feature:Requisition Request Form

Business ValueMSS as one single point of entry for all HR tasks - includingrecruitment tasks - a manager has to fulfill; user interface whichis "easy to use"; possibility to track the most importantinformation a manager need during a recruitment cycle.

Through creation and maintenance of requisition requests via a pre-defined form(s) a manager can initiatethe recruitment process

starting with necessary position / vacancy datathrough easy navigation and selection functionalitiesincluding multi-level approval workflow based on organizational managementwith automated information to the recruiting department after approval of the request

Customer business challengesManager as casual user does not want to use a professionaluser interface; a manager want to have a single point of entryfor all his HR tasks, including recruitment tasks; a managerwant to be able to track the most important status informationof a recruitment cycle he / she has initiated - fast and easy;multi-level-approvals are necessary in many recruitmentsituations.

Delivered by Business Function HCM_MSS_ERC_CI_1

Create request,requisition &job posting

Search forcandidates &screen for fit

Rate and rankapplications*

Hire candidateand closerequisition

Recruiter

Schedule andconduct

interviews

Search andapply forposition

Manager Candidate Recruiter Recruiter Manager Recruiter Recruiter

* Improvements

Process: Managing External Recruiting

Human Capital Management > Talent Management > HCM, MSS for SAP E-Recruiting

© SAP 2007 /

Feature:Requisition Request & Activity Monitor

Business ValueHelps to get an easy and fast overview on the status of amanager's requisition request, i.e. follow up activities likenecessary approvals, posting as well as publication information.Furthermore most important statistical information regarding thestatus of the overall recruitment cycle (like number of incomingapplications, number of rejected applications, etc.). On top thepossibility to rate & rank a candidate with regard to the availabletalent pool and to an existing publication a candidate has appliedfor.

Easy and fast overview on the status of a manager's requisition request, i.e. follow up activities likenecessary approvals, posting as well as publication information. Furthermore most important statisticalinformation regarding the status of the overall recruitment cycle (like number of incoming applications,number of rejected applications, etc.). On top the possibility to rate & rank a candidate with regard to theavailable talent pool and to an existing publication a candidate has applied for.

Customer business challengesToday a manager has no access to status information in SAPE-Recruiting, i.e. neither to requisition/posting/publicationdetails nor to the status of incoming applications.






Recruiter

Schedule andconduct

interviews



* Improvements


*


© SAP 2007 /

Feature:Delegation / Substitution Scenario

Business ValueThe delegation / substitution scenario should guarantee arecruitment process flow without any interruption or delaybecause of an absent (hiring) manager……

A manager can define a delegate or substitute for his/her recruiting tasks in case of known absence.

Customer business challengesMissing "Delegation / Substitution" Scenario for a manager'srecruiting tasks in case of (un-)expected absence…






Recruiter

Schedule andconduct

interviews



* Improvements


*


© SAP 2007 /

Feature:Candidate/Application Assessment (Activity Mgmt.)

Business ValueGrowth in efficiency and effectiveness in the overall recruitingprocess. *Manager can enter his feedback regarding proposedcandidates/applicants *Recruiter immediately has access to amanager's feedback and can continue in the recruiting process.*No "paper-break" in the overall process.

Easy possibility for a hiring manager to classify a candidate regarding his company's talent pool.Furthermore an easy and fast possibility for the manager to classify a candidate's application regarding anexisting publication (initiated through the manager's requisition request). On top fast possibility to handover a detailed feedback regarding a candidate's application to the HR department (recruitmentdepartment).

Customer business challengesMissing "fast" and "easy" documentation possibilities forassessment data / decision information entry. Lack indocumentation/historical data in case of neededfeedback/backup information. Today often "paper-based" orbased on "feedback via phone". "Time to Hire" often very high.




Rate and rankapplications


Recruiter

Schedule andconduct

interviews



* Improvements


*


© SAP 2007 /

HCM, SAP E-Recruiting - Search 1


Search Using AdditionalSearch Criteria andOperators

Recruiters are able to use all Boolean operators, such as AND, OR, NOT and NEAR whenperforming searches.They can also use range operators such as <LESS THAN, >GREATER THAN, >=GREATERTHAN OR EQUAL TO, <= LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO, or <>NOT EQUAL TO.They can also search for candidates by the dates they last updated their profiles, theperson who last updated their profiles, their IDs, and by using assigned requisitioninformation.

Experienced recruiters or talentspecialists who are using SAPE-Recruiting to mine their talentwarehouse

Enhancements to theSearch Results Screen

This feature provides additional columns and functions from the search results screen. Itenables recruiters to quickly preview a candidate’s resume from the search result screen aswell as to view an excerpt of a candidate’s document with the matched search termshighlighted. The hit list will also include a link to the attachment to which the excerptbelongs. The results list contains a new column for candidate ID so that recruiters canquickly differentiate between candidates who may have the same first and last names. It willalso allow recruiters to search for other relevant requisitions to which candidates can beassigned directly from the search results screen.

Recruiters and talentspecialists who are using SAPE-Recruiting to mine their talentwarehouse for candidates

BenefitsSpeeds identification of relevant talent in your talent warehouse

Improves staffing of vacancies by quickly finding the talent that best matches positions open at your companyOptimizes end-user satisfaction with SAP E-Recruiting

Find and Hire Top Talent with Enhanced Search Functionality for SAP E-Recruiting

Human Capital Management > Talent Management

Business Function: HCM_ERC_SES_1

© SAP 2007 /

HCM, SAP E-Recruiting - Search 1Improvements of Existing Features


Business Function

Quick Assignment ofCandidates to TalentGroups

This feature enables users to assign candidates to a talent group directly from the searchresults screen when performing general searches in the talent pool or searches within thecontext of a talent group.

Recruiters or talentmanagement specialists whopipeline candidates or talentinto specific pools for furtherprocessing

Search for Jobs UsingTime Periods Instead ofCalendar Dates(WebDynpro)

This feature enables candidates to select values instead of using the calendar dateselection when searching for jobs using the Web Dynpro candidate pages.

The 'Employment start date' and 'Publication date' fields are rendered as dropdown lists instead of dateselection.Lists contain values such as "Yesterday", "Last week", "Last Month" and so on for the publication date.For the employee start date, values such as "Next week", Next Month" and so on occur.

Candidates searching for jobsusing SAP E-Recruiting

Saving Search ResultsWhen Searching Within aRequisition

A new Business Add-In (BAdI) has been provided to make it possible to log the listcandidates found when searching through a requisition.

The list of candidates found is only logged if the recruiter assigns at least one candidate on the hit list to theselected requisition.As the list of candidates found may become very long, the default BAdI implementation only considers the firstfifty candidates on the hit list.

Companies subject to the USOffice of Federal ContractCompliance (OFCCP) or want tostore search results within thelaw


© SAP 2007 /

Feature:Search Using Additional Search Criteria & Operators

Business ValueSimplifies and expedites the process of finding candidates forpositions

Recruiters are able to use all Boolean operators, such as AND, OR, NOT and NEAR when performingsearches.They can also use range operators such as <LESS THAN, >GREATER THAN, >=GREATER THAN OREQUAL TO, <= LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO, or <>NOT EQUAL TO.They can also search for candidates by the dates they last updated their profiles, the person who lastupdated their profiles, their IDs, and by using assigned requisition information.

Customer business challengesCannot perform complex searches to quickly find the bestcandidates for positionsHave complicated search and recruiting procedures for toptalent

Delivered by Business Function HCM_ERC_SES_1




* Improvements


Recruiter


Schedule andconduct

interviews



Human Capital Management > Talent Management > HCM, SAP E-Recruiting - Search 1

© SAP 2007 /

Feature:Enhancements to the Search Results Screen

Business ValueSimplifies and expedites the evaluation of candidatesSaves time for the more strategic aspects of recruiting toptalent

This feature provides additional columns and functions from the search results screen. It enables recruitersto quickly preview a candidate’s resume from the search result screen as well as to view an excerpt of acandidate’s document with the matched search terms highlighted. The hit list will also include a link to theattachment to which the excerpt belongs. The results list contains a new column for candidate ID so thatrecruiters can quickly differentiate between candidates who may have the same first and last names. It willalso allow recruiters to search for other relevant requisitions to which candidates can be assigned directlyfrom the search results screen.

Customer business challengesRecruiters cannot evaluate candidates as quickly andefficiently as possibleThey do not have easy access to the information theyneed

Delivered by Business Function HCM_ERC_SES_1




* Improvements


Recruiter


Schedule andconduct

interviews



Human Capital Management > Talent Management > HCM, SAP E-Recruiting - Search 1

© SAP 2007 /

HCM, SAP E-Recruiting 1


New Candidate Services New candidate services: Hot Jobs, Tell-a-Friend, and Job AgentsHot Jobs proactively promotes positions at a company by displaying company jobsconsidered important.Tell-a-Friend allows external candidates to email third parties a link to a job posting alongwith the job description as an attachment. This is done from the search results screen, thepublication overview, and list of favorite jobs.Job Agents allows candidates to set up recurring automated alerts for when positionsmatching their criteria become available. Candidates can define how often they wish to beinformed of matching jobs and can easily opt out of receiving notifications.

External candidates who arelooking for positions at acompany that is using SAP E-Recruiting

Support TeamEnhancements

Unifies the existing user list and user group concepts into one standard support groupused for requisitions, application groups, talent groups, dashboards, applications, and agencies

Makes it possible to add user groups as well as individual users to support teamsthus easing maintenance for end users and reducing the number of entries on the support team info type

Provides a mechanism for the central administration of support groups through theadministrator roleIntroduces a Business Add In (BADI) and sample implementation that enables managers tomore easily select a support group when creating a requisition request

Recruiters and recruitingadministrators who are usingSAP E-Recruiting

Creating Invitation andReference Activities inMass Processing

This feature enables recruiters to create invitation activities and their correspondingreference activities for multiple candidates in one step.

Users who need to scheduleappointments (interviews,assessment centers, etc.) forgroups of candidates

BenefitsHelps organizations recruit and hire top talent more efficientlyImproves candidate experienceReduces drop-off rates for applicantsGuarantees better end-user satisfaction for SAP E-Recruiting

Streamline the Hiring of Talented Personnel with Enhancements for SAP E-Recruiting


Business Function: HCM_ERC_CI_1

© SAP 2007 /

HCM, SAP E-Recruiting 1


Defaulting of Job PostingDescriptions

This function enables companies to define what information they would like to default in forjob posting description texts published to internal and external job seekers. The data that isdefaulted to can be pulled from texts defined in their SAP ERP HCM systems using a newBusiness Add In (BAdI).

Recruiters using SAP E-Recruiting 6.0

Web Services forResume Parsing andBackground Checking

The resume parsing function allows candidates to easily build their profiles by uploading aresume which can then be parsed to fill in the profile fields with the resume information.

Resume parsing is realized using activities which are created in the background when parsing is initiated.A BADI determines the corresponding activity type.A service provider (default vendor) is attached to the activity via customizing to establish the connection usingSAP NetWeaver XI.The background check functionality enables a recruiter to send background check requests for one or morecandidates to a third-party vendor and to check on their status with a new dashboard.

Candidates and recruiters

Business Add-In forDuplication Check

This feature introduces a BusinessAddIn (BAdI) that allows companies to define whichcriteria they wish to use to determine whether a candidate has a duplicate application in thedatabase. This check is only performed on non-registered external candidates. The fallbackmechanism to check for duplicates is first name, last name, and e-mail address.

Recruiters using SAP E-Recruiting 6.0



Business Function

New Dashboard forQuestionnaires

This function introduces a new dashboard for managers and recruiters. The dashboardshows new questionnaires that still need to be completed or questionnaires that havealready been completed. The user can complete questionnaires directly from thedashboard itself.

Recruiters and hiring managersusing SAP E-Recruiting 6.0

Flexibilization of theRequisition Tab"Organizational Data"

This feature enables customers to hide the "Positions", "Organizational Unit and Job", and"Account Assignment" tab strips in the" Organizational Data" container item throughflexibilization customizing.

Recruiters or other end userswho create requisitions

© SAP 2007 /

Feature:New Candidate Services

Business ValueHelps companies actively promote jobs to candidatesEncourages candidates to return to a company’s career siteto search and apply for jobsAllows companies to reach more candidates by enabling theemailing of job postingsSupports employer branding

New candidate services: Hot Jobs, Tell-a-Friend, and Job AgentsHot Jobs proactively promotes positions at a company by displaying company jobs consideredimportant.Tell-a-Friend allows external candidates to email third parties a link to a job posting along with the jobdescription as an attachment. This is done from the search results screen, the publication overview,and list of favorite jobs.Job Agents allows candidates to set up recurring automated alerts for when positions matching theircriteria become available. Candidates can define how often they wish to be informed of matching jobsand can easily opt out of receiving notifications.

Customer business challengesFight over the same talent with other companies, when itcomes to staffingNeed a way to ensure top talent is aware of new openingsNo way to encourage job seekers to visit their career siteson a regular basis

Delivered by Business Function HCM_ERC_CI_1




* Improvements


Recruiter


Schedule andconduct

interviews



*

Human Capital Management > Talent Management > HCM, SAP E-Recruiting 1

© SAP 2007 /

Feature:Support Team Enhancements

Business ValueSimplifies the maintenance of support teamsSpeeds system performanceOptimizes end-user satisfaction

Unifies the existing user list and user group concepts into one standard support group -- used for requisitions, applicationgroups, talent groups, dashboards, applications, and agenciesMakes it possible to add user groups as well as individual users to support teams -- thus easing maintenance for end usersand reducing the number of entries on the support team info typeProvides a mechanism for the central administration of support groups through the administrator roleIntroduces a Business Add In (BADI) and sample implementation that enables managers to more easily select a supportgroup when creating a requisition request

Customer business challengesSlow performing systemSupport teams and user lists are not maintained in thesame placeManagers do not know which recruiter to assign to arequisition when creating a new request





* Improvements

Hire candidateand closerequisition*

Recruiter


Schedule andconduct

interviews




© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Mass ProcessingCreating Invitation and Reference Activities

Business ValueThis feature enables recruiters to quickly create invitationand reference activities en masse -- thus improving usabilityand end-user satisfaction.

This feature enables recruiters to create invitation activities and their corresponding reference activities formultiple candidates in one step.

Customer business challengesCannot create invitation activities and their correspondingreference activates at the same timeCannot create activities efficiently





* Improvements


Recruiter


Schedule andconduct

interviews



*


© SAP 2007 /

Feature:Defaulting of Job Posting Descriptions

Business ValueStandardize job posting descriptionsSpeed the creation of job posting descriptions with lessmanual interventionEnsure protection from legal issues

This function enables companies to define what information they would like to default in for job postingdescription texts published to internal and external job seekers. The data that is defaulted to can be pulledfrom texts defined in their SAP ERP HCM systems using a new Business Add In (BAdI).

Customer business challengesNon-standardized texts used in job posting descriptionsHave to recreate texts manuallyCannot ensure legality of texts publishedInefficient processes





* Improvements

Hire candidateand closerequisition*

Recruiter


Schedule andconduct

interviews




© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Web Services for Resume Parsing andBackground Checking

Business ValueImproves candidate dataReduces candidate drop-off ratesOffers less manual intervention and management ofbackground check requestsStandardizes processing of background check requests andtheir responses

The resume parsing function allows candidates to easily build their profiles by uploading a resume which can thenbe parsed to fill in the profile fields with the resume information. -- Resume parsing is realized using activitieswhich are created in the background when parsing is initiated. -- A BADI determines the corresponding activitytype. -- A service provider (default vendor) is attached to the activity via customizing to establish the connectionusing SAP NetWeaver XI. -- The background check functionality enables a recruiter to send background checkrequests for one or more candidates to a third-party vendor and to check on their status with a new dashboard.

Customer business challengesCandidates are unable to quickly enter information into thecompany's career siteCandidates have to enter information into fields manuallyNo integration of the background check process





* Improvements


Recruiter


Schedule andconduct

interviews



* *


© SAP 2007 /

Feature:Business Add-In for Duplication Check

Business ValueEnables duplicate checking through a BADI and givescompanies the flexibility they need to define what constitutes aduplicate candidate.

This feature introduces a BusinessAddIn (BAdI) that allows companies to define which criteria they wish touse to determine whether a candidate has a duplicate application in the database. This check is onlyperformed on non-registered external candidates. The fallback mechanism to check for duplicates is firstname, last name, and e-mail address.

Customer business challengesNeed an efficient way to perform duplicate checking





* Improvements


Recruiter


Schedule andconduct

interviews




© SAP 2007 /

HCM Localization Topics


Australia : Retrofit ofConcurrent EmploymentAdd-On into SAPstandard

Customer can manage employees with more than one contract at the same point in time inmaster data and time management. -- Customer can execute payroll for these employees. --Customer can create statutory reporting for these employees.

Primarily public sectorcompanies in Australia, butalso private sector companieswith the need for a concurrentemployment solution

Austria: Retrofit of PublicSector Add-On forAustria andPensionsreform Austria

1) "Pensions reform": New pension calculation for pensions in public sector2) Family allowance-calculation for orphans: This functionality was missing in the SAP payroll

for Austria3) Subway tax: New version of subway tax calculation and better integration in payroll4) Pension statements: A statement is sent via electronic data turn table (ELDA) in the month

of retirement for pensioner.5) Special calculation rules for garnishment: In public sector, there are special kinds of

calculation necessary for garnishment6) Tax calculation acc. §67(3) EStG for special situations like inactive periods. A virtual tax

base is evaluated according to Austrian tax law.

Primarily public sectorcompanies in Austria, but alsoprivate sector companies withthe need for the abovementioned functions

Portugal : New HCMPublic Sector solutionfor Portugal

Customer can manage SAP HCM public sector Portugal organization-specific data inorganizational management

Customer can manage specific master data for public sector employees in family allowances or seniority as wellas time management data.Customer can execute payroll for these employees including calculations for special day rates, basic salary forpublic sector, depending on their category, etc.Customer can create statutory reporting such as the public sector database, the social balance, ADSE Healthexpenses, etc.

Public sector companies inPortugal, but also private sectorcompanies with the need for theabove mentioned functions

BenefitsAustralia: Offers concurrent employment solution for the public sector

including master data, payroll, time management, and reportingAustria: Retrofit of public sector add-on for Austria (RAPS) into SAP standard and "Pensions Reform" Austria (PRAT)Portugal: New SAP HCM Public sector solution

including master data, payroll, and reportingRussia: Introduces off-cycle processes, provides ESS for "PersInfo" and additional legal formsNPO: Offering of an SAP HCM localization

including master data, payroll, time management, and reporting

Enhance Your SAP HCM Localization Functionality

Human Capital Management > General

Business Function: FIN_LOC_CI_1

© SAP 2007 /

HCM Localization TopicsNew Features


Russia : Introduced off-cycle processes inpayroll

Customer can run advance payment in the middle of the month. All payroll customers in Russia.

NPO: Retrofit of NPOAdd-On into SAPstandard

Customer can manage non-profit organization specific data in organizational managementCustomer can manage employees for NPOs in master data and time managementCustomer can execute payroll for these employees.Customer can create statutory reporting for these employees.

Non-profit organizations

Russia: New ESSScenarios

Employees can maintain their address, personal data, bank, and family member informationwith SAP Employee Self-Service.

Employees

Russia: New LegalReports

Allows the processing and printing of different legal forms. All payroll customers in Russia.

Human Capital Management > General

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Australia : Retrofit of ConcurrentEmployment Add-On into SAP standard

Business ValueAllows the management of employees with more than onecontract at the same point in time in master data and timemanagement

Enables the execution of payroll for these employeesSpeeds the creation of statutory reporting for theseemployees

Customer can manage employees with more than one contract at the same point in time in master dataand time management

Customer can execute payroll for these employeesCustomer can create statutory reporting for these employees

Customer business challengesConcurrent employment of the same employee with the sameemployer at the same point in time can not be managed withthe current SAP HCM solution for Australia

Delivered by Business Function HCM_LOC_CI_1

Maintain payrolldata Run Payroll

Send SalaryStatement

*

PayrollAdministrator

* Improvements

Transferinformation to

external bodies *

Process: Managing Global and Localized Payroll

Post payrolldata to

accounting

Transfer analysisdata to reporting

system (BW)View SalaryStatement (EP)

* *

Payroll ProcessAdministrator


**

Human Capital Management > General > HCM Localization Topics

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Austria: Retrofit of Public Sector Add-On for Austria and Pensionsreform Austria

Business ValueImproves user experience by offering better default values inmaster data

especially for payroll relevant info types Implementsfunctionality for more exceptional situations in payrollcalculation

1. "Pensionsreform": New pension calculation for pensions in public sector2. Family allowance-calculation for orphans: This functionality was missing in the SAP payroll for Austria3. Subway tax: New version of subway tax calculation and better integration in payroll4. Pension statements: A statement is sent via electronic data turn table (ELDA) in the month of retirement for

pensioner.5. Special calculation rules for garnishment: In public sector, there are special kinds of calculation necessary for

garnishment6. Tax calculation acc. §67(3) EStG for special situations like inactive periods. A virtual tax base is evaluated

according to Austrian tax law.

Customer business challengesMissing function in public and private sector payroll for Austria


* Improvements


Send SalaryStatement*

* Improvements

transferinformation to

external bodies *


Post payroll datato accounting



* *





© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Portugal : New HCM Public Sectorsolution for Portugal

Business ValueAllows the management of SAP HCM public sector Portugalorganization-specific data in organizational managementEnables the management of specific master data for publicsector employeesSpeeds the execution of payroll for these employeesincluding specific featuresEnables the creation of statutory reporting

Customer can manage SAP HCM public sector Portugal organization-specific data in organizational managementCustomer can manage specific master data for public sector employees in family allowances or seniority as well astime management data.Customer can execute payroll for these employees including calculations for special day rates, basic salary forpublic sector, depending on their category, etc.Customer can create statutory reporting such as the public sector database, the social balance, ADSE Healthexpenses, etc.

Customer business challengesNo localized SAP HCM solution available for public sector inPortugal in SAP standard.




* Improvements


external bodies *





* *





© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Russia : Introduced off-cycleprocesses in payroll

Business ValueAllows the running of advance payment in the middle of themonth without workaround solutions.

Customer can run advance payment in the middle of the month.

Customer business challengesRequire a workaround solution to run an advance payment inthe middle of the month




* Improvements

Transferinformation to

external bodies *Process: Managing Global and Localized Payroll




*




© SAP 2007 /

Feature: NPO : Retrofit of NPO Add-On intoSAP standard

Business ValueAllows the management of Non Profit Organization-specific datain organizational management

Enables the management of employees for NPOsSpeeds the execution of payroll for these employeesEnables the creation of statutory reporting for theseemployees

Customer can manage non-profit organization specific data in organizational managementCustomer can manage employees for NPOs in master data and time managementCustomer can execute payroll for these employees.Customer can create statutory reporting for these employees.

Customer business challengesNo localized SAP HCM solution available forNon Profit Organizations in SAP standard




** Improvements


external bodies *





* * * ***




Employee



© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Russia : New ESS Scenarios

Business ValueAllows employees to maintain their address, personal data, bankinformation and family member information with SAP EmployeeSelf-Service.

Employees can maintain their address, personal data, bank, and family member information with SAPEmployee Self-Service.

Customer business challengesNo SAP Employee Self-Service offered for the above listedscenarios with SAP standard for Russia.


Viewemployee

data

Maintainemployee

data

Employee Employee


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Russia : New Legal Reports

Business ValueProcesses and reports Awards & Disciplinary MeasuresAllows the printing of form T-54a.Enables the processing and printing of employee contractsSpeeds the printing of pay slips using HR Forms technology

Allows the processing and printing of different legal forms.

Customer business challengesSeveral legal forms were not covered with SAP standard.




* Improvements


external bodies *





*



© SAP 2007 /

1. ERP Core










2. Industries

Navigation Index

© SAP 2007 /

Procurement and Logistics ExecutionBusiness Functions


Procure to Pay: Buyer role that covers the complete procure-to-pay cycle, including POWER lists forall related business documents: purchase requisitions, purchase orders, contracts, and so on. Deliveryof additional new applications for execution of dedicated process steps like creation of purchaserequisitions.

Existing customers who have purchasing functionality inmaterials management in placeCustomers with a strong need to improve the usability ofprocure-to-pay processes

LE, SAP EWM Integration: Enhancements of SAP ERP 6.0 to support new functions provided in SAPEWM 2007

A retailer, consumer products company, or service partswarehouse that needs flexibility in running SAP ERP functions withSAP EWM and without SAP CRM. A customer who needsflexibility in the process (typical in retail) and strong batchmanagement support.

Trade: Warehouse Operation Manager: Warehouse Operation Manager Role SAP ERP customers in the wholesale industry (especially in themidmarket); new customers attracted by the easy-to-use, Web-based logistics interface

Returnable Packaging Logistics: This business function allows customers of SAP ECC to use DIMPfunctionality for returnable packaging logistics

The returnable packaging logistics business function enablescustomers to use returnable packaging logistics functionalitywithout having to use the DIMP add-on.

Integration of SAP SCM and SAP ERP: Topics related to SAP SCM: shelf-life, multiproduct version,and single simple discontinuation (SSD)

Customers planning perishables goods (fresh dairy, fresh food,and pharma)Customers using subcontracting scenarios (high tech andautomotive)Customers planning with discontinued parts

Operations, Enterprise Services 2: Improvements in SD and MM back end as a prerequisite forservice enablement

Adopters of the ES bundles procure to pay and order to cash

Procurement and Logistics Execution

Value PropositionImprove user productivity through an easy-to-use and intuitive user interface. Automate process steps and improve traceability of procure-to-pay process cycle. Get aquick access to personalized work lists via work center concept. User Interface for Purchasing can be adapted to the business processes of the company. Increase enduser acceptance and reduce training costs.

© SAP 2007 /

Procurement and Logistics ExecutionES Bundles

Description

ES Bundle: Procure to Pay:Service enabling of main purchasing related business documents: purchase request; purchase order; purchasing contract; inbound delivery; and invoice, supplier, andmaterial master dataAllows integration of external solutions (A2A integration) and collaboration with suppliers and intercompany business (B2B integration)

ES Bundle: Supplier Collaboration with SCM:This ES bundle provides collaborative capabilities that extend internal supply chain processes to external suppliersIt includes standardized B2B interfaces for the main procurement processesFlexibility of deploying SAP and third-party applications using the infrastructure provided by SAP SCM (SAP Supply Network Collaboration). Scope of the ES bundle

includes: purchase order, delivery, invoice collaboration, contract manufacturing procurement, and supplier-managed inventory

ES Bundle: Integration of External Warehouse Management Systems:Enables the use of SAP ERP for integrated logistics processes with an external, non-SAP, and decentralized warehouse management system (WMS: non-SAP) inlogistics execution.Allows replication of BOs and messages from SAP ERP and the retrieval of BOs and messages from an external WMS through enterprise services.Target market: offer customers and partners integrated scenarios into SAP ERP, focused on trading industries with merchandise distribution functionality (KO criteria intrading).

ES Bundle: Integration of Transportation Management System:Enhance capabilities of logistics execution in SAP ERP by providing connectivity to outside parties for planning, tendering, or executionTarget market: shippers who need to integrate to transportation carriers, LSPs, or freight forwardersProvide an additional set of core services to integrate external TMS systems


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Procure to Pay

Business valueUse of procure- to-pay partner applications with lesscustomer-specific integration effortEasy to adapt business processes to customer needs,regional requirements, and industry requirementsOut-of-the-box adoption to industry standards byusing predefined mapping contentFlexibility in building individual or industry-specificcomposites, user interfaces, and cockpits

Service enabling of main purchasing related business documents: purchase request; purchase order;purchasing contract; inbound delivery; and invoice, supplier, and material master dataAllows integration of external solutions (A2A integration) and collaboration with suppliers and intercompanybusiness (B2B integration)

Use casesNotify external systems (A2A) about procurementactivitiesB2B integration for communication between customersand suppliers in purchase order and invoice processingA2A integration between demand planning systems andpurchase request and purchase order processingPartner application facilitating preprocessingof supplier invoices

Demandcreation Sourcing

Planner, project member,employee, and so on

Goodsreceipt

processing

Invoice clerk

Invoicemanagement

Purchaseorder

management

BuyerSourcing specialistWarehouse clerk,

project member, and so on

Back-endsystem SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Supplier Collaboration with SCM

Business valueReduced inventory levels through lead timeimprovements (7%–10% reduction) and lead timevariability reduction (15%–20% reduction).Streamlined supplier communication including real-time and accurate transfer of data (20%–30% costreduction)Reduction in buyer manual effort (10%–15% costreduction)

This ES bundle provides collaborative capabilities that extend internal supply chain processes to externalsuppliersIt includes standardized B2B interfaces for the main procurement processesFlexibility of deploying SAP and third-party applications using the infrastructure provided by SAP SCM(SAP Supply Network Collaboration). Scope of the ES bundle includes: purchase order, delivery, invoicecollaboration, contract manufacturing procurement, and supplier-managed inventory

Use casesSupplier-managed inventoryPurchase order collaborationForecast collaborationKanban signal collaborationOrder confirmation and ship notificationInvoice collaborationScheduling agreement and packaging collaboration

Creates plan Procures

Supply chain planner

Picks andpacks

shipment

Warehouse clerk

Receivesgoods

Checks and respondsto forecasts

and POs

Sales repPurchaser Shipping clerk

Back-endsystem SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Integration of External WarehouseManagement Systems

Business valueIn the past, most customers lacked WMSfunctionality for trading logistics in SAP ERPCustomers often voted for a external WMS, butconnectivity and integration were often expensiveThe ES bundle can reduce integration effortsWith advanced functionality in EWM, theopportunity is growing to replace external WMSwith SAP EWM

Enables the use of SAP ERP for integrated logistics processes with an external, non-SAP, anddecentralized warehouse management system (WMS: non-SAP) in logistics execution.Allows replication of BOs and messages from SAP ERP and the retrieval of BOs and messages from anexternal WMS through enterprise services.Target market: offer customers and partners integrated scenarios into SAP ERP, focused on tradingindustries with merchandise distribution functionality (KO criteria in trading).

Use casesIntegration of external WMS functionality via ES bundles inseveral scenariosRetail-specific scenariosAbility for standardization, performance, and massmaintenance ability of ES must be securedSupport of two general ES scenarios for a strong, connectedWMS and an intelligent WMS

ERP: initiatereplenishment or

merchandisedistribution

WH:execute logisticssite operations

WH:adapt processing

execution

ERP:post processing

results

ERP:get information

on process status


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Integration of TransportationManagement System

Business valueGuarantee service levels to end customers(booking)Improve global visibility of transportation process

Reduce integration costs of external systems

Enhance capabilities of logistics execution in SAP ERP by providing connectivity to outside parties forplanning, tendering, or executionTarget market: shippers who need to integrate to transportation carriers, LSPs, or freight forwardersProvide an additional set of core services to integrate external TMS systems

Use casesBookingDelivery splitRouting guide

ExternalTMS

Sales specialist(ERP)

Transportationproposal

(routing guide)Booking

(reserve capacity)Confirmbooking

Send shipmentdetails

Transportationplanner (ERP)

Monitor shipmentprogress




© SAP 2007 /

Procure to Pay


Work Center forPurchasing Documents

Purchasers can start and trigger all core purchasing-related activities, such as processingof purchase requisitions, purchase orders, contracts, scheduling agreements, and requestsfor quotation.Users can monitor and track the progress and status of all activities.Time-critical events, such as expiring contracts, can be monitored and appropriated, andfollow on activities can be triggered.Exceptional events, such as blocked purchase orders or overdue deliveries, can bemonitored and appropriated, and follow on activities can be triggered.

Operational purchaser

Work Center for GoodsReceipt Documents

Users can start and trigger all activities for goods receipt processing.From a list of purchase orders with expected goods receipt, users can directly trigger thecreation of goods receipt documents.From a list of goods receipt documents, the user can trigger follow-on activities, such asposting of return delivery, subsequent deliveries, or invoices.Users can monitor and track the progress and status of all activities.

Operational purchaserWarehouse clerkEmployee responsible for GRcreation

Work Center for ServiceEntry Sheet Processing

Users can start and trigger all activities for service entry sheet (SES) processing.From a list of purchase orders with expected service entry, users can directly trigger thecreation of SES documents.From a list of service entry sheet documents the user can trigger follow on activities suchas posting of invoices.Users can monitor and track the progress and status of all activities.

Operational purchaserEmployees responsible forcreating SES

BenefitsImproves user productivity with an easy-to-use and intuitive user interfaceAutomates process steps with better traceability of the procurement cycleProvides quick access to personalized work listsEnsures flexibility for the user interface for purchasingAllows better acceptance by end-usersLowers TCO through reduced costs for end-user training

Simplify usability and role-based access to all process steps in procure to pay

Procurement and Logistics Execution > Procurement

Business Function: LOG_MM_CI_2

© SAP 2007 /

Procure to PayNew Features


Work Center for InvoiceDocuments

Users can start and trigger all activities for invoice processing.From a list of purchasing documents to be invoiced, users can directly trigger the creationof invoice documents.From a list of invoice documents, users can trigger follow-on activities, like release ofinvoices.Users can monitor and track the progress and status of all activities.

Operational purchaserInvoice clerkEmployee responsible for thecreation of invoices

Work Center forProcessing VendorMaster Data

Users can start and trigger all activities for processing vendor master data.From a list of vendors, the user can view a list of all sources of supply, start creation ofnew vendor master records, and change or create new info records.Via integrated analytics, all activities with vendors (spend volume within the last threeweeks or the number of open purchase orders) can be monitored and tracked.

PurchaserEmployee responsible forvendor master datamaintenance

Work Center forProcessing MaterialMaster Data

Users can start and trigger all activities for processing material master data.From a list of materials, users can view a list of all sources of supply, display stock andstock requirements, start creation of new material master records, and change or createnew info recordsVia integrated analytics, open order value per product or price trends for materials can beanalyzed.

PurchaserEmployee responsible formaintenance of material masterdata

Work Center forProcessing ServiceMaster Data

Users can start and trigger all activities for processing service master data.From a list of services, users can view a list of all sources of supply and start creation ofnew service master records, model service specifications, and standard service catalogs.Via integrated analytics, open order value per service or price trends for services can beanalyzed.

PurchaserEmployee responsible tomaintain service master data

New Function forCreation of PurchaseRequisitions

Creation of purchase requisitions for materials.Purchase requisitions can be saved as templates and templates can be used for fastercreation of extensive purchase requisitions without the need of manual data entry.Fast maintenance of account assignment with template functionality.Personalization of user interface based on Web Dynpro.

PurchaserEmployee responsible forcreation of purchaserequisitions

New Function forCollective Processing ofPurchase Requisitions

Source of supply assignment for multiple purchase requisition items.Supplier comparison if more than one source of supply is available.Send purchase requisition item to external sourcing engine, like the bidding engine in SAPSRM or third-party tool.Quick change of quantities and delivery dates.Bundle purchase requisition items and create purchase orders.Personalization of user interface based on Web Dynpro functionality.

Purchaser


© SAP 2007 /

Procure to PayNew Features


New Function forDocument Tracing

Users can start the function from any step in a procure-to-pay process cycle, from withingoods receipt processing, for exampleAll predecessor and follow-on documents of a selected document are shown in anoverviewFrom the overview, users can navigate to the document and can start processing (change,update, delete, and so on) documents if necessary.


Enterprise Search forPurchasing Documents

A quick and an advanced Enterprise Search is provided. For the quick search, the user cansearch using a text string. The system also searches for documents with similar names.For the advanced search, the user can search using a text string and additional fields.The Enterprise Search is available for purchase requests, purchase orders, schedulingagreement, contracts, requests for quotation, and supplier quotes.


New Function forCreation and Change ofSchedule Lines

Display and maintain schedule lines for a scheduling agreement itemChange schedule lines and add new schedule lines for a given periodDisplay pricing conditions for a scheduling agreement itemPersonalization of user interface based on Web Dynpro functionality

Operational purchaserEmployee responsible formaintaining schedule lines


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Work Center for PurchasingDocuments

Business ValueProvides personalization of work lists to coveruser-specific needsImproves user productivity with a better overview andfast access to all necessary events

Customer business challengesLimited overview of the entire workload of a purchaserNecessity to react to exceptionsNeed for personalized definition of workload

Delivered by Business Function LOG_MM_CI_2

Procurement and Logistics Execution > Procurement > Procure to Pay

Purchasers can start and trigger all core purchasing-related activities, such as processing of purchaserequisitions, purchase orders, contracts, scheduling agreements, and requests for quotation.Users can monitor and track the progress and status of all activities.Time-critical events, such as expiring contracts, can be monitored and appropriated follow-on activities canbe triggered.Exceptional events, such as blocked purchase orders or overdue deliveries, can be monitored andappropriated follow-on activities can be triggered.


* Improvements

Master Data (Material, Service, Supplier)

DemandCreation and

Planning

PurchaseRequest

ProcessingRFx Processing Purchase Order

Processing

Goods Receiptand Service

Entry *Invoice

Processing

InvoicingClerk

Buyere.g. Employeeor Planner

WarehouseClerk

Buyere.g. Buyer orSourcingSpecialist

e.g. Buyer orMaster Data Manager

* * *

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Work Center for PurchasingDocuments

Business ValueProvides personalization of work lists to cover user-specificneedsImproves user productivity with a better overview and fastaccess to all necessary events

Purchasers can start and trigger all core purchasing-related activities, such as processing of purchaserequisitions, purchase orders, contracts, scheduling agreements, and requests for quotation.Users can monitor and track the progress and status of all activities.Time-critical events, such as expiring contracts, can be monitored and appropriated follow-on activities canbe triggered.Exceptional events, such as blocked purchase orders or overdue deliveries, can be monitored andappropriated follow-on activities can be triggered.

Customer business challengesLimited overview of the entire workload of a purchaserNecessity to react to exceptionsNeed for personalized definition of workload


* Improvements


DemandCreation and

Planning

PurchaseRequest


Processing


Entry *Invoice

Processing

InvoicingClerk


WarehouseClerk



* * *


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Work Center for Goods ReceiptDocuments


Users can start and trigger all activities for goods receipt processing.From a list of purchase orders with expected goods receipt, users can directly trigger the creation of goodsreceipt documents.From a list of goods receipt documents, the user can trigger follow-on activities, such as posting of returndelivery, subsequent deliveries or invoices.Users can monitor and track the progress and status of all activities.

Customer business challengesLimited overview of the entire workloadNecessity to react to exceptionsNeed for personalized definition of workload


* Improvements


DemandCreation and

Planning

PurchaseRequest


Processing


Entry *Invoice

Processing

InvoicingClerk


WarehouseClerk



*


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Work Center for Service Entry SheetProcessing


Users can start and trigger all activities for service entry sheet (SES) processing.From a list of purchase orders with expected service entry, users can directly trigger the creation of SESdocuments.From a list of service entry sheet documents the user can trigger follow-on activities such as posting ofinvoices.Users can monitor and track the progress and status of all activities.



* Improvements


DemandCreation and

Planning

PurchaseRequest


Processing


Entry *Invoice

Processing

InvoicingClerk


WarehouseClerk



*


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Work Center for Invoice Documents

Business ValuePersonalization of work lists to cover user-specific needsImproved user productivity with a better overview and fastaccess to all necessary events

Users can start and trigger all activities for invoice processing.From a list of purchasing documents to be invoiced, users can directly trigger the creation of invoicedocuments.From a list of invoice documents, users can trigger follow-on activities, like release of invoices.Users can monitor and track the progress and status of all activities.



* Improvements


DemandCreation and

Planning

PurchaseRequest


Processing


Entry *Invoice

Processing

InvoicingClerk


WarehouseClerk



*


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Work Center for Processing VendorMaster Data

Business ValuePersonalization of work lists to cover user-specific needsImproved user productivity with a better overview and fastaccess to all necessary information

Users can start and trigger all activities for processing vendor master data.From a list of vendors, the user can view a list of all sources of supply, start creation of new vendor masterrecords and change or create new info records.Via integrated analytics, all activities with vendors (e.g. spend volume within the last three weeks or thenumber of open purchase orders) can be monitored and tracked.

Customer business challengesLimited overview of all vendor-related activitiesNecessity to react to exceptionsNeed for personalized definition of workload


* Improvements


DemandCreation and

Planning

PurchaseRequest


Processing


Entry *Invoice

Processing

InvoicingClerk


WarehouseClerk


e.g. Buyer orMaster Data Manager*


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Work Center for Processing MaterialMaster Data

Business ValuePersonalization of work lists to cover user-specific needsImproved user productivity trough a better overview and fastaccess to all necessary information

Users can start and trigger all activities for processing material master data.From a list of materials, users can view a list of all sources of supply, display stock and stockrequirements, start creation of new material master records and change or create new info records.Via integrated analytics, open order value per product or price trends for materials can be analyzed.

Customer business challengesLimited overview of all material-related activitiesNecessity to react to exceptionsNeed for personalized definition of workload


* Improvements


DemandCreation and

Planning

PurchaseRequest


Processing


Entry *Invoice

Processing

InvoicingClerk


WarehouseClerk




© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Work Center for Processing ServiceMaster Data

Business ValuePersonalization of work lists to cover user-specific needsImproved user productivity from a better overview and fastaccess to all necessary information

Users can start and trigger all activities for processing service master data.From a list of services, users can view a list of all sources of supply and start creation of new servicemaster records, model service specifications and standard service catalogs.Via integrated analytics, open order value per service or price trends for services can be analyzed.

Customer business challengesLimited overview of entire service master dataNecessity to react to exceptionsNeed for personalized definition of workload


* Improvements


DemandCreation and

Planning

PurchaseRequest


Processing


Entry *Invoice

Processing

InvoicingClerk


WarehouseClerk




© SAP 2007 /

Feature: New Function for Creation ofPurchase Requisitions

Business ValuePersonalization of user interface to cover user-specificneedsImproved user productivity from use of templates

Creation of purchase requisitions for materials.Purchase requisitions can be saved as templates and templates can be used for faster creation ofextensive purchase requisitions without the need of manual data entry.Fast maintenance of account assignment with template functionality.Personalization of user interface based on Web Dynpro.

Customer business challengesCurrently, only a complex and difficult-to-use transactionfor the creation of purchase requisitions is available andrequires extensive end-user trainingTime-consuming procedure to create purchaserequisitions


* Improvements


DemandCreation and

Planning

PurchaseRequest


Processing


Entry *Invoice

Processing

InvoicingClerk


WarehouseClerk



*


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: New Function for CollectiveProcessing of Purchase Requisitions

Business ValueImproved user productivityLess training effort for end usersPersonalization of user interface to cover user-specificneeds

Source of supply assignment for multiple purchase requisition items.Supplier comparison if more than one source of supply is available.Send purchase requisition item to external sourcing engine, like the Sourcing Cockpit in SAP SRM.Quick change of quantities and delivery dates.Bundle purchase requisition items and create purchase orders.Personalization of user interface based on Web Dynpro functionality.

Customer business challengesCurrently, only a complex and difficult-to-use transactionfor source assignment of purchase requisition items andmanual creation of purchase orders is available andrequires extensive end-user trainingNo transparency of process if external sourcing tool isused


* Improvements


DemandCreation and

Planning

PurchaseRequest


Processing


Entry *Invoice

Processing

InvoicingClerk


WarehouseClerk



*


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: New Function for Document Tracing

Business ValueOverview of the entire business processImproved user productivity

Users can start the function from any step in a procure-to-pay process cycle, except from “DemandCreation and Planning”.All predecessor and follow-on documents of a selected document are shown in an overview.From the overview, users can navigate to the document and can start processing (e.g. change, update anddelete) documents if necessary.

Customer business challengesLimited overview of the entire document flow within theprocure-to-pay processNecessity to react to exceptions and perform ad-hocqueries


* Improvements


DemandCreation and

Planning

PurchaseRequest


Processing


Entry *Invoice

Processing

InvoicingClerk


WarehouseClerk



* * * * *


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Enterprise Search for PurchasingDocuments

Business ValueImproved user productivity with intuitive and easy-to-usesearch functionality

A quick and an advanced Enterprise Search is provided. For the quick search, the user can search using atext string. The system also searches for documents with similar names. For the advanced search, theuser can search using a text string and additional fields.The Enterprise Search is available for purchase requests, purchase orders, scheduling agreement,contracts, requests for quotation and supplier quotes.

Customer business challengesComplex search functionality that shows only exact searchmatches


* Improvements


DemandCreation and

Planning

PurchaseRequest


Processing


Entry *Invoice

Processing

InvoicingClerk


WarehouseClerk



* * *


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: New Function for Creation andChange of Schedule Lines


Business Value

Improved user productivityLess training effort for end usersPersonalization of user interface to cover user specificneeds

Display and maintain schedule lines for a Scheduling Agreement itemChange schedule lines and add new schedule lines for a given time periodDisplay pricing conditions for a Scheduling Agreement itemPersonalization of user interface based on WebDynpro functionality

Customer business challengesDifficult to handle backend transaction

* Improvements


DemandCreation and

Planning

PurchaseRequest


Processing


Entry *Invoice

Processing

InvoicingClerk


WarehouseClerk



*


© SAP 2007 /

Trade: Warehouse Operation Manager


Work Center for InboundDeliveries

Work center "Inbound Deliveries displays a list of inbound deliveries regarding thefollowing:

Overdue Inbound Deliveries ( Monitoring of time critical deliveries /Delivery date and time of delivery as important document parameters)Today's Inbound Deliveries ( Managing the daily workload /Number of packages/picks and picking status as important document parameters)Upcoming Inbound Deliveries (Plan upcoming tasks / deliveries with according number of workers).

The display of the deliveries bases on so called "Queries" which means the user (or theadministrator) can create search queries in order to look for inbound deliveries.

Portal role targets small ormidsize companies who areoperating with a warehouse

Work Center ForOutbound Deliveries

The outbound process typically is the sub-sequent sub-process and does not need morethan one category “All” for all respective documents normally. Here the WarehouseOperation Manager mainly plans the upcoming tasks / deliveries in conjunction with hissub-ordinates.

Small / midsized companies inany industry who are operatinga warehouse

Work center for PhysicalInventory Monitor

In regular intervals a Physical Inventory Count needs to be executed. That means that theentire stock is counted in all locations in a regular interval. You distinguish between theregular count („Cycle Count“) and irregular counts (e.g. in case of negative stock).

Small and midsized companieswho are operating a warehouse

BenefitsEasy entry access (role-based central point of access): provides role-specific tasks to the user - Coverage of the most important tasks and businessprocesses in one application (inbound and outbound deliveries and physical inventory monitoring) - Perfect means to balance the workload in a warehouseefficiently - Aggregation of the most important information for one user in a dedicated area of activity - Brings the work to the user and allows users to self-organize their work, replacing reactive work with proactive work - Where suitable, users are guided through common tasks: in guided activities or guidedprocedures, for example.

Enabling warehouse operation managers to manage their daily workload more efficiently bybringing the correct tasks to the right user on time.

Procurement and Logistics Execution > Inventory and Warehouse Management

Business Function: LOG_WM_ROLES

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Work Center for Inbound Deliveries

Business ValueInbound Deliveries can be monitored more precisely by settingflexible parameters - The user is able to better plan the dailyworkload - Improvement in efficiency by assigning workers tothe workload - There is no need to search documents in asystem; the system provides the user with the proper workload -Easy to tailor list results to warehouse process

Work center "Inbound Deliveries displays a list of inbound deliveries regarding the following:Overdue Inbound Deliveries ( Monitoring of time critical deliveries /Delivery date and time of delivery as important document parameters)Today's Inbound Deliveries ( Managing the daily workload /Number of packages/picks and picking status as important document parameters)Upcoming Inbound Deliveries (Plan upcoming tasks / deliveries with according number of workers).

Customer business challenges

Delivered by Business Function LOG_WM_ROLES

* Improvements

PaymentBillingPhysicalInventory

OutboundDelivery

InboundDeliveryPurchasing

Warehouse Operation Manger

Procurement and Logistics Execution > Inventory and Warehouse Management > Warehouse Operation Manager

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Work Center For Outbound Deliveries

Business ValueThe outbound material has to be picked at the various storagelocations as stated on the outbound delivery documents.Discrepancies occurring during picking (quantity to be pickedis not equal to the quantity actually picked) need to berecorded and the subsequent physical inventory countprocess triggered to verify the stock numbers.At the end of the shift there should be no open outbounddeliveries (Sales Orders, Vendor Returns, Stock TransportOrders) left

The outbound process typically is the sub-sequent sub-process and does not need more than onecategory “All” for all respective documents normally. Here the Warehouse Operation Manager mainly plansthe upcoming tasks / deliveries in conjunction with his sub-ordinates.




OutboundDelivery




© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Work center for Physical InventoryMonitor

Business ValueSet-up physical inventory and monitoring the countRe-count of materials if requiredReview of outbound discrepanciesReview of difference listCheck the transit stock

In regular intervals a Physical Inventory Count needs to be executed. That means that the entire stock iscounted in all locations in a regular interval. You distinguish between the regular count („Cycle Count“) andirregular counts (e.g. in case of negative stock).




OutboundDelivery




© SAP 2007 /

LE, SAP EWM Integration


Expected GoodsReceipts

Goods receipt processing in SAP EWM is based on inbound delivery documents providedby SAP ERP. The inbound deliveries usually represent the advanced shipping notifications(ASNs) provided by a supplier to announce that a goods issue has been performed at thatsupplier's warehouse, and to indicate that the goods are on the way to the receivingwarehouse.To support the SAP EWM goods receipt functions with data on expected goods receipts,required documents are generated based on open purchase orders, schedulingagreements, and production orders.

Warehouse receiving personnel

Batch ManagementEnhancements

Replication of batch selection criteriaInstead of running a batch determination in SAP ERP, users can now replicate batchselection criteria to SAP EWM, where batch search functionality is provided, and which iscapable of taking the warehouse layout into account.Support of the documentary batch functionality together with SAP EWMThis function enables use of documentary batches in an integrated way with SAP EWM.SAP ERP can receive documentary batches from SAP EWM during goods receipt fromexternal procurement and goods issue for customers for materials managed usingdocumentary batches.

Warehouse personnel

Goods ReceiptTolerances

In the new release, the tolerance check no longer takes place during posting in SAP ERP,but in SAP EWM during goods receipt at the gate.The tolerance check in SAP ERP is purchasing-document based. To support a similarcheck in SAP EWM, the purchasing data (purchasing quantity, tolerance data) is transferredto this system.For long-term purchasing scenarios (schedule agreements), the tolerance check - based onpurchasing quantity - leads to less helpful results for the latest schedules. Therefore, forscheduling agreements, the tolerance check is more appropriate at delivery level.

Warehouse receivingpersonnel.

BenefitsBusinesses benefit from the tight integration of SAP ERP 6.0 and SAP EWM that offers greater flexibility than a point solution for warehousing.

SAP ERP 6.0 and SAP EWM deliver powerful functionality to increase flexibility for a best-in-class warehouse.


Business Function: LOG_LE_INTEGRATION

© SAP 2007 /

LE, SAP EWM IntegrationNew Features


SPM Returns You can now create a return material authorization (RMA) for a return delivery. This function enables integration withSAP Supply Network Collaboration, which provides a Web interface for customers to pack and ship approved returns.

Warehouse personnel and customers

Goods Receipt from ProductionInitiated in SAP EWM

Inbound deliveries are created in SAP ERP at the time manufacturing order confirmation and distributed to SAP EWM.These inbound deliveries reflect the actual produced quantities and are used directly for put away.Inbound deliveries are not created synchronously to production. Instead, a scheduled report selects relevantmanufacturing orders for which planned inbound deliveries should be created. These planned inbound deliveries areonly persisted in SAP EWM, where they are used primarily for inbound delivery creation and secondarily for workloadpreview purposes. Only inbound deliveries can be used for warehouse processing - put away and goods receiptposting - whereas expected goods receipts are excluded.

Warehouse and production planningpersonnel

Support for Catch weight withSAP EWM

In SAP ERP, you can define a material as catch weight material. In a linked SAP EWM instance, inventorymanagement for these materials is done in a second unit of measure independent of the base unit of measure (forexample, in units of measure pieces and kilograms).In SAP ERP without catch weight management, inventory management uses only the base unit of measure.Quantities in other units of measure are calculated using fixed conversion factors.To reduce or avoid incorrect entries completely, you can use the definition of a tolerance group to check whether thevalues entered by a user for the logistic quantity and parallel quantity are valid

Warehouse personnel.

Kit to Stock The kit-to-stock process enables you to have a lean assembly process in a decentralized warehouse managed by SAPEWM. This process can either be driven by automatic planning in SAP ERP or SAP APO or manual planning in SAPEWM. Depending on where the process will be started, the integration with SAP ERP will be realized differently:If the process is driven by planning in SAP ERP or SAP APO, production orders are used in SAP ERP as a basis forcreating inbound and outbound deliveries. These deliveries are then distributed to SAP EWM, where a value-addedservice order is created.If the process is started manually in SAP EWM by the creation of a value-added service order, the inbound andoutbound deliveries will be replicated to SAP ERP.

Warehouse personnel

Integration with SAP Auto-IDInfrastructure for RFID

The following processes are supported:

Receive advanced shipping notification (ASN) for inbound delivery(EPCs only at handling-unit (HU) and item level)Replicate inbound delivery with EPC at HU header and item levelTo support RFID enabling within SAP EWM for HUs, the incoming data must be distributed to SAP EWMReceive EPC from SAP EWM during goods issue (EPCs only at HU header level)To support sending the ASN, the EPC information is sent from SAP EWM to SAP ERP and copied to the IDoc.The data for the outbound delivery has to be stored.Process of stock transport order (EPCs only at HU header level during goods issue)Create inbound delivery from outbound delivery including EPC data at HU header level

Warehouse and planning personnel

Direct Outbound Delivery Direct outbound deliveries support unplanned outbound deliveries and direct sales in the warehouse. You can createthese deliveries for external and internal goods recipients directly in the warehouse, without having to record a salesorder or stock transport order first.In SAP EWM, you can also create packaging materials as additional items in outbound deliveries, enabling you toupdate the stocks of these materials using the goods issue posting of the delivery.

Warehouse and customer service


© SAP 2007 /

LE, SAP EWM IntegrationNew Features


Goods Receipt WithoutReference in SAP EWM

For delivery items sent from an external warehouse where the reference document ismissing, purchase orders will be created by the system in the background. There is a newauthority check available for this functionality. If the creation is permitted and activated, anew purchase order for all items of this delivery with a missing predecessor document willbe created, except for packaging material items.

Warehouse managers andsupervisors


© SAP 2007 /

LE, SAP EWM IntegrationImprovements of Existing Features


Business FunctionGoods Issue for DirectSales and AccountAssignments

Allows for the creation of outbound deliveries initiated in SAP EWM to perform direct salesand issues to a cost center without first creating documents in SAP ERP.

Warehouse workers. Best-of-breed customers consideringlowering TCO by moving moreprocesses to SAP ERP.

Stock TransferEnhancements

Allows adding additional items or packaging items to stock transport deliveries from withinSAP EWM. The information is then reflected in the SAP ERP stock transport order and inthe corresponding inbound delivery at the receiving warehouse.

Warehouse workers. Inventoryplanners.

Goods Issue Time Enables maintenance and visibility of the actual GI time in the outbound delivery Warehouse personnel

Enhancements for SerialNumber Handling

Enhanced integration of serial number handling between SAP ERP and SAP EWM:

For the inbound process, traceability of serial numbers is enabled.With each partial goods receipt, the actual serial numbers are transferred from SAP EWM toSAP ERP.For the outbound process, the handling of predetermined serial numbers is supported.The same applies in the case of a delivery split.

Warehouse and customerservice personnel

Invoice Before GoodsIssue

This process enables you to create invoices before the actual goods issue posting is done.There are two options:

Direct billingTriggered from SAP EWM, a bill is created and printed in SAP ERP together with GTSinformationWait for billing requestYou can create billing documents for multiple outbound deliveries in one run and printthem along with customs documents

Warehouse personnel

Kit to Order You can use a specific sales bill of materials (BOM) type or kit in a system landscape whereSAP ERP is connected to SAP EWM.The kit-to-order process using a sales bill of materials in SAP ERP supports only part of thescope that is developed for the kit-to-order process in the full service parts management(SPM) system landscape (SAP CRM, SAP ERP, SAP EWM, and SAP APO).

Warehouse personnel.Customer service.


© SAP 2007 /

LE, SAP EWM IntegrationImprovements of Existing Features

Improvement ofexisting features Description Target Users for this

Business Function

Change Delivery Basedon Changes to SDDocument

For an (SD) sales order item, one or more deliveries may be created and distributed to SAPEWM for further processing. The order quantity remains open for changes. If the order itemquantity falls below the delivery quantity, a change request is sent to the processingwarehouse system (SAP EWM). The warehouse system may accept the change with aconfirmation to update the delivery quantity in SAP ERP. However, if the delivery update isrejected by SAP EWM, a workflow item can be triggered in SAP ERP for a manual conflictresolution for the sales order.

Customer service andwarehouse planners

GI with AccountAssignment

Accounting information from SAP ERP can be transferred to SAP EWM, which uses theinformation in the context of goods issue, direct sales, and warehouse-internalconsumption to read the standard account assignment categories (AACs) of cost center,order, and WBS element. In addition to the standard AACs in SAP ERP, customers can addtheir own AACs.

Warehouse personnel


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Expected Goods Receipts

Business ValueFlexibility. Ease of use.

Goods receipt processing in SAP EWM is based on inbound delivery documents provided by SAP ERP.The inbound deliveries usually represent the advanced shipping notifications (ASNs) provided by asupplier to announce that a goods issue has been performed at that supplier's warehouse, and to indicatethat the goods are on the way to the receiving warehouse.To support the SAP EWM goods receipt functions with data on expected goods receipts, requireddocuments are generated based on open purchase orders, scheduling agreements, and production orders.

Customer business challengesSometimes, goods are sent from a vendor even though thevendor has not sent an ASN. This process allows thewarehouse to process these receipts and reconciledifferences. It also allows a receipt from production to beprocessed within SAP EWM without having to accessproduction transactions in SAP ERP.

Delivered by Business Function LOG_LE_INTEGRATION

Generate EGR inbatch either from

ERP or EWM

Use a preparation screento select EGR

Generate inbounddeliveries from EGRs*

* Improvements

Processes in warehouseremain

the same* *

Procurement and Logistics Execution > Inventory and Warehouse Management > LE, SAP EWM Integration

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Batch Management Enhancements

Business ValueAbility of warehouse personnel to work in SAP EWM withouthaving to log in to SAP ERP to classify and maintain batches.Ability to select appropriate batches closer to the actual time ofpicking.

Replication of batch selection criteriaInstead of running a batch determination in SAP ERP, users can now replicate batch selection criteria toSAP EWM, where batch search functionality is provided, and which is capable of taking the warehouselayout into account.Support of the documentary batch functionality together with SAP EWMThis function enables use of documentary batches in an integrated way with SAP EWM. SAP ERP canreceive documentary batches from SAP EWM during goods receipt from external procurement and goodsissue for customers for materials managed using documentary batches.

Customer business challengesFull use of batch management functions that are available in acentral instance of SAP ERP are now available in SAP EWM.


Classify batchesdirectly in EWM

Change batchstatus from EWM

Changes replicatedto ERP automatically*

* Improvements

Changes can bereplicated to other

decentralized EWMs ***


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Goods Receipt Tolerances

Business ValueMore information transparency. Ability to reject excessive overdeliveries at time of receipt.

In the new release, the tolerance check no longer takes place during posting in SAP ERP, but in SAPEWM during goods receipt at the gate.The tolerance check in SAP ERP is purchasing-document based. To support a similar check in SAP EWM,the purchasing data (purchasing quantity, tolerance data) is transferred to this system.For long-term purchasing scenarios (schedule agreements), the tolerance check - based on purchasingquantity - leads to less helpful results for the latest schedules. Therefore, for scheduling agreements, thetolerance check is more appropriate at delivery level.

Customer business challengesWithout this enhancement, warehouse personnel would notreceive timely notification of tolerance violations.


Goods arrive at receivingdock

Warehouse workerattempts to post GR

Delivery tolerance from ERPis exceeded and

user receives message ** Improvements

Over shipmentcan be rejected


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: SPM Returns

Business ValueFlexibility

You can now create a return material authorization (RMA) for a return delivery. This function enablesintegration with SAP Supply Network Collaboration, which provides a Web interface for customers to packand ship approved returns.

Customer business challengesAllows returns processing to be more flexible.


Customer wants to returnmaterial

Customer logs into aweb interface to create

the RMA

Returns delivery iscreated in ERP*

* Improvements

Returns delivery isreplicated to EWM *


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Goods Receipt from ProductionInitiated in SAP EWM

Business ValueEase-of-use.

Inbound deliveries are created in SAP ERP at the time manufacturing order confirmation and distributed toSAP EWM. These inbound deliveries reflect the actual produced quantities and are used directly for putaway.Inbound deliveries are not created synchronously to production. Instead, a scheduled report selectsrelevant manufacturing orders for which planned inbound deliveries should be created. These plannedinbound deliveries are only persisted in SAP EWM, where they are used primarily for inbound deliverycreation and secondarily for workload preview purposes. Only inbound deliveries can be used forwarehouse processing - put away and goods receipt posting - whereas expected goods receipts areexcluded.

Customer business challengesAbility to work only in SAP EWM.


Expected goods receiptsare generated fromproduction orders

Expected goods receiptsare

replicated to EWM

Warehouse worker canuse EGR to receive

for production** Improvements

Standard warehousedocuments are generated

from EGR**


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Support for Catch weight with SAPEWM

Business ValueUse of standard SAP EWM for food industries.

In SAP ERP without catch weight management, inventory management uses only the base unit ofmeasure. Quantities in other units of measure are calculated using fixed conversion factors.To reduce or avoid incorrect entries completely, you can use the definition of a tolerance group to checkwhether the values entered by a user for the logistic quantity and parallel quantity are valid.

Customer business challengesCustomers with materials that are handled in one unit ofmeasure and billed or valuated in another without a fixedconversion can easily use standard warehouse processes.


Receipts canbe processed

in parallel units

Certain internal ware-houseprocesses will prompt for

both units

Both units arestored when

material is packed** Improvements

Goods issue will prompt forboth units

if not stored in packing ** *


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Kit to Stock

Business ValueLower inventory. Flexibility in use of inventory assets. Improvedcustomer service.

The kit-to-stock process enables you to have a lean assembly process in a decentralized warehousemanaged by SAP EWM. This process can either be driven by automatic planning in SAP ERP or SAPAPO or manual planning in SAP EWM. Depending on where the process will be started, the integrationwith SAP ERP will be realized differently:If the process is driven by planning in SAP ERP or SAP APO, production orders are used in SAP ERP asa basis for creating inbound and outbound deliveries. These deliveries are then distributed to SAP EWM,where a value-added service order is created.If the process is started manually in SAP EWM by the creation of a value-added service order, the inboundand outbound deliveries will be replicated to SAP ERP.

Customer business challengesSome warehouses need to assemble kits in advance of ordersfor seasonal or promotional activities. This function allows kitsto be pre-made before and dismantled after the promotion.


Assembly of kits canbe initiated

using a PP order

Assembly of kits canbe initiated

using a VAS order

GR and GI postings areintegrated between EWM

and ERP** Improvements

Kits can be“de-kitted” *


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Integration with SAP Auto-IDInfrastructure for RFID

Business ValueImproved data flow. Transparency of inventory and loadstatuses.

The following processes are supported:Receive advanced shipping notification (ASN) for inbound delivery(EPCs only at handling-unit (HU) and item level)Replicate inbound delivery with EPC at HU header and item levelTo support RFID enabling within SAP EWM for HUs, the incoming data must be distributed to SAPEWMReceive EPC from SAP EWM during goods issue (EPCs only at HU header level)To support sending the ASN, the EPC information is sent from SAP EWM to SAP ERP andcopied to the IDoc.The data for the outbound delivery has to be stored.Process of stock transport order (EPCs only at HU header level during goods issue)Create inbound delivery from outbound delivery including EPC data at HU header level

Customer business challengesCustomers who use SAP EWM and SAP Auto-IDInfrastructure don't have to update both systems separately.


AII scans can postGR in EWM

Warehouse taskscan be confirmedby AII tag reads

Packing in EWM can builda packing hierarchy in AII*

* Improvements

EWM loading canbe recordedby tag reads ** *


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Direct Outbound Delivery

Business ValueFlexibility

Direct outbound deliveries support unplanned outbound deliveries and direct sales in the warehouse. Youcan create these deliveries for external and internal goods recipients directly in the warehouse, withouthaving to record a sales order or stock transport order first.In SAP EWM, you can also create packaging materials as additional items in outbound deliveries, enablingyou to update the stocks of these materials using the goods issue posting of the delivery.

Customer business challengesIncreased flexibility for customers needing direct sales andpick-up order processing.


Direct or pick-up saleneeds to be initiated

at the warehouse

EWM deliveryis created

Delivery is replicatedto ERP*

* Improvements

Billing canbe performed

from ERP delivery**


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Goods Receipt Without Reference inSAP EWM

Business ValueFlexibility. Improved data integrity.

For delivery items sent from an external warehouse where the reference document is missing, purchaseorders will be created by the system in the background. There is a new authority check available for thisfunctionality. If the creation is permitted and activated, a new purchase order for all items of this deliverywith a missing predecessor document will be created, except for packaging material items.

Customer business challengesFor warehouses that run around the clock, there may notalways be personnel available who can enter predecessorpurchasing documents. In this case, the material must be heldor is not reflected in the system in a timely manner. Thisfeature allows the warehouse to continue working withoutdisruption.


Material arriveswithout

predecessor documents

Inbound deliverycan be created

in EWM

Delivery isreplicated

to ERP** Improvements

Purchase order isgenerated **


© SAP 2007 /

Returnable Packaging Logistics

Benefits

With this business function, customers can manage returnable packaging. They can automatically post returnable packaging accounts. The accountsreflect the quantities of returnable packaging that is currently available in their own stock and at the locations of other business parties. Exchange ofreturnable packaging account information further improves data accuracy.

Using returnable packaging logistics without having to activate DIMP

Procurement and Logistics Execution > Inbound and Outbound Logistics


Business Function

Returnable PackagingLogistics in SAP ECC

This functionality enables customers to handle goods movements of returnable packagingin SAP ERP. Returnable packaging (RP) accounts reproduce the exchange status ofreturnable packaging between two business partners. The goods movement of empty orfull returnable packaging is tracked in these accounts. The exchange balance per businesspartner can be monitored at any time with the account balance.You can carry out account matching between linked accounts with account statements thatyou have received via EDI. You can also create and send account statements to yourreturnable packaging exchange partner, with or without the use of EDI.

Customers who work withreturnable packaging andexchange account informationwith business partners.

Business Function: LOG_MM_RL

© SAP 2007 /

Integration of SAP SCM and SAP ERP


Shelf-Life Integration Integration of shelf-life data, propagation of shelf life, and alerting of shelf-life violation Supply chain planner

Interchangeability Integration of interchangeability master data Supply chain planner

BenefitsEnable manufacturers to consider shelf life in the distribution of perishable goods such as food or pharmaceutical productsOffer companies an option to consider shelf-life issues with regard to specific products or demand in the supply chainEnable companies to create a feasible procurement plan for subcontracting manufacturers, taking into account all materials and capacity constraintsThe interchangeability solution adds business value because it:Considers discontinuation in planning and executionOptimizes product availabilityMinimizes material stocks and scrapSecures consistent data models

Consider shelf life and multiple production versions in supply chain planning andsubcontractingIntegration of interchangeability master data

Procurement and Logistics Execution > General


Business FunctionSubcontracting Option to integrate and plan with multiple production versions Supply chain planner

Business Function: SCM_GEN_02

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Shelf-Life Integration

Business ValueConsistent data modelConsideration of shelf-life information

Integration of shelf-life data, propagation of shelf life, and alerting of shelf-life violation

Customer business challengesNo integrated data; incomplete planning capability

Delivered by Business Function SCM_GEN_02

Transfer shelf life information (materialmaster, stock, sales orders, purchase

requisitionsand orders) from ERP to SCM

Create SupplyPlan in SCM

Propagate Shelf Life andalert violations

in SCM** Improvements

Transfer transactionaldata with shelf lifeinfo back to ERP *

Process: Supply Chain Monitoring andControl

*

AR clerk

Procurement and Logistics Execution > General > Integration of SAP SCM and SAP ERP

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Interchangeability

Business ValueConsistent data model

Integration of interchangeability master data

Customer business challengesUse of interchangeability master data

Delivered by Business Function SCM_GEN_02

Transfer interchangeability master datafrom ERP to SCM

Planning in SCMconsidering inter-

changeable products

Transfer resultsback to ERP*

* Improvements

Process: Supply Chain Monitoring andControl

Procurement and Logistics Execution > General > Integration of SAP SCM and SAP ERP

© SAP 2007 /

1. ERP Core










2. Industries

Navigation Index

© SAP 2007 /

Product Development and ManufacturingBusiness Functions


Manufacturing Information System:MIS: Order Information System and Planning Evaluation

Customers who have implemented the following processes benefitmost from this business function:

MRP planning runEvaluation of range-of-coverage dataOrder status evaluation with the order reportMass extraction of planning dataUsage of the order information systemNew mass processing functions for planned orders andconfirmations

PI Sheet Enhancements: PI sheet enhancements Process industry

Shift Report Notes and Confirmation: Shift report notes and shift-related confirmation Manufacturing customer in the discrete and process industry

XSteps in Routing and Production Order: Xsteps in routing and PO SAP ERP customers in discrete industries.

cFolders:Import and Export of MPNs: Down port of cFolders functionality for importing and exporting MPNs

The functionality to exchange manufacturer part numbers betweenSAP ECC 6.0 and cFolders is needed for OEMs working withcontract manufacturers and using cFolders as a collaboration hubfor the exchange of the BOM needed for production at the contractmanufacturer's site.

PLM Recipe Management:Recipe Management (RM) enhancements: RM compliance checking, and miscellaneous continuousimprovements.

Process industry customers using Recipe Management in SAPPLM who place a great deal of importance on ensuring that theirproducts comply with governmental and other internal or externalrestrictions regarding the chemical composition of their products.Existing SAP PLM RM customers who wish to leveragecontinuous improvements such as enhanced usability and search,and the redesigned formula explosion modeling function.

Product Development and Manufacturing

© SAP 2007 /

Product Development and ManufacturingES-Bundles

Description

ES Bundle: Batch Traceability and Analytics:This ES bundle addresses the tracking of batches and lots of material through a process, continuous, or discrete production environment. Batch tracking information iscoordinated with plant inventory, laboratory analyses, and inventory movement information to provide powerful lot genealogy reports. This information can also be combinedwith data on equipment from real-time data systems. With the help of this bundle, batch tracing can be implemented beyond company boundaries.

ES Bundle: Outsourced Manufacturing:Supports brand owners who outsource production to increase supply chain and production transparency, including financial aspectsProvides services that can be ease the implementation of supply chain collaboration scenarios, especially work order (WO) collaboration, and engineering changecollaborationRe-uses and complements services of ES bundles procure-to-pay and supplier collaboration for the supply chain

Product Development and Manufacturing

© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Batch Traceability and Analytics

Business valueIntegrates and aggregates various SAP ERPfunctionalities (PP, PP-PI, QM, and MM) with shop-floorautomation systemsProvides information for cross-company traceabilityHelps withdraw the corrupted batch pro-actively beforeit becomes a customer issue or escalationSupports legal requirements (GMP and EU 178/2002),defect tracing, call-back activities, and regressionrequirementsEnhances plant visibility, reduces analytics time, andhelps accelerate decision making

This ES bundle addresses the tracking of batches and lots of material through a process, continuous, ordiscrete production environment. Batch tracking information is coordinated with plant inventory, laboratoryanalyses, and inventory movement information to provide powerful lot genealogy reports. This informationcan also be combined with data on equipment from real-time data systems. With the help of this bundle,batch tracing can be implemented beyond company boundaries.

Use casesTriggers batch traceability based on a customer complaint,batch number, or handling unit numberCross-company batch traceabilityEnd-to-end batch traceability to cover the complete supplychain viewIn-depth analysis by integrating shop-floor automationsystems with SAP ERPRecall defective product if the batch is defectiveInform supplier if the raw material batch is defective

Trigger batchgenealogy

Check theProduction

batch

Sales representative

Inform supplierof defective

batch


Recall thedefective

batch

Check thequality

parameter

Quality managerProduction supervisor Procurement manager

Back-endsystem

SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0

Product Development and Manufacturing > Product Development and Manufacturing ES-Bundles

© SAP 2007 /

SAP ERP 6.0

SAP ERP 6.0SAP Supply Network Collaboration 5.1

SAP Supply Network Collaboration 5.1SAP ERP 6.0

ES Bundle: Outsourced Manufacturing

Business valueOutsourced manufacturing work-in-processvisibilityAbility to integrate into SAP ERP Financialsfor work-in-process costing of work orders(future scope: EhP 4)Early involvement of suppliers inengineering changes reducing ECR andECO cycle times and related costs

Supports brand owners who outsource production to increase supply chain and production transparency,including financial aspectsProvides services that can be ease the implementation of supply chain collaboration scenarios, especiallywork order (WO) collaboration, and engineering change collaborationRe-uses and complements services of ES bundles procure-to-pay and supplier collaboration for the supplychain

Use casesWork order collaborationWork order status updatesEngineering change collaboration

Create PO

CreateCO

productionorder

Send POReceive POand creatework order

Send POand WO

ReceiveWO

confirmation

UpdatePO and WO

Send POconfirmation

ReceivePO

confirmation

Update WO Send WOinformation

Receive WOinformation

UpdateCO

productionorder

Updateinventory

Product Development and Manufacturing > Product Development and Manufacturing ES-Bundles

© SAP 2007 /

Manufacturing Information System

BenefitsMultiple enhancements for the order information system include:

Mass processing of objectsAdditional functionality in the analysis of planning data

Enhanced Planning and Evaluation Capabilities with the Order Information System

Product Development and Manufacturing > Production Planning


Business Function

Enhancements in theEvaluations for MaterialRequirements Planning(PP-MRP-PE)

Adds new selection options on the collective display of the initial stock screen.Offers a new tab to enable the targeted selection of materials with critical ranges ofcoverage.Displays customer-specific selection options.Provides initial screen for collective display of MRP lists.Improves statistical evaluations in header details.Evaluates range of coverage based on material-specific limit values for stock and receipt ofdays' supplies.Calculates and displays the delay of sales orders on a multilevel basis.

MRP controller, productionplanner, and productionsupervisor

Mass Extraction ofPlanning Data

Makes new report available for the extraction of planning dataSpeeds the extraction of mass data from material requirements planningOptimizes transfers to database tables or customer-specific applications

MRP controller, productionplanner, and productionsupervisor

Enhancements in theOrder InformationSystem and MassProcessing

Defines representation of detail lists in the order information system and in massprocessing

Changes list types and columns in the outputMakes fields ready to accept inputOffers new lists such ad production list and material/production versionEnhances confirmation in mass processingConfirms real actual quantities in the confirmation processOffers order operation-related status information for the predecessor & successor operationProvides new mass-processing functions for planned order

Production supervisor

Business Function: LOG_PP_MIS

© SAP 2007 /

PI Sheet Enhancements


Improvement for UsersEntering Data orDownloading Data from aPI Sheet

New printing feature Shop-floor operator andsupervisor

Benefits

The PI sheet represents the result of a control recipe that was sent to a process operator and whose content is displayed as text on the screen. The PIsheet is an instruction for the process operator that describes how and in what order a product is manufactured. The PI sheet can, for example, containinformation about picking raw materials and instructions about charging the mixer, filling silos, and so on.With this business function, you get an improved user interface for manufacturing processes.

User interface: incremental enhancement

Product Development and Manufacturing > Manufacturing Execution

Business Function: LOG_PP_PMA_PMC

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Improvement for Users Entering Dataor Downloading Data from a PI Sheet

Product Development and Manufacturing > Manufacturing Execution > PI Sheet Enhancements

Business ValueEase of use during manufacturing executionImproved data entry screenImproved usability

New XML style sheet with usability enhancements that contain additional commands to control thebehavior and additional visual elements to monitor the statusPerformance improvements and enhanced printing functionality (with PDF support)New feature: Regeneration of a PI sheet after rescheduling and the discarding of PI sheetsEnhanced flexibility in the control of follow-up actions

Customer business challengesLack of transparency regarding the status of phasesRoom for improvements regarding usability

Delivered by Business Function LOG_PP_PMA_PMC

Process: Production Supervisor

© SAP 2007 /

Shift Report Notes and Confirmation

Benefits

Confirmation enhancements: with shift-related confirmations, you can track which quantities have been produced in a given shift. A detailed yield and scrapanalysis offers more transparency. Customer-specific fields can be integrated for an OEE analysis.Shift notes and shift reports: a shift note is a short note regarding a production-related event. A shift report consolidates all relevant information for a shift,including shift notes, confirmations, PM issues, and graphics. It serves as a basis for handing over the shift. The report is generated as a PDF documentand offers an option for a a digital signature. It can also serve as an official record for regulatory or legal purposes.

Improved confirmation transactions enable customers to supervise and analyze production-related data in much more detail.



Business Function

ConfirmationTransactions EnableEntering and Report theShift

The new feature lets you indicate the shift in which a specific confirmation was issued. Employees on the shop floor,production supervisors, andshift managers confirmingproduced quantities (yield,rework, and scrap quantities).

Inserting and CollectingCustomer-Specific Datawith ConfirmationTransactions

Additional data can be defined in customizing; the data is displayed in the correspondingconfirmation transactions. With the help of these fields, you can report the exactinformation related to a confirmation that you want.

Employees on the shop floor,production supervisors, andshift managers confirmingproduced quantities (yield,rework, and scrap quantities).

Splitting Quantity Fieldsinto Subdivided QuantityFields

With customizing, you can split the quantity fields (yield, rework, and scrap) in confirmationtransactions into several subdivided quantity fields. For example: instead of the single fieldscrap, you can define several fields for scrap. If customized accordingly, a QM notificationis created automatically if a predefined subfield is filled.

Production supervisor, shop-floor operator, and qualitymanager

Business Function: LOG_PP_SRN_CONF

© SAP 2007 / © SAP 2007 / Page 126

XSteps in Routing and Production Order

Benefits

Provide a personalized work environment for fast and convenient access to different applications and services for plant personnel (operators). Flexibility and speed through dynamic, event-driven electronic work instructions with conditional logic.

Reduced workload and maintenance effort by providing reusable methods and parameters(execution steps)


New features Description Target Users for this Business Function

Flexible and dynamic Execution of theProduction Process

Execution Steps provide reusable methods and parameters and allow you to create event-driven Electronic Work Instruction Sheets with conditional logicWith electronic work instructions the operator can document and confirm the production.Provide a personalized work environment for fast and convenient access to different applications and services for plant personal (e.g. Operators)„ Jump Start with working examples“ - Building Blocks (SXS) in the XStep Repository are available in the system.

SAP ERP customers in discrete industries.

© SAP 2007 / © SAP 2007 / Page 127

Feature: Flexible and dynamic Execution ofthe Production Process

Business ValueReduced workload and maintenance effortHigher flexibility in the production process definitionHigher transparency in monitoring the data exchangebetween ERP and Shop Floor Systems

Execution Steps provide reusable methods and parameters and allow you to create event-driven ElectronicWork Instruction Sheets with conditional logicWith electronic work instructions the operator can document and confirm the production.Provide a personalized work environment for fast and convenient access to different applications andservices for plant personal (e.g. Operators)„ Jump Start with working examples“ - Building Blocks (SXS) in the XStep Repository are available in thesystem. A large Sample Library is available on http://www.sdn.sap.com/irj/sdn/bpx-manufacturing

Customer business challengesTCO ReductionPaperless ProductionProactive control of the data exchange between ERP

and Shop Floor Systems

Delivered by Business Function LOG_PP_XS_RTG_PO

Planned Order ControlInstructions

Electronic WorkInstructions

ConfirmationProcess

Messages

ProductionOrder

* Improvements* * * *

Product Development and Manufacturing > Manufacturing Execution > XSteps in Routing and Production Order

http://www.sdn.sap.com/irj/sdn/bpx-manufacturing

© SAP 2007 /

XSteps in Routing and Production Order

Benefits

Provide a personalized work environment for fast and convenient access to different applications and services for plant personnel (operators). Flexibilityand speed through dynamic, event-driven electronic work instructions with conditional logic.

Reduced workload and maintenance effort by providing reusable methods and parameters(execution steps)


Business Function: LOG_PP_XS_RTG_PO

© SAP 2007 /

cFolders: Import and Export of MPNs

BenefitsWith the ability to exchange documents, materials, BOMs, and MPNs, collaboration with contract manufacturers is fully supported.

Collaborative exchange of manufacturer part numbers with contract manufacturers

Product Development and Manufacturing > Product Development


Business Function

Exchange of MPNBetween SAP ECC andcFolders

By checking the Include Manufacturing Part Numbers checkbox in transactions CFE02 andCFI02, MPNs are considered when exchanging BOMs between SAP ECC and cFolders.

Engineers at OEMs who areresponsible for collaborationwith contract manufacturers

Business Function: PLM_CFO_IMPEXPMPN

© SAP 2007 /

PLM Recipe Management


Check Compliance ofProduct Formulation withDefined Constraints

The new compliance check (CC) function in Recipe Management uses the compliancechecking capability of SAP EH&S to ensure that recipes, formulas, and specifications aredeveloped in compliance with constraints.Constraints are defined to allow checking any number of criteria.Recipe Management compliance checks (RM CCs) will ensure that the product formulationdoes not exceed the limits defined by government agencies regarding content of controlledsubstances.RM CCs will also be used to ensure that a product meets necessary goals for nutritionalcontent or religious restrictions.RM CCs include a capability to define and substantiate claims made for a productconcerning its chemical, nutritional, or dietary composition.

1. Product formulators2. Product regulatoryspecialists

Formula ExplosionModeling

This function allows the user to simulate different explosion paths for a formula containingitems produced by a number of other possible formulas. The result of the modeled formulaexplosion can then be viewed and analyzed.

Chemist and formulator

New and ImprovedSearch Functions

Improves multilevel search and incorporate the search engine service (SES) to:Improve performance of formula and recipe search for the most common searches withinRecipe ManagementEnhance search capabilities to support dietary and nutritional evaluation within the contextof the formula and recipeSupport more powerful recipe searching with F4 help

All users of RecipeManagement

BenefitsEnsures development of new or modified product formulations that comply with governmental regulations and other constraintsSupports automation of compliance checking as a part of product development and approvalSupports automation of compliance checking as part of product development and approvalReduces manual effort to research and perform calculations to ensure that products comply with regulatory and other constraintsImproves searches for formulas and recipesProvides analysis of the impact of different formula explosions on formula calculationsReduces manual effort and improves data accuracy associated with the initial load of recipe information

Ensure that product formulations comply with governmental regulations and other restrictionsimposed on chemical composition

Product Development and Manufacturing > Life-Cycle Data Management

Business Function: PMD_PLM_Recipe_Management_1

© SAP 2007 /

PLM Recipe Management


Initial Data Load Provides an automated method of migrating recipes from a legacy system into SAP PLMRecipe Management.

Implementation team for RecipeManagement

Derived Nutrients andEnergy Values

Determine the nutrient content of the product itself, in addition to calculating it from inputmaterials.The derived nutritional content, calculated from the nutrient content of the product itself,may differ from the nutritional content that is calculated from input materials.

Product formulatorNutritionist

Product Development and Manufacturing > Life-Cycle Data Management


Business FunctionUsability Improvements Simplifies navigation directly into formulas (without requiring access via recipes)

Simplifies creation and use of streams (the flow of material between process steps)Recipe developersFormulators

© SAP 2007 /

Product R&D

Feature: Check Compliance of ProductFormulation with Defined Constraints

Business ValueContribute to shortening the time-to-market for new andreformulated products by dramatically reducing the amountof time required to perform compliance checks and approvenew products.Reduce the number of resources required to ensureproduct compliance.Ensure the accuracy of compliance-check results.Automate and improve the effectiveness of substantiatingclaims made about a product's performance or benefits.

The new compliance check (CC) function in Recipe Management uses the compliance checking capability of SAP EH&S toensure that recipes, formulas, and specifications are developed in compliance with constraints.Constraints are defined to allow checking any number of criteria.Recipe Management compliance checks (RM CCs) will ensure that the product formulation does not exceed the limitsdefined by government agencies regarding content of controlled substances.RM CCs will also be used to ensure that a product meets necessary goals for nutritional content or religious restrictions.RM CCs include a capability to define and substantiate claims made for a product concerning its chemical, nutritional, ordietary composition.

Customer business challengesTo ensure compliance, product formulations are checkedusing external sets of source data about substances andlimits imposed by government regulations.Rules are defined to interpret government regulations andensure that product compositions adhere to the limits theyimpose.For many organizations today, this compliance check taskis a tedious, time-consuming, manual, and error-proneprocess.

Delivered by Business Function PMD_PLM_Recipe_Management_1

Create andmanage product

specifications

Create and managerecipes Check compliance

* Improvements

Approve recipes andspecifications*

Product R&DProcess: Product Development (Process Industries)

Formulator Product Mgr

Product Development and Manufacturing > Life-Cycle Data Management > PLM Recipe Management

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Formula Explosion Modeling

Business ValueAutomated formula explosion modeling saves time and effort inperforming and evaluating different formula calculationalternatives. Customers can more easily account for the variousexplosion paths, ensuring that a product formulation achievesthe desired design criteria.

This function allows the user to simulate different explosion paths for a formula containing items producedby a number of other possible formulas. The result of the modeled formula explosion can then be viewedand analyzed

Customer business challengesDifferent formula explosion alternatives create variability of thetechnical properties and characteristics of the resulting output.That can make it difficult to ensure that the resulting productmeets specific technical requirements, requiring additional datasetup and system processes.



specifications

Create and managerecipes Model Formula Explosion Evaluate Formula

Calculation Results* *

* Improvements

Product R&D Product R&D

Process: Product Development (Process Industries)FormulatorFormulator


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: New and Improved Search Functions

Business ValueReduced wait times when performing some of the morebasic recipe and formula searchesReduced need for developing custom searches

Improves multilevel search and incorporate the search engine service (SES) to:Improve performance of formula and recipe search for the most common searches within RecipeManagementEnhance search capabilities to support dietary and nutritional evaluation within the context of the formulaand recipeSupport more powerful recipe searching with F4 help

Customer business challengesExecution of some basic searches takes longer thandesiredSome limitations exist when performing certain types ofsearches


Process: Recipe ManagementProduct R&D


specifications

Create and managerecipes

Perform FormulaMulti-level Search

Perform Diet/NutritionalValue Search*

Product R&D Formulator

*

Formulator

* Improvements


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Initial Data Load

Business ValueReduced effort for loading recipe data from a legacy system intothe RM functionality of SAP PLM. Improved data quality fromsemiautomatic loading of data and reduction of errors introducedby rekeying data.

Provides an automated method of migrating recipes from a legacy system into SAP PLM RecipeManagement.

Customer business challengesLoading initial recipe data is time-consuming and error-prone


Process: Recipe ManagementProduct R&D


specifications

Create import fileof recipe data (XML)

Run recipedata load report

Create and managerecipes*

R&D IT Formulator

*

Product R&D

* Improvements


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Derived Nutrients and Energy Values

Business ValueReduces the need to develop custom programs to performthese calculationsReduces the need to perform manual calculationsReduces the possibility of errors being introduced whennutrient calculations are performed manually

Determine the nutrient content of the product itself, in addition to calculating it from input materials.The derived nutritional content, calculated from the nutrient content of the product itself, may differ from thenutritional content that is calculated from input materials.

Customer business challengesAdditional manual calculations or customized programs arerequired to perform this function


Formulator

Create nutrientsto be derived

Create calculationrule (BAdI)

Create Formulausing derived nutrients

Save calculatednutrient values*

R&D IT FormulatorFormulator

** Improvements

Process: Product Development (Process Industries)


© SAP 2007 /

1. ERP Core










2. Industries

Navigation Index

© SAP 2007 /

Sales and ServiceBusiness Functions


Advanced Order Processing and Billing: Enhancement of SD documents with new modificationmanagement, budgeting, and billing functionalities, including support for alternative billing structures.This function helps customers meet specific legal requirements relating to change management,budget allocation, and invoicing (ITD billing).

All customers who do business with U.S. Government agenciesare mandated to show compliant and accurate invoices andtherefore require the new functionality.

Logistics, CPE in SD and MM:Logistics, commodity pricing engine in sales and distribution and materials management:handles pricing in sales and purchasing for commodities

Customers who sell, purchase, or trade commodities

Sales and Distribution:Improvements in sales and billing: creation of credit or debit memo requests on archived billingdocuments realized and improved display of billing documents by archived bills. User exits for rebate-handling.

Customers in all industries who use SD in SAP ERP. User exits forrebate processing are especially useful for trade promotionmanagement customers, but can be useful for SAP ERP rebatecustomers in general.

Sales and Service

Value Proposition

Ensure compliance, boost productivity and efficiency for government contractors. Streamline pricing in commodities trading. Improved integration of archived bills withbusiness transactions. Better handling of campaigns, target groups or product segments in rebate processing for customers with large data volume.

© SAP 2007 /

Sales and ServiceBusiness Functions, ES Bundle

Description

ES Bundle: Order to Cash:This ES bundle enables customer and partners to build individual composite applications for order-to-cash processes (A2X integration).This ES bundle allows collaboration and data exchange with suppliers and partners as well as collaboration within corporate groups (B2B integration).This ES bundle enables companies to integrate external applications at a lower TCO (A2A integration).

ES Bundle: Quote to Order for Configurable Products:Makes it easy to realize individual process flow and user interface for quote and order configuration tailored to customer, sales, and engineering user rolesFacilitates the extension of quote and order configuration from SAP with custom or third-party product selection, guided selling, graphical configuration, drawing, andproposal generationEnables direct integration between quote and order configuration applications ofsuppliers, manufactures, and dealers

ES Bundle: Availability Issue Resolution and Backorder Processing:Composite enables analysis and resolution of backorder situations from sales orders to improve the service level in service parts managementSpecial users - expediters - work on continuously incoming backorders by choosing the best solution based on the task analysis, by triggering the resolution in the back end,and by monitoring and expediting the progress of resolutionTarget market: customers in industries that use service parts management from SAP

ES Bundle: Customer Service Execution:This bundle provides a collection of enterprise services that support scenarios for the after-market service life cycle (technical field service management)Facilitates and extends the use of the SAP Service and Asset Management solution for processing service requests, service orders, and service contracts along withinstalled base information

ES Bundle: Information System Integration (GIS and CCIS):This ES bundle covers service requests to enable an operator to handle collaboration between complex information systems (Geospatial Information System [GIS] andCommand and Control Information System [CCIS]) and the SAP ERP system, providing centralized logistics and organizational data

Sales and Service

© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Order to Cash

Business valueBuild individual composite applications for order-to-cash process to fulfill the specific needs of the salesand customer service departmentsSet up a B2B connection to customers at lower TCOEnhance order-to-cash process through integrationof external applications

This ES bundle enables customer and partners to build individual composite applications for order-to-cashprocesses (A2X integration).This ES bundle allows collaboration and data exchange with suppliers and partners as well as collaborationwithin corporate groups (B2B integration).This ES bundle enables companies to integrate external applications at a lower TCO (A2A integration).

Use casesFlexible design of customer self-service order managementscenariosIntegration of foreign sales organizations through sales ordermanagement cockpitsBuild individual order management cockpits for internal usersin sales and customer service

Sales orderprocessing

Outbounddelivery

Customer service rep

Billing

Customer service repWarehouse clerk

Back-endsystem SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0

Sales and Service > Business Functions, ES Bundle

© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Quote to Order for ConfigurableProducts

Business valueHighly automated and integrated processes tailoredto the end users’ needs – improved quote accuracy,quote-to-order cycle, improved win rate, andreduced processing costs across companiesCustom individual process and user interface –better customer service; easier to do business withSeamless integration of sub industry-specificproduct selection, drawing, and proposal generation– reduced TCO; extended capabilities

Makes it easy to realize individual process flow and user interface for quote and order configuration tailoredto customer, sales, and engineering user rolesFacilitates the extension of quote and order configuration from SAP with custom or third-party productselection, guided selling, graphical configuration, drawing, and proposal generationEnables direct integration between quote and order configuration applications ofsuppliers, manufactures, and dealers

Use casesIndividual quote and order configuration compositesIntegration of third-party product selection and guided sellingIntegration of third-party graphical configurationIntegration of third-party drawing and proposal generationB2B and A2B integration of quote and order configurationbetween supplier, manufacturer, and dealerB2B order income from customers

Back-endsystem

Sales rep

Select andvisualize

products

Processopportunity

Configureproducts

Pricingand

costing

Determinedelivery

date

Sales rep and customer

Createquote

SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0IPC onSAP ERP 6.0

IPC onSAP ERP 6.0

Sales engineer

Generatedrawing

SAP CRMSAP CRM Customor ISV

Customor ISV

Generateproposal


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Availability Issue Resolution andBackorder Processing

FeaturesPersonal work list of backorder tasksAutomated and manual assignment of users to tasksAnalysis providing information for various resolutionoptionsTracking of task resolutionTask history and action log

Composite enables analysis and resolution of backorder situations from sales orders to improve the servicelevel in service parts managementSpecial users – expediters – work on continuously incoming backorders by choosing the best solutionbased on the task analysis, by triggering the resolution in the back end, and by monitoring and expeditingthe progress of resolutionTarget market: customers in industries that use service parts management from SAP

Technology and architectureSAP NetWeaver Composition EnvironmentWeb Dynpro used for presentation layerEJB 3.0 used for business logicJava persistence API used for local persistencyEnterprise services for connectivity to the SAP back end(SAP SCM, SAP CRM, and SAP ERP)

Maintaintask list

Analyzetask

Trigger taskresolution

Back end(SAP SCM,

SAP CRM, andSAP ERP)

Initial setup(periodic update)

BackgroundBack end(SAP SCM,

SAP CRM,and SAP ERP)

Background

Track taskresolution

Reviewtask list

Expediter Expediter Expediter Expediter


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Customer Service Execution

Business valueIncreased process efficiency and quality byreducing manual errors while speeding up businessprocessesSeamless collaboration with non-SAP systemsOpportunity for enhanced usability and accessibilitywhen designing new composite applications forservice management

This bundle provides a collection of enterprise services that support scenarios for the after-market servicelife cycle (technical field service management)Facilitates and extends the use of the SAP Service and Asset Management solution for processing servicerequests, service orders, and service contracts along with installed base information

Use casesRapid and easy creation of service requests using remotemonitoring systems or Adobe formsConnect remote workers to service management businessprocesses with voice-enabled mobility solutionsSeamless collaboration with third-party resource planning andoptimization solutionsStreamlined and user friendly way to handle a servicemanagement business object with partner composites

Servicerequest

Serviceorder

Customer

Installedbase

Serviceconfirmation

Servicecontract

Service manager Customer service rep Service technician


Intelligentdevice

Back-endsystem


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Information System Integration(GIS and CCIS)

Business valueUsing SAP software with industry-leading IS software (example: ESRIArcGIS), we get all the visualization, geoprocessing, and analysis offeredwith IS software while maintaining the advantages of resource transparencyand total asset visibility provided by the SAP ERP applicationOut-of-the-box integration, reduced TCO, and a faster path to ROIRapid extension of core SAP resource management capabilities withspatial informationReal-time situational awareness and reduced decision cycle time based ona common operating pictureIncreased response efficiency in day-to-day public services and publicsecurity business and major eventsIncreased accuracy and consistency of decision makingThe overall integration architecture is purely service-oriented

This ES bundle covers service requests to enable an operator to handle collaboration between complexinformation systems (Geospatial Information System [GIS] and Command and Control Information System[CCIS]) and the SAP ERP system, providing centralized logistics and organizational data

Use casesDisplay available resources that are geolocated within aspecific boundaryRelate resources to consumer with supported functions –display relationship, display resource, edit consumer, and editrelationshipIntegration of partner systems and partner solutions

Marks outgeoboundary

GIS operator

Selectsspecific resource

Back-endsystem GISGIS SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0

Receivesdetailed personnel

informationChooses

display resources


© SAP 2007 /

Advanced Order Processing and Billing


Alternative BillingStructures

The standard software uses the same work breakdown structure (WBS) for project planningand billing. With the advanced order processing application, however, you can create analternative structure for billing by assigning WBS elements to multiple contract line itemson a percentage basis. This alternative billing structure is called the document billingstructure (DBS).Billing WBS assignments across contracts and project definitions is possible.Assignments are used during RRB for the cost determination process. The alternative WBSstructure decides which ratio of actual costs allocated should be pulled into the debitmemo request for specific WBS elements.

Contract manager

BenefitsImproved cash flow due to faster invoice generation and reportingImproved operational efficiency; fewer manual processes means more time for analyzing invoices and contract performance(focus on customer's core business)Ability to meet FAR and government contract and billing regulations; reduced penalties for non-complianceSimplified data entry and maintenance results in fewer invoice errorsImproved information quality of system data for the contractorIncrease the number of contracts that can be supported by SAP software and reduce the number of legacy systems neededMore accurate cost accounting documentation for external audit (auditable cost)

Ensure compliance; boost productivity and efficiency for government contractors

Sales and Service > Sales Order Management

Business Function: LOG_SD_ADVORD

© SAP 2007 /

Advanced Order Processing and BillingImprovements of Existing Features


Business Function

Maintenance ofAdditional Contract Dataand EnhancedModificationManagement

Contract managers can document additional key attributes (pricing- and funding-relatedinformation) that are required for some contracts, particularly government contracts.Advanced order processing allows contract managers to maintain additional contract dataat the header and item levels.Contracts are modified on a regular basis. The enhanced modification managementfunction is used to track selected billing-relevant data, thus ensuring compliance and auditability. Information that may be subject to modification management includes prices, rates,funding data, administrative data, schedules, and specification data.

Contract manager



Funding Data andContract Limits

Customer departments often maintain separate budgets, and contractors may be requiredto distribute costs accordingly. In advanced order processing, funding IDs are used torepresent and allocate the budgets of individual customer departmentsBasic building block to set up contracts according to the Accounting ClassificationReference Number (ACRN) standardThe funding information is considered during every resource-related billing run so that thebilled amount stays within budgetAllows definition of contract-specific capping rules (limits) using standard pricingconditions that will also be considered during every resource-related billing run.Limits can be defined on contract header and item level

Contract manager

Enhanced Resource-Related Billing

Standard resource-related billing (RRB) has been enhanced so that now all the costsaccrued from the start date of the contract to the billing date are priced using the latestrates, including costs that have already been billed. This is referred to as inception-to-date(ITD) billing.The values that have already been billed (ITD billed values) are subtracted from the total,and the difference is billed to the customer.The RRB application will be able to store and read billed amounts from previous

calculations (ITD costs) on various levels of detail, including cumulated ITD.Additional reporting capabilities in SAP ERP and SAP NetWeaver BI to display billed ITDamounts at the SD document level.

Contract manager

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Alternative Billing Structures

Business ValueImplementing the non-CLIN based WBS solution allowsflexibility for contract managers to structure projects in linewith their operational management objectives.Implementing the non-CLIN based WBS solution increasesthe number of contracts that can be supported by SAPsoftware and reduces the number of legacy systems neededto maintain the contracts.

The standard software uses the same work breakdown structure (WBS) for project planning and billing.With the advanced order processing application, however, you can create an alternative structure for billingby assigning WBS elements to multiple contract line items on a percentage basis. This alternative billingstructure is called the document billing structure (DBS).Billing WBS assignments across contracts and project definitions is possible.Assignments are used during RRB for the cost determination process. The alternative WBS structuredecides which ratio of actual costs allocated should be pulled into the debit memo request for specificWBS elements.

Customer business challengesInconsistent business process when creating governmentcontracts and sales orders within the business system. Theinconsistency leads to rework, data redundancy, inaccuracy,slow response times, and cross-training issues.

Delivered by Business Function LOG_SD_ADVORD

Create extended contract Release anextended contract

Maintain DocumentBilling Structure

* Improvements

Viewcontract changes **

Contract ManagerProcess: Adv. Order Processing and BillingMaintenance in ERP

Sales and Service > Sales Order Management > Advanced Order Processing and Billing

© SAP 2007 / © SAP 2007 / Page 148

Feature: Funding Data and Contract Limits

Business ValueMeet customer demands and compliance requirements regardingallocation and documentation of funding sources for billable costs,reducing penalties for non-compliance and increasing undisputedcustomer paymentsAbility to process ACRNs will allow automated EDI processes, reducinginvoice errors and labor for manual processingIntegrated support of contract limits enables automated validation ofbillable amounts, reducing invoice errors and providing transparency intobudget consumption

Customer departments often maintain separate budgets, and contractors may be required to distribute costs accordingly. Inadvanced order processing, funding IDs are used to represent and allocate the budgets of individual customer departmentsBasic building block to set up contracts according to the Accounting Classification Reference Number (ACRN) standardThe funding information is considered during every resource-related billing run so that the billed amount stays within budgetAllows definition of contract-specific capping rules (limits) using standard pricing conditions that will also be consideredduring every resource-related billing run.Limits can be defined on contract header and item level

Customer business challengesFlexibility in the setup and maintenance of contract and projectstructures (funding and pricing at various levels)Need to provide compliant invoices to avoid penalties and delays incash flowNeed for accurate cost accounting documentation for external audits


* ImprovementsCreate extended contract

Identify fundingand distribution

assignmentsMaintain Limits

View Budget messagesfor Funding

and Limits check

Process: Adv. Order Processing and BillingMaintenance in ERP

*

Contract Manager

* *

Sales and Service > Sales Order Management > Advanced Order Processing and Billing Improvements of Existing Features

© SAP 2007 / © SAP 2007 / Page 149

Feature: Enhanced Resource-Related Billing

Business ValueAbility to meet FAR contract and billing regulations, reducingpenalties for non-complianceAbility to use retroactive and ITD billing methodologyHigh confidence of billing due to direct integrationSpeeds invoice creation and customer payment, no delay inresource expenditure to billing, and improved cash flowNumber of invoice errors reduced, resulting in moreundisputed customer payments

Standard resource-related billing (RRB) has been enhanced so that now all the costs accrued from the start date of thecontract to the billing date are priced using the latest rates, including costs that have already been billed. This is referred toas inception-to-date (ITD) billingThe values that have already been billed (ITD billed values) are subtracted from the total, and the difference is billed to thecustomerThe RRB application will be able to store and read billed amounts from previous calculations (ITD costs) on various levels ofdetail, including cumulated ITDAdditional reporting capabilities in SAP ERP and SAP NetWeaver BI to display billed ITD amounts at the SD document level

Customer business challengesHigh cost of compliance. Causes significant rework, leading tocost overruns, reduced profitability, penalties, and scheduledelaysInability to calculate ITD billing documents automatically resultsin excessive manual overhead, which is time-consuming anderror-prone, often delaying customer paymentCreating billing back-up is difficult and time-consuming. Itresults in customer audits and general mistrust of the data,which in turn implies slower payments


Perform Inceptionto Date Billing

View Budget messagesfor Funding and

Limits checkView Pricing*

* Improvements

CreateBilling Request *

Process: Enhanced Resource-Related Billingin ERP

Contract Manager

**

Sales and Service > Sales Order Management > Advanced Order Processing and Billing Improvements of Existing Features

© SAP 2007 /

Logistics, CPE in SD and MM


Use Flexible PricingRules in Selling,Purchasing, or TradingCommodities

Defines reference commodity (examples: Arabian light crude oil or copper from the LondonMetal Exchange)Provides averaging over time periods of quotations (example: last month)Allows rules for dynamic period determinationProvides rules for currency conversion (examples: daily or average)Offers rules for quantity conversionCalculates surcharge (example: margin on top of the stock price)Provides rules for rounding stepsEnsures high accuracy of intermediate calculation steps(example: in oil industry n x 100 million US$ are sold or bought)Analyzes intermediate calculation stepsOffers evaluation of complex rule (= formula) results in price and valueProvides integration into net price calculation (like surcharges, taxes, and so on)

Price experts in sales andpurchasing, sales orpurchasing personnel, andtraders

Stock Market Data Price quotation data (stock market price) is date and time-specificVersioning of price quotation data provides for handling of mistakes in price quotations(provided by data agencies)


Formula Evaluation CanBe Simulated WithoutCreating a Document

Provides additional tables to keep currency exchange rates and price quotations to test theconfigured formulasSimulates and reproduces historic evaluations (example: using versions of business rulesvalid at a specific evaluation date)

Price experts in sales andpurchasing, sales orpurchasing personnel, traders,implementation consultants,and support personnel

BenefitsUses flexible pricing rules common in selling, purchasing, or trading commoditiesStreamlines stock market data with date, time, and version managementEnables formula-evaluation simulation without creating a documentOffers new formula evaluation features in comparison to formula and average pricing function in IS-OIL and IS-MINEProvides detailed analysis and trace functionality, with integration into global trade contract

Streamline pricing in commodities trading with SAP software


Business Function: LOG_CPE_SD_MM

© SAP 2007 /

Logistics, CPE in SD and MMNew Features


Formula EvaluationFeatures

Offers an unlimited number of termsHandles fixed prices on formula and on term levelAllows users to overwrite the evaluated price manuallyProvides operators between terms

not limited to addingAllows calendar for stock market to be configuredProvides rules to handle floor and ceiling pricingSupports percentage surchargesAllows calculation to be based on single quotation type (example: Arabian Light) or aquotation type group (examples: average of Arabic Light, Brent, and WTI)Allows the calculation of prices with reference to prices in other documentsConverts and rounds off rates or prices during calculation of commodity price


Detailed Analysis andTrace Functionality

Provides detailed analysis and trace functionality of the CPE formula assembly andevaluation process

Price experts in sales andpurchasing, sales orpurchasing personnel, traders,implementation consultants,and support personnel

Commodity Pricing inSales and PurchasingDocuments

Configurable interface to pass data from document to formula assembly and evaluation:Field catalogSpecific mapping or conversion of field values possible

Determination of default formulas on header and on item levelDetermination of formula parts on item levelSaving of formulas

Changes in document DB tableUnchanged documents: results and reference to customizing

Price experts in sales andpurchasing, sales orpurchasing personnel, traders,implementation consultants,and custom developmentpersonnel

Sales and Service > Sales Order Management > Logistics, CPE in SD and MM

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Use Flexible Pricing Rules in Selling,Purchasing, or Trading Commodities

Business ValueMeets all requirements for the selling, purchasing, and trading ofcommodities

Defines reference commodity (examples: Arabian light crude oil or copper from the London Metal Exchange)Provides averaging over time periods of quotations (example: last month)Allows rules for dynamic period determinationProvides rules for currency conversion (examples: daily or average)Offers rules for quantity conversionCalculates surcharge (example: margin on top of the stock price)Provides rules for rounding stepsEnsures high accuracy of intermediate calculation steps (example: in oil industry n x 100 million US$ are sold or bought)Analyzes intermediate calculation stepsOffers evaluation of complex rule (= formula) results in price and valueProvides integration into net price calculation (like surcharges, taxes, and so on)

Customer business challengesComplex pricing rules for commodity sales and purchasing thatdo not allow consistent pricing

Delivered by Business Function LOG_CPE_SD_MM

Maintain commodity priceformula

Maintain salesor purchasing

documentPricing*

* Improvements

CommodityPricing *

All processes dealing with pricing in salesand purchasing documents

Price expert


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Stock Market Data

Business ValueProvides easier way to handle mistakes in price quotation datafrom data agencies

Price quotation data (stock market price) is date and time-specificVersioning of price quotation data provides for handling of mistakes in price quotations (provided by dataagencies)

Customer business challengesStock market prices per date and time not considered inpricingEasier way to handle mistakes in price quotation dataprovided by data agencies is needed


Maintain pricequotation data


documentPricing

* Improvements

Commodity Pricing*

Price expertAll processes dealing with pricing in salesand purchasing documents

*


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Formula Evaluation Can Be SimulatedWithout Creating a Document

Business ValueIncreases pricing consistency and reduces the number ofprice disagreementsProvides a faster resolution of price disagreement betweencustomer and sales departments or vendor and purchasingdepartments

Provides additional tables to keep currency exchange rates and price quotations to test the configuredformulasSimulates and reproduces historic evaluations (example: using versions of business rules valid at aspecific evaluation date)

Customer business challengesLittle understanding of where the results of complex pricingrules lead in detail




documentPricing*

* Improvements

Commodity Pricing


Price expert


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Formula Evaluation Features

Business ValueMeets requirement for sales, purchasing, and trading ofcommodities

Offers an unlimited number of termsHandles fixed prices on formula and on term levelAllows users to overwrite the evaluated price manuallyProvides operators between terms

not limited to addingAllows calendar for stock market to be configuredProvides rules to handle floor and ceiling pricingSupports percentage surchargesAllows calculation to be based on single quotation type (example: Arabian Light) or a quotation type group (examples: average ofArabic Light, Brent, and WTI)Allows the calculation of prices with reference to prices in other documentsConverts and rounds off rates or prices during calculation of commodity price

Customer business challengesToo many complex pricing rules for commodity business toallow consistent pricing




documentPricing*

* Improvements

Commodity Pricing*


Price expert


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Detailed Analysis and TraceFunctionality

Business ValueIncreases pricing consistence and reduces the number ofprice disagreementsProvides faster resolution of price disagreement betweencustomer and sales departments or vendor and purchasingdepartments

Provides detailed analysis and trace functionality of the CPE formula assembly and evaluation process

Customer business challengesTime-consuming analysis of price disagreement betweencustomer and sales departments or vendor and purchasingdepartments




documentPricing

* Improvements

Commodity Pricing*


Price expert


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Commodity Pricing in Sales andPurchasing Documents

Business ValueOffers strategically differentiating pricing with a customer-specificenhancement of commodity pricing and saves IT costs

Configurable interface to pass data from document to formula assembly and evaluation:Field catalogSpecific mapping or conversion of field values possible

Determination of default formulas on header and on item levelDetermination of formula parts on item levelSaving of formulas

Changes in document DB tableUnchanged documents: results and reference to customizing

Customer business challengesNeed for customer-specific attributes from sales andpurchasing documents in commodity pricingNeed to minimize database space consumed forcommodity pricing formulas




documentPricing*

* Improvements

Commodity Pricing*


Price expert


© SAP 2007 /

Sales and Distribution

BenefitsImproved integration of archived bills into business transactions.Billing documents can be archived faster because they are now accessible in business transactions.Better handling of campaigns, target groups, and product segments in rebate processing for customers with large data volume.

Improvements in sales and billing



Business Function

User Exits for Rebate-Handling

The use of campaigns, target groups, or product segments with SAP CRM causes problemswithin rebate determination in SAP ERP for customers with large data volumes.Campaigns, target groups, or product segments lead to multiple value fields and a greatnumber of combinations for rebate determination. Technically, table VBOX, which is usedin retroactive rebate agreements to find all possible relevant invoices for a rebatecondition, would grow too large.The user exits in ERP rebate handling allow SAP customers to implement a special logic forthese kinds of fields and to better manage and suppress writing of the VBOX.

Trade promotion managementcustomers and SAP ERP rebatecustomers in general


Improved Integration ofArchived Bills withBusiness Transactions

Creation of credit or debit memo requests on archived billing documents: when creating asales document in reference to a billing document (transaction VA01), users can now enteran archived bill. The system searches first in the database and then in the archive.Improved display of billing documents: in the transaction to display billing documents(VF03), users can now display archived bills as well. The system searches first in thedatabase and then in the archive. (The behavior is now identical to that of the transaction todisplay sales orders (VA03).

Customers who use SD in SAPERP

Business Function: LOG_SD_CI_01

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Improved Integration of ArchivedBills with Business Transactions

Business ValueBilling documents can be archived faster because they are nowaccessible in business transactions.

Creation of credit or debit memo requests on archived billing documents: when creating a sales documentin reference to a billing document (transaction VA01), users can now enter an archived bill. The systemsearches first in the database and then in the archive.Improved display of billing documents: in the transaction to display billing documents (VF03), users cannow display archived bills as well. The system searches first in the database and then in the archive.(The behavior is now identical to that of the transaction to display sales orders (VA03).

Customer business challengesHigh data volume requires quick archiving, but billingdocuments are still necessary in business transactions forcomplaint-handling.

Delivered by Business Function LOG_SD_CI_01

Create salesreturns order

Select sales orders,contracts or invoices

Determine relevantdata*

Sales person

* Improvements

Release salesreturns order

Processes: Return Processing in ERP,Billing in ERP

Sales and Service > Sales Order Management > Sales and Distribution

© SAP 2007 /

1. ERP Core










2. Industries

Navigation Index

© SAP 2007 /

Corporate ServicesBusiness Functions


RE/FM, Earmarked Funds: Integration of FM earmarked funds into RE contract Public sector customers

EAM, Mobile Asset Management:Business function for mobile asset management: server-driven enablement of synchronization andautomatic creation of distribution rules

Advantage for large customers because of better performance andscalability and because of support for mass data and mass users

Electronic Logbook Data Exchange: Service-enablement of logbook functionality Modern airplanes like an Airbus A380 or a Boeing 767 have fulldiagnostic tools. The solution enables full services for updating theexisting logbook function in SAP ERP. The first customer will beSingapore Airlines, for its Airbus A380. All flights will be capturedwith notifications of possible defects; measurements will beexchanged, including status updates used by the pilot.

Enterprise Asset Management Part 3: BAPI for restructuring, including measurement documenttransferBAPI for MATNR/SERNR changeShift notes and reports for technical assetsWCM: ease of useWCM: mode-dependent tagging

Customers in asset-intensive industries with a high demand forasset tracking or high safety requirements

Pool Asset Management: Pool asset management, including request asset, assign asset to request,issue and return asset, and allocate cost

This business function supports all customers who use pool assets(examples: pool cars, pool laptops, and pool mobile telephones)and tracks the usage of these pool assets.

Takeover and Handover of Technical Objects: Takeover and handover of technical objects Customers in asset-intensive industries (example: airline MRO)that regularly set up complex assets (and their structures) in thesystem and exchange assets with business partners.

Corporate Services

Value Proposition

Corporate Services Enhancements include superior integration of real estate and funds management, improved maintenance planning and execution, simplified project costplanning and project-related procurement processes, new and improved reporting capabilities in product safety and industrial hygiene and safety, as well as enhancementsfor closed-loop inspection planning, laboratory information management systems (LIMS), quality control, and quality analytics.

© SAP 2007 /



Project System:Project system (PS): functional and usability enhancements in structures, materials, costing, andreporting

Customers using project system

Environment, Health, and Safety: Usability improvements in several areasSimplification of system landscape for WWI report displayEnhanced integration and process improvementsNew and improved reporting capabilities in product safety and industrial hygiene and safetyLegal enhancements

SAP ERP customers in all industriesNew customers attracted by the maturity of the solution

Environmental Compliance Integration: Plant maintenance of enterprise asset management cannow display environmental compliance data and enables editing of and searching in environmentalcompliance data.This integration enables users to see, use, and edit the compliance and safety data of the assets of thecompany.

SAP ERP customers in all industries, especially in oil and gas,utilities, chemicals, and life sciences.New customers attracted by the tight integration of all operationalplant data in SAP ERP with all compliance-related data in SAPEnvironmental Compliance, including the ability of SAPEnvironmental Compliance to aggregate compliance data at thecorporate level and create all required reports.

Quality Management, Extensions:Enhancements for closed-loop inspection planning, LIMS, and quality inspector:tools for FMEA, control plan, enhanced evaluations, improved digital signatures, and TREX search fornotifications; improved quality inspector role

Closed loop inspection planning: SAP ERP customers indiscrete industries, especially automotive, and power users.LIMS and TREX: existing and new customers who needregulatory compliance and power and occasional users.QI role: customers with a Web-based approach and power andoccasional users.

Corporate Services

© SAP 2007 /


Description

ES Bundle: Asset Configuration:Management of configuration of complex systems like ships, vehicles, or aircraft can be done by the asset user alone, by a contractor or manufacturer alone, and at everypoint in between.This ES bundle supports processes to create new reference structures for assets and the maintenance (change or update) of the reference structures depending on thecontract in the customer’s and service provider’s systems.

ES Bundle: Maintenance Processing:This ES bundle provides enterprise services for the exchange of date related to maintenance planning, asset configuration, and notification data between the enterpriseasset management (EAM) functionality in SAP ERP and other EAM applications or systems.The enterprise services can be consumed by external third-party systems or composite applications, like reliability centered maintenance and optimization (RCMO) tointegrate external EAM systems with the EAM functionality from SAP.

ES Bundle: Maintenance Service Collaboration:Management of configuration of complex systems like ships, vehicles, or aircraft can be done by the asset user alone, by a contractor or manufacturer alone, and at everypoint in between.This ES bundle supports processes to create new reference structures for assets and the maintenance (change or update) of the reference structures, depending on thecontract in the customer’s and service provider’s systems.

ES Bundle: Project System:The enterprise services support communication in terms of planning, analyzing, and monitoring the schedules, planned costs, dates, and resources in a project. This bundleprovides services required to integrate partner solutions and to enable customer-specific process related to project system functionality.

ES Bundle: Environment, Health, and Safety Services:This ES bundle offers enterprise services to support processes in the area of environment, health, and safety (EH&S), such as hazardous substance management andindustrial hygiene and safety

Corporate Services

© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Asset Configuration

Business valueWith the use of reference structures, the masterdata for each system (example: each aircraft in afleet) can be created much more easily. Thisapproach significantly reduces the time to createthe data (from months to days) and minimizespotential errors in the dataSome or all of the activities related to assetconstruction, creation of a reference structure, andmaintenance of a reference structure can becontracted out to a service provider

Management of configuration of complex systems like ships, vehicles, or aircraft can be done by the assetuser alone, by a contractor or manufacturer alone, and at every point in between.This ES bundle supports processes to create new reference structures for assets and the maintenance(change or update) of the reference structures depending on the contract in the customer’s and serviceprovider’s systems.

Use casesCreation and establishment of the initial structure toexchange asset-related data and informationCreation of reference structures for complex systemstructuresMaintenance and change management for complexstructuresCreation and maintenance of allowed structuresCreation and change of maintenance requirements forcomplex structures

Create and establishinitial structure

Create and updatereferencestructure

Manufacturer

Create and updatemaintenancerequirements

Engineering authority

Create and updateallowed structure

Engineering authority Manufacturer

Corporate Services > Business Functions

© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Maintenance Processing

Business valueIncreased process efficiency and quality byreducing manual, error-prone process steps and byspeeding up business processesIncreased engineering and maintenancecollaboration for real-time asset and resourcevisibility and for informed decision-makingIncreased business flexibility by providing an abilityto out-task maintenance execution and equipmentmonitoring while keeping control and visibility

Maintenancetechnician

Maintenanceplanner

Maintenanceplanning

Product andtechnical datamanagement

Inspector

Maintenanceorder

processing

Maintenanceorder

confirmation

Maintenancerequest

processing

Maintenancesupervisor

Use casesAllow maintenance personnel to handle service bulletinsprovided by OEMs and put the bulletins into action.Alert maintenance supervisors when warranties for specificpieces of equipment near the end of their lives.Compile all the data needed for a maintenance supervisor todecide whether it is more cost-efficient to repair or replace acertain part or piece of equipment.Provide a user friendly, end-to-end solution for handlingmaintenance orders.

This ES bundle provides enterprise services for the exchange of date related to maintenance planning,asset configuration, and notification data between the enterprise asset management (EAM) functionalityin SAP ERP and other EAM applications or systems.The enterprise services can be consumed by external third-party systems or composite applications,like reliability centered maintenance and optimization (RCMO) to integrate external EAM systems with theEAM functionality from SAP.


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Maintenance Service Collaboration

Business valueSome or all of the activities for asset maintenancecan be contracted out to a service providerEnsuring a seamless exchange of informationbetween internal organizations and external serviceproviders is integral to integrating contractormaintenance activities with the activities performedby defense to provide consistent maintenancereporting and overall visibility of equipment systemstatus

Use casesInitiate maintenance activityPlan maintenanceExecute maintenanceUpdate dataClose maintenance activity

Initiatemaintenance

activity

Planmaintenance

Inspector

Updatedata

Engineering

Closemaintenance

activity

Executemaintenance

Maintenance planner Technician Supervisor

Management of configuration of complex systems like ships, vehicles, or aircraft can be done by theasset user alone, by a contractor or manufacturer alone, and at every point in between.This ES bundle supports processes to create new reference structures for assets and the maintenance(change or update) of the reference structures, depending on the contract in the customer’s and serviceprovider’s systems.


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Project System

Business valueSeamless integration of project data from non-SAPsystems with SAP ERP, providing a synchronizedview of schedules, planned costs, and resourcesacross the organizationElimination of redundant data entry within thecompanyIncreased business productivity, usability, andperformance by company, role, or user-specificaccess

The enterprise services support communication in terms of planning, analyzing, and monitoring theschedules, planned costs, dates, and resources in a project. This bundle provides services required tointegrate partner solutions and to enable customer-specific process related to project system functionality.

Use casesIntegration of partner products complementing the overallsolutionIntegration of project management applications (example:Primavera)Partner and customer composites facilitating role- and user-specific UIs (examples: progress recording, milestone, andmaterial processing or change management) and to addresslocal and country-specific requirements

Large capitalproject

management

Small or ITproject

management

Regularmaintenancemanagement

SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0

Shut downmaintenancemanagement

Back-endsystem


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Environment, Health, and SafetyServices

Business valueSimplification: complex back-end knowledge is nolonger necessary for the userData recording can be spread to a larger base ofusersSupport of fast occupational incident processingSupport of SDS creation as BPO scenarioOption to implement own compliance checksProvide hazardous material information by thirdparties; reduce costs for own EH&S department

This ES bundle offers enterprise services to support processes in the area of environment, health, andsafety (EH&S), such as hazardous substance management and industrial hygiene and safety

Use casesFast creation of occupational incidentProvide hazardous material information

Occasional user

Record generaloccupational incident Product safety

Product safety steward

SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0Back-endsystem


© SAP 2007 /

RE/FM, Earmarked Funds


Integration of RE-FXContract with FundsManagement

Lease-in contracts: funds management commitment can be created.Lease-out contract: funds reservation can be created.Follow-on process of periodic posting reduces the amount of the earmarked fundsdocument.New functionality is embedded in an approval process that can trigger workflow.

Accounting and contractingofficer

BenefitsSeamless integration of real estate contract with funds management for earmarked funds documents. Elimination of manual processes.

Enhanced integration of real estate and funds management

Corporate Services > Real Estate Management

Business Function: RE_FM_EARMARKED_FUND

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Integration of RE-FX Contract withFunds Management

Business ValueSeamless integration of real estate contract with fundsmanagement for earmarked funds documents.

Lease-in contracts: funds management commitment can be created.Lease-out contract: funds reservation can be created.Follow-on process of periodic posting reduces the amount of the earmarked funds document.New functionality is embedded in an approval process that can trigger workflow.

Customer business challengesElimination of manual processes and reconciliation.

Delivered by Business Function RE_FM_EARMARKED_FUND

Create Contract Create Invoicefor Contract

ApproveContract

Corporate Services > Real Estate Management > RE/FM, Earmarked Funds

© SAP 2007 /

EAM, Mobile Asset Management


SAP xMAM: Server-Driven Synch andAutomatic Creation ofDistribution Rules

Support of automatic distribution rules with customizing by DOE Service engineer, maintenanceengineer, and service andmaintenance planners

BenefitsRemoved architectural limitationsImproved scalability and performancePrerequisite for SAP NetWeaver Mobile7.1

Converted the rest of SAP xMAM and synchronized BOs to server-driven, synchronized BOs:supports automatic distribution rules with customizing by DOE

Corporate Services > Enterprise Asset Management

Business Function: LOG_EAM_MAM

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: SAP xMAM: Server-Driven Synch andAutomatic Creation of Distribution Rules

Business ValueImproved performance and scalability

Support of automatic distribution rules with customizing by DOE

Customer business challengesSupport for mass data and mass users

Delivered by Business Function LOG_EAM_MAM

Process: Service Notification Processing in ERP

Corporate Services > Enterprise Asset Management > EAM, Mobile Asset Management

© SAP 2007 /

Electronic Logbook Data Exchange


Service-Enabling ofExisting Logbook in SAPERP

The following processes are service-enabled:Create, change, and read log entry detailsComplete log entryLink and unlink measurement documents to a log entryLink and unlink maintenance request to a log entryMaintain maintenance request deferral informationFind log entry by technical object

Operator of the asset, linemaintenance planner, and linemaintenance technician

BenefitsService-enabled interface ensures automatic updates from on-board units used by airplanes, trucks, and cars

Service-enabling of logbook


Business Function: LOG_EAM_ELBK

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Service-Enabling of Existing Logbookin SAP ERP

Business ValueLogbook objects are fully service-enabled for automatic changeof related objects

The following processes are service-enabled:Create, change, and read log entry detailsComplete log entryLink and unlink measurement documents to a log entryLink and unlink maintenance request to a log entryMaintain maintenance request deferral informationFind log entry by technical object

Customer business challengesStandard APIs are unknown to customers; no standardizedinterface exists. Service-enabling allows the use of thefunctionality from different application platforms.

Delivered by Business Function LOG_EAM_ELBK

Corporate Services > Enterprise Asset Management > Electronic Logbook Data Exchange

Process: Example - Airline MRO Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) processes via composite using EnterpriseServices delivered

CapturesFlight Log

CapturesDefects

Pilot

Certifiesthe job

Line Maintenancetechnician

DefersDefect

ReplacesLine

Replaceable Unit

Line MaintenanceEngineer

Pilot Line Maintenancetechnician

ERP 6.0EhP3

ERP 6.0EhP3

ERP 6.0EhP3

ERP 6.0EhP3

ERP 6.0EhP3

ERP 6.0EhP3

ERP 6.0EhP3

ERP 6.0EhP3

ERP 6.0EhP3

ERP 6.0EhP3

BackendSystem

EFBComposite

© SAP 2007 /

Pool Asset Management


Pool Asset Management This new functionality supports the process of managing general-purpose assets (example:pool vehicles). A user can request such a pool asset: a dispatcher assigns the availableassets to the request, sets the reservation, and informs the requester. The functionalityalso covers the issue and return of this assets. At the end of this process, cost allocationfor usage of the asset is performed.

Large organizations (example:military organizations) withgeneral-purpose assets(vehicles; projectors, mobiletelephones, and so on)

BenefitsPool asset management, including request asset, assign asset to request, issue and return asset, and allocate cost

Request, issue, and return of pool assets


Business Function: LOG_EAM_PAM

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Pool Asset Management

Business ValueSupport for this single process of requesting assets. Thegreatest benefit is integration with other areas, such asmaintenance and financials in SAP ERP. The assets are objectsin SAP ERP that can be maintained in parallel (example: plantmaintenance).

This new functionality supports the process of managing general-purpose assets (example: pool vehicles).A user can request such a pool asset: a dispatcher assigns the available assets to the request, sets thereservation, and informs the requester. The functionality also covers the issue and return of this assets. Atthe end of this process, cost allocation for usage of the asset is performed.

Customer business challengesSo far, SAP ERP has no option to support such a requestprocess. Customers currently tend to use Excel workbooks orhome-made software applications to support this process.

Delivered by Business Function LOG_EAM_PAM

Request asset Dispatch/assignasset to request

Issue / returnof asset*

AR clerk

* Improvements

cost allocation *

Corporate Services > Enterprise Asset Management > Pool Asset Management

© SAP 2007 /

Takeover and Handover of Technical Objects


Single User Interface forabout 20 Transactions

The takeover and handover workbench combines the functionality of about 20 differenttransactions that would have to be executed individually to facilitate taking or handing overa complex technical asset.

This function helps technicalback office personnel who haveto reflect the complex businessprocess of asset handover inthe ERP system.

Clear Visibility in theProgress and Status of aTakeover at any Time

The takeover and handover functionality provides you with a clear status control conceptfor the processed assets.

Technical (MRO) back-officepersonnel.

Efficient Data ExchangeBetween BusinessPartners with XML

Data exchange between the partners (the OEM and the operator or maintenanceorganization) is handled electronically in a structured format.

This is a support function ortechnology that eliminates orreduces human intervention.

Benefits

Improved support for data setup and exchange of data related to a technical object (including the complete structure). The takeover application enables anefficient data setup process (example: XML file) for a new, used, or repaired technical object in SAP ERP within a single user interface. The handoverapplication allows the user to generate an XML file for more efficient data exchange and to trigger subsequent actions when sending a technical object to abusiness partner.

Improved handling of master data between business partners in an operator--subcontractorrelationship


Business Function: LOG_EAM_TOHO

© SAP 2007 /

Takeover and Handover of Technical ObjectsImprovements of Existing Features


Business Function

Efficient Data SetupProcess for SingleObjects and ComplexStructures

This feature applies to both takeover and handover. In case of takeover, it involvespreparing all the data required by the contractor to carry out and document the overhaul orrepair work. In case of a handover, it involves processing all the maintenance executionand configuration change information that comes back from the contractor. In case of aninitial takeover, all the required equipment information (including configuration details likemaintenance cycles) is prepared.

This function helps technical(MRO) back-office personnel.

Data PreprocessingStage Before FinalPosting in SAP ERP

Before posting configuration changes and maintenance history in SAP ERP, the data isstaged for further plausibility checks by qualified technicians.

Maintenance engineers andtechnicians.


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Single User Interface for about 20Transactions

Business ValueThe function streamlines the complex and tedious task ofcollecting and capturing all required information on theconfiguration and maintenance history of complex equipmentwhen it is handed over to a subcontractor or being received froma refurbishment or repair contractor or from the original OEM incase of an initial takeover.

The takeover and handover workbench combines the functionality of about 20 different transactions thatwould have to be executed individually to facilitate taking or handing over a complex technical asset.

Customer business challengesLow end-user productivityLow end-user acceptance

Delivered by Business Function LOG_EAM_TOHO

Handover TechnicalObject

Takeover TechnicalObject*

Subcontractor / OEM

* New

*Process: Takeover/Handover of Technical Objects

Operator

Corporate Services > Enterprise Asset Management > Takeover and Handover of Technical Objects

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Clear Visibility in the Progress andStatus of a Takeover at any Time

Business ValueThis function provides visibility and consistency checks to ensurethe accuracy and completeness of all equipment-relatedconfiguration and maintenance information.

The takeover and handover functionality provides you with a clear status control concept for the processedassets.

Customer business challengesDue to the complexity and number of assets andsubcomponents involved, it is hard to keep track of outstandingwork and configuration changes.




Subcontractor / OEM

* New

*

Process: Takeover/Handover of Technical ObjectsOperator


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Efficient Data Exchange BetweenBusiness Partners with XML

Business ValueBy transmitting the information in a structured manner, the risk oferroneous or missed entries is eliminated. The electronic fileforms a bundle that captures all the relevant information. TheSAP software supports the export and import of XML-baseddata, which enables automation of the process to a large extent.

Data exchange between the partners (the OEM and the operator or maintenance organization) is handledelectronically in a structured format.

Customer business challengesThe required configuration and maintenance information isoften provided in unstructured and disparate formats. Theformats could be paper-based, proprietary, or vary with thetype of information being provided. This situation leads to ahigh cost for manual processes and a great degree of riskregarding to the accuracy of data entry into the system.




Subcontractor / OEM

* New

*

Process: Takeover/Handover of Technical ObjectsOperator


© SAP 2007 /

Project System


Easy Cost Planning:Cost Planning forNetwork Activity andActivity Elements

Easy cost planning enables you to calculate planned costs quickly in the SAP software.With this enhancement, you can use this tool to plan costs for network activities andactivity elements.

Project planer, projectestimator, and project manager.

PS Project BuilderEnhancements

Users can maintain authorizations for their own objects. By using access control lists(ACL's), users can manage permission for a specific group to read, change or deleteinformation for the object .

Project managers

BenefitsImproved cost-planning capabilitiesImproved usability, flexibility, and working efficiency by providing a single point of entry for work and quantity informationImproved business process automationGross project material-demand planningCustomer flexibility by providing an enhancement capability and improved forecast process for cost, work, and quantitiesImproved integration capabilities with non-SAP systemsBetter transparency and visibility in international projectsReduction of custom code requirements due to enhanced access control down to the object level

Improved project cost planning , project-related procurement processes, and usability

Corporate Services > Project and Portfolio Management

Business Function: OPS_PS_CI_1

© SAP 2007 /

Project SystemImprovements of Existing Features


Business FunctionProman Enhancements Additional customer tab strip is available, drag-and-drop of material components operative

as long as no purchase orders are created, and progress-tracking information for materialcomponents is visible

Project purchaser and projectmanager.

Network Costing BADIsfor Activity Type Rateand Version Adjustment

In networks, you plan internally processed work and the required resources in networkactivities. The system then calculates the plan costs and takes the dates into account. Costdetermination is based on the quantities and prices stored in the system. A new businessadd-in allows customers to change the defined rate for a cost center and activity typecombination within the BADI. A new BADI allows customers to change the conversion thatwill store network costing.

Project BuilderEnhancements

Archived projects can be view within the project builder. In terms of the handling of aproject within the project builder revised data can be now saved without leaving the projectopened in the project builder. Planning of statistical key figures within the project builderfor WBS elements and network activities. Multi Language Support of short text for projectdefinition, WBS elements, network, network activity and network activity elements.

project manager, projectengineers, project members,project planners

Progress and ForecastEnhancements

Progress Tracking for Network activities and WBS elements, New RFC Functions forProgress Determination (provides measurement method and POC values (plan/actual) for aproject and mass POC update for a project. Forecast Workbench for cost, work andstatistical key figure forecast. In the Progress Analysis Workbench the project structurecan now also the display as a tree besides the grid display.

project manager, projectcontroller

Corporate Services > Project and Portfolio Management

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Cost Planning for Network Activityand Activity Elements in Easy Cost Planning

Business ValueQuick planning and ease of useSupport of a single cost planning process for ps objectsComplex calculations and relationships can be defined inmodels and hidden from users

Easy cost planning enables you to calculate planned costs quickly in the SAP software. With thisenhancement, you can use this tool to plan costs for network activities and activity elements.

Customer business challengesSo far, it was not possible to plan cost for project objects likeWBS elements and network activities with the one tool in asimilar way.

Delivered by Business Function OPS_PS_CI_1

Cost planning forWBS elements

Cost planning for networkactivities

Cost planning for networkactivity elements*

* Improvements

*

Corporate Services > Project and Portfolio Management > Project System

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: PS Project Builder Enhancements

Business ValueImproved authorization control in projectsBetter transparency and visibility in international projectsImproved usability and processing time savings

Access Control List Functions for PS objects - Users can maintain authorizations for their own objects. Byusing access control lists (ACLs), users can manage permission for a specific group to read, change or deleteinformation for the object .Multi Language Support of short text for project definition, WBS elements, network, network activity andnetwork activity elementThe Project Builder is a user-friendly method of accessing the project structure. Via the intermediate savefeature it is now possible to save changes within the project structure without leaving the current processedproject object.

Customer business challengesCustom code was required to manage authorization on aindividual object levelLow end-user productivity

Delivered by Business Function OPS_PS_CI_1

Project Planningwith PS

Project Executionwith PS

Resource andTime Management

with PS

Project Accountingwith PS

* Improvements

**

Corporate Services > Project and Portfolio Management > Project System

© SAP 2007 /

Environment, Health, and Safety


OH: Report ListingHealth SurveillanceProtocols with OverdueControl Dates

This report provides a direct overview of employees with health surveillance protocols thathave an overdue control date. Based on the results, the responsible persons can check andinitiate the necessary tasks. Example: inviting employees to the health center adhere to thehealth surveillance protocols.

Health and safety department(industrial hygienists andoccupational physicians),personnel department, and linemanagers.

IHS: New EvaluationReports

The risk assessment report calculates the number of risk assessments with a specificcriterion, or risk assessments with an overdue assessment date. The IHS safety measuresreport displays the safety measures with exceeded end dates. The incident and accidentlog report calculates the number of incidents and accidents in a specific period.

IHS professionals

BD&T: Improved ContentUpdate with OpenContent Connector

The update of SAP EH&S content is improved by the following new open content connectorfeatures:

The substance-group concept enables content providers to group substances that have identicalproperties into substance groups, which results in an improved data structure that improvesperformance and the amount of memory space that is required during data update.The simulation of a data update contrasts the current dataset with the dataset after an update. It isdisplayed in a table view.

Product stewards

BenefitsSimplification, enhanced integration, and several process improvements. Support for legal compliance.

Support of legal compliance with functional and process improvements

Corporate Services > EH&S Compliance Management

Business Function: OPS_EHS_CI_1

© SAP 2007 /

Environment, Health, and SafetyNew Features


PS: Notification Check The notification check checks to see if a product is marketable in a country according toregulations and therefore helps ensure that products and their components are not sold incountries where regulations prohibit them from being imported. To do so, the notificationstatus is checked for positive or negative entries. The notification check is executed whensaving a sales order, delivery order, and stock transfer. No quantity-dependent regulatorycheck is carried out.

Product stewards andemployees in sales, shipping,and purchasing

PS: Support for TSCA12B

Using the substance volume tracking job, the system sets the TSCA 12B status for eachsubstance. Depending on the status, a subsequent process can be started. The systemdisplays the TSCA 12B status in the monitoring list in substance volume tracking.

Product stewards andemployees in sales, shipping,and purchasing

GLM: Logging of LabelData Changes, UserActivities, and Printing

Within global label management (GLM), the system logs all changes that are made in thelabel data screen on the material master and all user activities and printing activities.

Labeling coordinators, labeladministrators, label operators,plant managers, and productstewards

GLM: Direct Access toGLM from LogisticsSystem

Users can call global label management (GLM) from a second SAP system and do notnotice that they have moved to the SAP EH&S instance on which GLM runs. In detail, theuser calls the label printing transaction (CBGL_MP01) in the second SAP system, which isusually a logistics system. The system then sends the request to SAP EH&S and GLM runsthere. The logistic data is automatically read from the calling SAP system so, that the userdoes not recognize that different SAP systems are working together.


GLM: IncreasedAccuracy and Safety inPrint Scenarios

In global label management (GLM), the results of label determination can be narrowedaccording to the print scenario being used, so that a production scenario no longer showsshipment labels, for example.For manual label-data entry on scenario and label-tree screens, you can implement a list ofvalues, check functions, and formatting functions to make sure that users enter the rightvalues and use the correct format for the values.


GLM: Greater Flexibilityin Print Scenarios

The assignment of a scenario group to a scenario in customizing links the scenario to itslogical background and enables better reuse the logic of delivered scenarios in copies ofthese scenarios or in your own scenarios.Business add-ins influence the program logic at the following locations: pre and post labeldetermination, pre and post printing, and serial number definition.



© SAP 2007 /



DG: IntegratingDangerous Goods withHandling Units

Master packaging data can be defined in unlisted substances or in dangerous goods. Thesystem uses this data together with the packaging status and code that have been definedin the material master to propose the allowed dangerous goods packaging's. Thepackaging's are proposed when the user defines the packaging for materials using thehandling unit functions in delivery. Packaging and mixed packing checks are also provided.

Dangerous goods specialistsand dangerous goodspackaging developers

DG: DynamicClassification ofDangerous Goods

Classification alternatives can be defined as dangerous goods master data. One replacingmaterial can be defined per classification alternative, and for each replacing material, thedangerous goods master can automatically be created based on the data of theclassification alternative. In the processing of handling units, classification alternatives canbe chosen. The system then exchanges the current material with the replacement materialin the dangerous goods checks and the dangerous goods documents and EDI and uses thedangerous goods data of the replacement material in these places.


DG: Support forExceptions to DangerousGoods Regulations

Dangerous goods exceptions can be defined for real substances, dangerous goodsclassifications, dangerous goods master records, handling unit headers, and handling unititems. Dangerous goods exceptions are evaluated at dangerous goods checks and overridethe check results. You can also define texts to be printed on delivery notes in case of adangerous goods exception or complete documents that will be printed in addition to thedelivery note.


DG: Text Pattern Profiles Text pattern profiles and text patterns can be used to control how dangerous goodsinformation appears on documents, depending on the regulations and the type of thedocument. In detail: for one regulation, several text patterns can be defined and assignedto different text pattern profiles. The text pattern profiles control which output type uses theassigned text pattern.


HSM: Flexible HazardousSubstance Check at Put-Away of HazardousSubstances

In the flexible hazardous substance check, the system checks if the planned put-away of ahazardous substance is allowed in warehouse management. For this purpose, the systemevaluates the defined check methods, other customizing data, and the hazardoussubstance master data.

Product stewards and allemployees who are responsiblefor the put-away of hazardoussubstances

HSM: Ability to Displayand Edit HazardousSubstance Master Data

It is possible to display and edit hazardous substance data. The corresponding screen ismainly used to display data that is distributed to or filled in the hazardous substancemaster.

Product stewards


© SAP 2007 /



BD&T: New Functions toAdapt the SpecificationWorkbench to Users'Needs Better

With the following functions, the specification workbench can be better adapted to users'needs:

You can define a default search screen that the system automatically opens when the specification workbenchis opened. The default setting depends on the user and transaction.You can define a default value assignment type that the system automatically opens when a specification isselected. For every specification type, one default value assignment type can be defined.The layout of the hit list can be saved.

Product stewards and all endusers of the specificationworkbench

PS: New EvaluationReports for ReportGeneration and Shipping

The following new reports show if there are any problems in report generation or shipping:Available and failed generation servers (in percent)Number of reports in the generation queueNumber of report requestsNumber of generated reports with errorsNumber of rejected reports for shipping orders

System administrators andproduct stewards

PS: New Functions forReport Generation andShipping

The following functions improve report generation and shipping:In the display of change marks on reports, the system takes into account the exact time of a data modification.It can also take into account data changes that are inherited or referenced. The relevant indicator can be set fora reference or inheritance relationship.You can start several actions after generation of a report and generate, preview, and print a report using a toolother than WWI.In report shipping, e-mail bodies and headers can be configured using phrases.

System administrators andproduct stewards


© SAP 2007 /

Environment, Health, and SafetyImprovements of Existing Features


Business FunctionIHS: Flexible Assignmentof Functional Location inIncident/Accident Log

The Functional Location Plant field allows you to assign a functional location to anincident/accident log entry regardless of the assigned work area and plant.

Industrial health and safetyprofessionals, personneldepartment, and line managers.

IHS: Easier Assignmentof Documents toIndustrial Hygiene andSafety Objects

In addition to the functionality already available to attach documents in DMS, you can nowcheck in new documents with DMS without leaving the current transaction.

IHS professionals

IHS: Status Check byAssignment of WorkAreas

When you assign a work area to a risk assessment, an injury and illness log, or an incidentand accident log, you can now use the status of the work area as additional selectioncriteria. The system issues a message for work areas that have a status of historical.

IHS professionals

IHS: Additional SelectionCriteria and Output Dataof the Safety MeasuresReport

You can now search by more detailed criteria to find only the relevant data:Reference object (example: incident and accident log entry)Safety measures category (example: technical)Safety measures type (example: technical changes)Priority (example: high)CostsCurrencyProtection goal (example: avoid accident and health risks)Planned start and end dateExecution (date)Checks (date)Person responsible (person)Administrator (person)Responsible for checks (person)Effectiveness (example: successful)

IHS professionals and linemanagers

IHS: New BAPIs inIncident and AccidentLogs

In the incident and accident log business object, BAPIs have been developed for parts ofthe existing APIs. That means that creating, changing, deleting, and saving incident andaccident log entries have the same interface functions as BAPIs.

IHS professionals andpersonnel department

IHS: Functional LocationPlant

The functional location plant field allows you to assign a functional location to an incidentand accident log entry regardless of the assigned work area and plant. You must, therefore,populate the field for existing incident and accident log entries: use reportRCBIH_X_IAL_FLPLANT_UPD. The report allows you to populate the field for all incidentand accident log entries for which a functional location has been assigned, using the plantof the assigned work area.

IHS professionals


© SAP 2007 /

Environment, Health, and SafetyImprovements of Existing FeaturesImprovements ofexisting features Description Target Users for this

Business Function

BD&T: Faster SecondaryData Determination;Better Performance ofEH&S Expert

Performance of expert in SAP EH&S during secondary data determination has beenimproved by not saving specification data locally on the expert server and by improving theprocessing algorithms.

Product stewards

BD&T: Lower TCO fromDisplay of WWI ReportsWithout Local WWIInstallation

WWI reports can be displayed without having to install WWI locally on the front end. If WWIis not installed locally, WWI reports are generated on the WWI server and displayed on thefront end using Microsoft Word.

System administrators and allend users of SAP EH&S whodisplay WWI reports

BD&T: Inheritance -Direct Data Transfer andBetter Visibility inProperty Tree

After creating an inheritance relationship or after changing source data, the data is nowvisible at the target immediately. The system performs inheritance as a background jobonly if large volumes of data justify doing so. The minimum number of dependentspecifications to run inheritance as a background job can be specified in customizing. Newsymbols on the property tree indicate whether a property contains only passed-on valueassignment instances, only inherited value assignment instances, or both inherited andpassed-on value assignment instances.

Product stewards

GLM: Optional Usage ofSpool Management toPrint Labels

Global label management (GLM) now offers an option to use spool management or the GLMprint process to print labels.


GLM: Label Preview withMicrosoft WordIntegrated into SAP GUI

In global label management (GLM), the user can view labels only when Microsoft Word isintegrated into SAP GUI. The document is protected and the Word menu is disabled. Thisapproach ensures that labels cannot be manipulated or printed.


WA: Greater Flexibilityand Accuracy in WasteQuantity Update

The following functions provide greater flexibility and accuracy in waste quantity updates:In waste approvals containing additional period-based quantities, updates of thesequantities and corresponding quantity checks are possible. Both can be activated tocontrol the allowed yearly amounts of waste quantities in waste disposals.In a disposal document, you can select a waste item that is relevant for the quantity updateon the waste approval. For the quantity update, the system uses the selected waste itemsand the sort sequence of waste codes on the waste approval. This approach makes thequantity update unambiguous.

Waste management specialist


© SAP 2007 /

Environment, Health, and SafetyImprovements of Existing Features

Improvement ofexisting features Description Target Users for this

Business Function

BD&T: UsabilityImprovements in theSpecification Workbench

The following functions improve the usability of the specification workbench:During the assignment of a document using user-defined texts and documents functions,you can directly upload the document into the document management system.Copy-and-paste for value assignment instances now behaves like spreadsheet software.There is a new button to define the key date and change number.You can search for specifications with exception values.For numeric characteristics, there is a value help available for the unit of measurement thatshows the text of the unit of measurement.

Product stewards and all endusers of the specificationworkbench


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: OH: Report Listing Health SurveillanceProtocols with Overdue Control Dates

Business ValueThis report makes it easy to identify employees whose legal orcompany-specific required health surveillance protocols were notfollowed.

This report provides a direct overview of employees with health surveillance protocols that have anoverdue control date. Based on the results, the responsible persons can check and initiate the necessarytasks. Example: inviting employees to the health center adhere to the health surveillance protocols.

Customer business challengesEspecially in companies with several subsidiaries and acentrally organized health and safety department, it is verycomplicated to ensure that every employee gets the righthealth surveillance protocol at the frequencies prescribed bylaw or internal company regulations. To ensure compliance inthis area, a lot of paperwork and investigation is normallynecessary.

Delivered by Business Function OPS_EHS_CI_1

* Improvements

Process: Occupational Health

Create proposallist

Schedule healthsurveillance

protocols

Edit medical services/ vaccinations / brief

consult.* Import medicaldata

Evaluatemedical data

Edit injury /illness log

Industrialhygienist

Occupationalphysician

Employee ofpersonnel department

Linemanager

Corporate Services > EH&S Compliance Management > Environment, Health, and Safety

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: IHS: New Evaluation Reports

Business ValueThe evaluation reports provide lists with detailed information,allowing you to make specific evaluations and analyses.

The risk assessment report calculates the number of risk assessments with a specific criterion, or riskassessments with an overdue assessment date. The IHS safety measures report displays the safetymeasures with exceeded end dates. The incident and accident log report calculates the number ofincidents and accidents in a specific period.

Customer business challengesMissing detailed information and complicated data evaluation


IHS professional

* Improvements

Process: Industrial Hygiene and Safety

Editwork areas Edit agents Edit risk

assess-ments

Edit and trackIHS safetymeasures

Editmeasure-ment

projects

GenerateSOP

Evaluate IHSdata

Edit incidents/ accidents

Evaluateaccidentstatistics** * * *


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: BD&T: Improved Content Update withOpen Content Connector

Business ValueFaster content update due to improved performanceLess powerful hardware needed; lower hardware costBetter control of update due to an ability to simulate theupdate and to compare current data with updated data

The update of SAP EH&S content is improved by the following new open content connector features:The substance-group concept enables content providers to group substances that have identicalproperties into substance groups, which results in an improved data structure that improves performanceand the amount of memory space that is required during data update.The simulation of a data update contrasts the current dataset with the dataset after an update. It isdisplayed in a table view.

Customer business challengesThe increasing number of environment, health, and safetyregulations and frequent changes of existing regulationsrequire periodic content updates. Often there are no options oronly time-consuming options to compare data before and afteran update.


Editspecifications

Determinesecondary

data

Evaluatespecifications*

Product steward

* Improvements

Editreport

templates

Process: Product Safety

Editgenerated

reports

Evaluatereports

Performreport

shipping


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: PS: Notification Check

Business ValueThe notification check ensures compliance with variousregulations and therefore reduces the risks of fines and damageto the reputation of the company. Because the checks arecarried out automatically in the logistics processes of sales,shipping, and stock transfer, processes are simplified and effortsand costs are reduced.

The notification check checks to see if a product is marketable in a country according to regulations andtherefore helps ensure that products and their components are not sold in countries where regulationsprohibit them from being imported. To do so, the notification status is checked for positive or negativeentries. The notification check is executed when saving a sales order, delivery order, and stock transfer.No quantity-dependent regulatory check is carried out.

Customer business challengesIn many countries, substances can be marketed only if theyare listed in substance lists. Unregistered substances can bemarketed only in exceptional circumstances. The lists arepositive lists: they list substances that can be imported andtraded. Negative lists also exist and contain substances thatare subject to certain restrictions. Failure to comply with theseregulations can result in high fines and can damage thereputation of the company.


* Improvements


Editspecifications

Determinesecondary

data


Editreport

templates

Editgenerated

reports

Evaluatereports

Performreport

shipping* *

Product steward Employees in sales, shipping, and purchasing


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: PS: Support for TSCA 12B

Business ValueThe support for TSCA 12B ensures compliance with thisregulation and therefore reduces the risks of fines and damageto the reputation of the company. Because the checks arecarried out automatically in the logistics processes of sales,shipping, and stock transfer, processes are simplified and effortsand costs are reduced.

Using the substance volume tracking job, the system sets the TSCA 12B status for each substance.Depending on the status, a subsequent process can be started. The system displays the TSCA 12B statusin the monitoring list in substance volume tracking.

Customer business challengesRegulation TSCA 12B stipulates that certain information mustreported to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency whencertain chemical substances are exported from the UnitedStates. Failure to comply with this regulation can result in highfines and can damage the reputation of the company.


* Improvements

Process: Product SafetyProduct steward Employees in sales, shipping, and purchasing

Editspecifications

Determinesecondary

data


Editreport

templates

Editgenerated

reports

Evaluatereports

Performreport

shipping* *


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: GLM: Logging of Label Data Changes,User Activities, and Printing

Business ValueBy logging all changes of the label data on the material master,all authorized and unauthorized changes to the label definitioncan be tracked, leading to increased data security.The monitoring of the GLM user and print actions helps forexample meet the requirements of the pharmaceutical industryfor tracking of all actions in the packaging process.

Within global label management (GLM), the system logs all changes that are made in the label data screenon the material master and all user activities and printing activities.

Customer business challengesLabels of a material are defined on the label data screen onthe material master. The definition is made on the basis oflegal requirements and is usually done by employeesresponsible for EH&S. Because it is impossible to defineauthorizations that are valid only for the label data screen,every user who has access to material master can changelabel data. In the pharmaceutical industry, companies must beable to document all actions in the packaging process in caseof an emergency or audit.


Labelingcoordinator

* Improvements


Editspecifications

Determinesecondary

data

Evaluatespecifications

Editlabel

templates

Editlabeldata

Determinesuitable

label andedit data

Printlabel* * *

Labeladministrator

Labeloperator

Plantmanager

Productsteward


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: GLM: Direct Access to GLM fromLogistics System

Business ValueUsers can access GLM directly from their logistics systemwithout noticing that they have moved to the central SAP EH&Sinstance. This approach improves and simplifies processes, andcustomer-specific developments are no longer necessary to readthe logistics data from the correct logistics system.

Users can call global label management (GLM) from a second SAP system and do not notice that theyhave moved to the SAP EH&S instance on which GLM runs. In detail, the user calls the label printingtransaction (CBGL_MP01) in the second SAP system, which is usually a logistics system. The systemthen sends the request to SAP EH&S and GLM runs there. The logistic data is automatically read from thecalling SAP system so that the user does not recognize that different SAP systems are working together.

Customer business challengesGLM runs only on a SAP system with a configured SAP EH&S.Many customers use a central SAP EH&S instance andseveral SAP systems for logistics processes. In such acombination the logistics system often is the leading system.To be able to log on the central EH&S system and read thedata from the correct logistic system, customer-specificdevelopments must be made.


* Improvements


Editspecifications

Determinesecondary

data


Editlabel

templates

Editlabeldata

Determinesuitable

label andedit data

Printlabel* *

Labelingcoordinator

Labeladministrator

Labeloperator

Plantmanager

Productsteward


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: GLM: Increased Accuracy and Safetyin Labeling Scenarios

Business ValueThe ability to restrict the results of label determination bylabeling scenario improves the contents of the label tree andprevents users from choosing the wrong labels.The ability to define a list of values, check functions, andformatting functions for label data entry improves dataaccuracy and prevents users from entering the wrong data.Both functions increase the safety of the labeling process.

In global label management (GLM), the results of label determination can be narrowed according to thelabeling scenario being used, so that a production scenario no longer shows shipment labels, for example.For manual label-data entry on scenario and label-tree screens, you can implement a list of values, checkfunctions, and formatting functions to make sure that users enter the right values and use the correctformat for the values.

Customer business challengesIn the results of GLM label determination, the system shows allsuitable labels for the material and does not filter the resultsaccording to the chosen labeling scenario, so that the labeltree of a production scenario can also show shipment labels,for example. In certain scenarios, users might choose thewrong labels. A GLM user can manually enter certain labeldata on the scenario and label-tree screen. The system doesnot check the value or format of these entries on either screen.


* Improvements

Process: Product SafetyLabeling

coordinatorLabel

administratorLabel

operatorPlant

managerProductsteward

Editspecifications

Determinesecondary

data


Editlabel

templates

Editlabeldata

Determinesuitable

label andedit data

Printlabel* *


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: GLM: Greater Flexibility in LabelingScenarios

Business ValueThe ability to link a scenario to its logical background helpsreuse the delivered scenarios better, and the customer has noneed to develop proprietary logic. This ability saves time andmoney and simplifies implementation of GLM.With the new business add-ins, customers can adapt GLM totheir needs better and can implement a solution for electronicsignatures during label printing.

The assignment of a scenario group to a scenario in customizing links the scenario to its logicalbackground and enables better reuse the logic of delivered scenarios in copies of these scenarios or inyour own scenarios.Business add-ins influence the program logic at the following locations: pre and post label determination,pre and post printing, and serial number definition.

Customer business challengesIf an existing scenario is copied, the logical background getslost, because the logical background is linked to the key ofthe scenario. For example, if the DELIVERY scenario iscopied and gets a new ID, the system cannot identify thenew scenario as a DELIVERY-related scenario.The labeling processes of various customers are differentand therefore more ways to influence GLM processes areneeded.


* Improvements


Editspecifications

Determinesecondary

data


Editlabel

templates

Editlabeldata

Determinesuitable

label andedit data

Printlabel* *

Labelingcoordinator

Labeladministrator

Labeloperator

Plantmanager

Productsteward


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: DG: Integrating Dangerous Goodswith Handling Units

Business ValueThe integration of dangerous goods functions in the processingof handling units ensures compliance with the correspondingdangerous goods regulations and therefore reduces the risk offines and damage to the reputation of the company. Thepackaging process is simplified and efforts and costs arereduced.

Master packaging data can be defined in UN listed substances or in dangerous goods. The system usesthis data together with the packaging status and code that have been defined in the material master topropose the allowed dangerous goods packaging's. The packaging's are proposed when the user definesthe packaging for materials using the handling unit functions in delivery. Packaging and mixed packingchecks are also provided.

Customer business challengesOnly certain packaging is allowed for many dangerous goods.If a material is packed into a packaging material using thehandling unit functions, currently there are no dangerousgoods checks and the system does not support the user whenchoosing an allowed packaging.


* Improvements

Process: Dangerous Goods Management

Edit DGspecifications

Classifydangerous

goods

EditDG master

Packagingdangerous

goods

PerformDG checks

Populatedocuments

with DG data

Generateand print

Trem cards* ** **

DG specialist DG packaging developer


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: DG: Dynamic Classification ofDangerous Goods

Business ValueThe dynamic classification provides additional flexibility in theclassification of dangerous goods. Now dangerous goods can beclassified after the packaging process and after measurementshave been taken. This approach ensures compliance with thecorresponding dangerous goods regulations and thereforereduces the risks of fines and damage to the reputation of thecompany. The packaging process is simplified and efforts andcosts are reduced.

Classification alternatives can be defined as dangerous goods master data. One replacing material can bedefined per classification alternative, and for each replacing material, the dangerous goods master canautomatically be created based on the data of the classification alternative. In the processing of handlingunits, classification alternatives can be chosen. The system then exchanges the current material with thereplacement material in the dangerous goods checks and the dangerous goods documents and EDI anduses the dangerous goods data of the replacement material in these places.

Customer business challengesThe classification of certain dangerous goods depends on thepackaging used and on other values, such as measuredvalues outside the packaging. In these cases, the dangerousgoods classification can be carried out only after the packagingprocess and in some cases after measurements have beentaken.


* Improvements



Classifydangerous

goods

EditDG master

Packagingdangerous

goods

PerformDG checks

Populatedocuments

with DG data

Generateand print

Trem cards* ** *


*


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: DG: Support for Exceptions toDangerous Goods Regulations

Business ValueThe ability to define dangerous goods exceptions providesgreater flexibility in the classification of dangerous goods andmakes it easy to handle exceptions to dangerous goodsregulations in the system. This approach ensures compliancewith the corresponding dangerous goods regulations andtherefore reduces the risks of fines and damage to the reputationof the company. Furthermore, processes in dangerous goodsmanagement are simplified and efforts and costs are reduced.

Dangerous goods exceptions can be defined for real substances, dangerous goods classifications,dangerous goods master records, handling unit headers, and handling unit items. Dangerous goodsexceptions are evaluated at dangerous goods checks and override the check results. You can also definetexts to be printed on delivery notes in case of a dangerous goods exception or complete documents thatwill be printed in addition to the delivery note.

Customer business challengesAn exception to a dangerous goods regulation can apply to asubstance or material in certain cases. Currently, it is difficultto handle these exceptions in dangerous goods managementin SAP EH&S and prevent the system from blocking a deliverythat is allowed on basis of an exception.


* Improvements



Classifydangerous

goods

EditDG master

Packagingdangerous

goods

PerformDG checks

Populatedocuments

with DG data

Generateand print

Trem cards*** **



© SAP 2007 /

Feature: DG: Text Pattern Profiles

Business ValueWith the ability to define several text patterns and to assign themto different text pattern profiles, different text patterns can beoutput on different types of documents for one regulation. Thisability improves flexibility and helps meet legal requirementsbetter.

Text pattern profiles and text patterns can be used to control how dangerous goods information appearson documents, depending on the regulations and the type of the document. In detail: for one regulation,several text patterns can be defined and assigned to different text pattern profiles. The text pattern profilescontrol which output type uses the assigned text pattern.

Customer business challengesYou can use only one text pattern per regulation. However,dangerous goods data to be output on a material label mightdiffer from dangerous goods data to be output on a deliverynote. Therefore, an ability to define different text patterns fordifferent types of documents is needed.


* Improvements



Classifydangerous

goods

EditDG master

Packagingdangerous

goods

PerformDG checks

Populatedocuments

with DG data

Generateand print

Trem cards** **

DG specialist


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: HSM: Flexible Hazardous SubstanceCheck at Put-Away of Hazardous Substances

Business ValueThe flexible hazardous substance check increases safety in thestorage of hazardous substances and helps comply with thecorresponding regulations.

In the flexible hazardous substance check, the system checks if the planned put-away of a hazardoussubstance is allowed in warehouse management. For this purpose, the system evaluates the definedcheck methods, other customizing data, and the hazardous substance master data.

Customer business challengesFor safety reasons and to comply with the correspondingregulations, the safe storage of hazardous substances has tobe ensured. Because various regulations exist, a high level offlexibility in the corresponding put-away checks is needed.


* Improvements

Process: Hazardous Substance Management

Edit substancedata

Editreport

templates

Import supplierdocument

Complete andevaluate

substance data

Releasehazardous

substance forpurchasing

Generate andevaluate reports

Put-awayhazardoussubstance *

Product steward Employee responsible for put-away of hazardous substances


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: HSM: Ability to Display and EditHazardous Substance Master Data

Business ValueWith an option to display and edit hazardous substance masterdata, the data can be checked and changed better, if necessary.This ability improves data accuracy.

It is possible to display and edit hazardous substance data. The corresponding screen is mainly used todisplay data that is distributed to or filled in the hazardous substance master.

Customer business challengesWithout a transaction to display and edit hazardous substancemaster data, it is difficult to check and change the data.


* Improvements

Process: Hazardous Substance Management

Edit substancedata

Editreport

templates

Import supplierdocument

Complete andevaluate

substance data

Releasehazardous

substance forpurchasing

Generate andevaluate reports

Put-awayhazardoussubstance*

Product steward

*


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: BD&T: New Functions to Adapt theSpecification Workbench to Users' Needs

Business ValueThe functions to adapt the specification workbench to users'needs improve productivity of users.

With the following functions, the specification workbench can be better adapted to users' needs:You can define a default search screen that the system automatically opens when the specificationworkbench is opened. The default setting depends on the user and transaction.You can define a default value assignment type that the system automatically opens when a specificationis selected. For every specification type, one default value assignment type can be defined.The layout of the hit list can be saved.

Customer business challengesThere is a need for better adaptation of the specificationworkbench to users' needs, especially for users who work withonly one specification category or have to enter only specificdata.


* Improvements


Editspecifications

Determinesecondary

data


Editreport

templates

Editgenerated

reports

Evaluatereports

Performreport

shipping*

Product steward End user of specification workbench


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: PS: New Evaluation Reports forReport Generation and Shipping

Business ValueWith the new reports, responsible persons can check forproblems in report generation or shipping and react faster. Thisability makes generation and shipping processes safer.

The following new reports show if there are any problems in report generation or shipping:Available and failed generation servers (in percent)Number of reports in the generation queueNumber of report requestsNumber of generated reports with errorsNumber of rejected reports for shipping orders

Customer business challengesIt is difficult for the responsible persons to find out if reportgeneration or shipping runs smoothly.


* Improvements


Editspecifications

Determinesecondary

data


Editreport

templates

Editgenerated

reports

Evaluatereports

Performreport

shipping

Product steward System administrator

* **


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: PS: New Functions for ReportGeneration and Shipping

Business ValueDue to the enhanced display of change marks, the systemnow can mark all relevant changes on reports. Reportrecipients can now identify all changes on a report, such asa safety data sheet, immediately.The improvements in report generation and shipping providemore flexibility in the corresponding functions and processesand therefore increase return on investment (ROI).

The following functions improve report generation and shipping:In the display of change marks on reports, the system takes into account the exact time of a datamodification. It can also take into account data changes that are inherited or referenced. The relevantindicator can be set for a reference or inheritance relationship.You can start several actions after generation of a report and generate, preview, and print a report using atool other than WWI.In report shipping, e-mail bodies and headers can be configured using phrases.

Customer business challengesIf two versions of a report are generated at the same day,or if referenced or inherited data is changed, the systemcannot display all changes on reports using changemarks.In report generation, management, and shipping, moreflexibility is needed.


* Improvements


Editspecifications

Determinesecondary

data


Editreport

templates

Editgenerated

reports

Evaluatereports

Performreport

shipping* **

Product steward System administrator


© SAP 2007 /

Environmental Compliance Integration


Search for Equipment orFunctional LocationUsing SAPEnvironmental Compl.Data

This feature improves integration between plant maintenance of SAP ERP and the SAPEnvironmental Compliance application. On new tab pages in the search help of equipmentand functional location in plant maintenance, the user can enter environmental compliancedata to be used to search for equipment or functional locations. The system then searchesfor facilities in the SAP Environmental Compliance application that fulfill the search criteriaand determines the equipment or functional location that has been assigned to the facilityin the SAP Environmental Compliance application. This equipment or functional locationthen is the search result in plant maintenance.

Maintenance technicians andenvironmental engineers

Display and EditEnvironmentalCompliance Data in PlantMaintenance

This feature improves integration between plant maintenance of SAP ERP and the SAPEnvironmental Compliance application. The plant maintenance transactions to change anddisplay equipment and functional locations contain a new tab page that shows importantdata of the facility that has been assigned to the equipment or functional location in theSAP Environmental Compliance application. From the tab page, the user can open thefacility iView of SAP Environmental Compliance to display and change all data of the facilitydirectly and therefore the compliance data of the equipment or functional location, becausethe facility contains all the compliance data of the assigned object.

Maintenance technicians andenvironmental engineers

Benefits

The features of this business function improve integration between plant maintenance of SAP ERP and SAP Environmental Compliance, resulting in abidirectional integration of two applications that can leverage data for enterprise wide functions and reporting.Plant maintenance users can now directly display and edit the assets’ compliance and safety data in their application and use this data for searching,which makes their daily work more productive and increases safety in the company.

Increase productivity and safety with improved integration between plant maintenance and SAPEnvironmental Compliance


Business Function: OPS_EC_INTEGRATION

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Search for Equipment or FunctionalLocation Using SAP Environmental Compl. Data

Business ValueThis feature improves integration between plant maintenance ofSAP ERP and SAP Environmental Compliance, resulting inbidirectional integration of two applications that can leveragedata for enterprise wide functions and reporting. Plantmaintenance users can now use compliance and safety data tosearch for equipment and functional locations directly, whichmakes their daily work more productive and increases safety inthe company.

This feature improves integration between plant maintenance of SAP ERP and the SAP EnvironmentalCompliance application. On new tab pages in the search help of equipment and functional location in plantmaintenance, the user can enter environmental compliance data to be used to search for equipment orfunctional locations. The system then searches for facilities in the SAP Environmental Complianceapplication that fulfill the search criteria and determines the equipment or functional location that has beenassigned to the facility in the SAP Environmental Compliance application. This equipment or functionallocation then is the search result in plant maintenance.

Customer business challengesCustomers often have heterogeneous IT landscapes withlimited or no integration between the applications forenvironmental compliance and plant maintenance. Thesesolutions are often only on a site basis, making enterprise widereporting a time-consuming and error-prone process.

Delivered by Business Function OPS_EC_INTEGRATION

* Improvements

Process: Emission Management

Editemissionsscenarios

Analyzeemissions

Definecompliance tasks

and schedules

Operatecompliance

managementtasks

Createcompliance

reports

Forecastemissions

Trade emissionscertificates*

Maintenance technician Environmental engineer

Corporate Services > EH&S Compliance Management > Environmental Compliance Integration

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Display and Edit EnvironmentalCompliance Data in Plant Maintenance

Business ValueThis feature improves integration between plant maintenance ofSAP ERP and SAP Environmental Compliance, resulting inbidirectional integration of two applications that can leveragedata for enterprisewide functions and reporting. Plantmaintenance users can now display and edit the assets’compliance and safety data directly in their application, whichmakes their daily work more productive and increases safety inthe company.

This feature improves integration between plant maintenance of SAP ERP and the SAP EnvironmentalCompliance application. The plant maintenance transactions to change and display equipment andfunctional locations contain a new tab page that shows important data of the facility that has beenassigned to the equipment or functional location in the SAP Environmental Compliance application. Fromthe tab page, the user can open the facility iView of SAP Environmental Compliance to display and changeall data of the facility directly and therefore the compliance data of the equipment or functional location,because the facility contains all the compliance data of the assigned object.

Customer business challengesCustomers often have heterogeneous IT landscapes withlimited or no integration between the applications forenvironmental compliance and plant maintenance. Thesesolutions are often only on a site basis, making enterprise widereporting a time-consuming and error-prone process.

Delivered by Business Function OPS_EC_INTEGRATION

* Improvements

Process: Emission Management

Editemissionsscenarios

Analyzeemissions

Definecompliance tasks

and schedules

Operatecompliance

managementtasks

Createcompliance

reports

Forecastemissions

Trade emissionscertificates*

Maintenance technician Environmental engineer

Corporate Services > EH&S Compliance Management > Environmental Compliance Integration

© SAP 2007 /

Quality Management, Extensions


Tool for Failure Modeand Effect Analysis(FMEA)

Failure mode and effect analysis (FMEA): this new tool enables process and design FMEAs.It includes maintenance of functions, failure, and structure networks, actions for theprevention and detection of failures, risk priority number (RPN) calculation, FMEA formsaccording to VDA96 and QS9000, and online reporting and archiving.

SAP ERP customers, especiallyin automotive, high tech andelectronics, and medical devicemanufacturing.New customers and powerusers.

Control Plan The ability to create and maintain a control plan enables closed-loop inspection planningintegrated with SAP ERP. The control plan offers integration into the FMEA tool, QMinspection plans, and other related business objects used in the product developmentprocess.It helps customers comply with the ISO TS 16949 standard, which requires implementationof advanced product quality planning (APQP) methodology.

SAP ERP customers, especiallyin automotive, high tech andelectronics, and medical devicemanufacturing.New customers and powerusers.

Quality Inspector PortalRole

Adjustments for the portal role of quality inspector: the role was enhanced with newgraphic types for the display of inspection results. All types of test equipment can now bedisplayed for an operation. Major improvements in usability and layout.

Customers who are interestedin Web-based quality control.Not industry-specific. Forpower and occasional users.For all user groups.

BenefitsIntegrated tools for closed-loop inspection planning according to ISO/TS16949 and other industry standards.Use of data from FMEA and control plan to plan and performance of additional inspections in the supply chain. Reuse of master and operational data.Regulatory compliance.Improved quality control with a Web-based approach.Improved visibility of quality and manufacturing data and analytical capacities.Better and quicker results in searching for existing solutions and earlier issues.Reduced TCO and higher ROI.No more burying of important and sensitive data

Enhancements in quality management with SAP ERP for closed-loop inspection planning, LIMS,quality control, and QM analytics

Corporate Services > Quality Management

Business Function: OPS_QM_EXTENSIONS

© SAP 2007 /

Quality Management, Extensions


Business FunctionDual-Control Principle Use of the dual-control principle for results recording: a result that has been recorded by

one user must be processed by at least one other user for valuation and closing.SAP ERP customers in allindustries, especially inchemicals and life sciences.All user groups in the area ofquality assurance.

Exponential Display ofSpecifications

Exponential display of specifications: for large numbers, the exponential display ofspecification limits in the results recording transaction is helpful for comparing the enteredresults with the specification.

SAP ERP customers in allindustries, especially inchemicals and life sciences.All user groups in the area ofquality assurance.

TREX Search forNotifications

The TREX tool enables searching for structured data, including full text and attributesearch, uses search and classification technology, and can now be applied to notifications.

All customers covering problemmanagement with notificationsin SAP ERP: various industries.Interesting for all user groups.

Corporate Services > Quality Management


Digital Signature forLots, Samples, andNotifications

Digital signature for quality notifications: with this new functionality, you can providedigital signatures on status changes and when performing distinct activities at the headeror task level of a quality notification.Extended functions for the digital signature for inspection lots and physical samples: thelatest digital signature tool has been applied to physical samples and inspection lots toallow signature strategies, multilevel signatures, more detailed documentation, andprinting signature information.

SAP ERP customers in allindustries, especially inaerospace and defense, and inlife sciencesAll user groups.

QM Evaluation Cockpit Extension: enables evaluation of defects, notification tasks via flexible selection of qualitynotification data, flexible aggregation of data, correlation diagrams, and scatter plot andallows multilevel batch analysis.

All kinds of QM users whocover quality control with SAPERP: all user groups

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Tool for Failure Mode and EffectsAnalysis (FMEA)

Business ValueIntegrated solution: no data redundancyEasy to useCustomers can decide how to structure the set of FMEAs fora process or product (where to start).Data available for the control plan (reuse)Reuse of existing objects and components such as failurecodes and so onFunction allows customer-specific rules for calculation andso on

Failure mode and effects analysis (FMEA): this new tool enables process and design FMEAs.It includes maintenance of functions, failure, and structure networks, actions for the prevention anddetection of failures, risk priority number (RPN) calculation, FMEA forms according to VDA96 andQS9000, and online reporting and archiving.

Customer business challengesSAP was previously unable to provide standard tools forFMEA, especially to create the product or process structure asrequired. Customers would usually use separate solutions andsoftware, which cannot reuse existing information from theERP system.

Delivered by Business Function OPS_QM_EXTENSIONS

Plan FMEA Conduct FMEAsession

Evaluate Risks anddetermine CTQ’s*

Quality Engineer

Perform follow–upactions / update

control plan

Process: Quality Engineering(Closed loop inspection planning)

* Characteristic critical to quality

Quality Planner

Corporate Services > Quality Management > Quality Management, Extensions

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Control Plan

Business ValueIntegrated tool for closed-loop inspection planningReuse of existing master and operational data such asinspection characteristics, notifications (complaints)Flexibility of the toolReuse of control plan data in further inspection planning andprocessesData visibility and consistency

The ability to create and maintain a control plan enables closed-loop inspection planning integrated withSAP ERP. The control plan offers integration into the FMEA tool, QM inspection plans, and other relatedbusiness objects used in the product development process.It helps customers comply with the ISO TS 16949 standard, which requires implementation of advancedproduct quality planning (APQP) methodology.

Customer business challengesNo integrated tool for closed-loop inspection planning


Create Control Plan forrelevant process/product

Assign objects (material,BOM …)

Link to FMEAs andnotifications

Copy CTQs* intoinspection plans/routings

Process: Quality Engineering(Closed loop inspection planning)

* Characteristic critical to quality

Quality Engineer


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Quality Inspector Portal Role

Business ValueIncreased visibility of QM informationProcess simplificationEnhanced navigation support

Adjustments for the portal role of quality inspector: the role was enhanced with new graphic types for thedisplay of inspection results. All types of test equipment can now be displayed for an operation. Majorimprovements in usability and layout.

Customer business challengesNot having all relevant information at hand. Missing navigationsupport.


Create Worklist Select inspectionoperation Record results*

Quality Inspector

* Improvements

Document defects vianotification *

Process: Quality Assurance & Control

**


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Digital Signature for Lots, Samples, andNotifications

Business ValueRegulatory complianceNo add-ons or customer-specific solutionsIntegrated solution to comply with regulations

Digital signature for quality notifications: with this new functionality, you can provide digital signatures onstatus changes and when performing distinct activities at the header or task level of a quality notification.Extended functions for the digital signature for inspection lots and physical samples: the latest digitalsignature tool has been applied to physical samples and inspection lots to allow signature strategies,multilevel signatures, more detailed documentation, and printing signature information.Use of the dual-control principle for results recording: a result that has been recorded by one user must beprocessed by at least one other user for valuation and closing.

Customer business challengesRegulatory compliance.Previously, checks had to be organized within the lab.Customers might have used user exits or business add-ins toimplement the functionality.


Create quality notification Put notification inprocess

Provide digitalsignature for status

change *

Notification processor

* Improvements

*

Process: Quality Assurance &Control / Quality Improvement

Analyze signatureinformation *

Quality Manager


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: QM Evaluation Cockpit – AnalyticalEnhancements

Business ValueFlexible setup of layout and selection criteriaData aggregation as requestedDifferent types of graphical viewsEvaluation of archived QM dataCombined approach for lot and defectsBatch data from the entire process chainHighly improved search capabilities for notifications and allrelated data, which is often important for complaintmanagement (CAPA) or general problem management.Data is no longer buried in graveyards.

Extension of the QM cockpit for evaluations: enables evaluation of defects, notification tasks via flexibleselection of quality notification data, flexible aggregation of data, correlation diagrams, and scatter plot andallows multilevel batch analysis.The TREX tool enables searching for structured data, including full text and attribute search, uses searchand classification technology, and can now be applied to notifications.

Customer business challengesExisting QM data cannot not be evaluated properly and withthe required flexibility.Existing notifications with valuable information are not found inSAP ERP.


Select object typefor analysis

(lot/notification/component)

Select data Select view layout (table/graphic)*

Quality engineer

* Improvements

Analyze data *

Process: Quality Assurance & Control / QualityImprovement

**


© SAP 2007 /

1. ERP Core










2. Industries

Navigation Index

© SAP 2007 /

AnalyticsBusiness Functions


Cost and Quotation Management: Enhancement for cost and quotation management withcosting engine and PDCE

The business function provides functional enhancements forcustomers using PDCE in SAP SEM. It enhances the Copy Asbehavior, batch processing, status over jump, and where-used list.It is mandatory for customers using SAP xCQM as of SAP xCQM2.0 SP4.

Financials, Group Closing, Compliance:Task to sign-off financial resultsFlexible upload with document approval processSEM-BCS Workflow Inbox in Web DynproMore compliant comment functionIncludes XBRL functions supporting standard 2.1Portal content for local and corporate accountant monitor

Customers desiring enhancements for a more compliant group-closing process

Reporting Financials: Simplified Reporting Customers without legacy reports

HCM, Talent Management Analytics 1: Talent Management: Additional analytics have beenprovided to give better insight into the key performers and successors in an organization’stalent pool.

Companies interested in better succession planning and talentspecialists needing more insight

Analytics

© SAP 2007 /

Cost and Quotation Management


Batch Processing forCalculation

Batch process for calculation: a user can schedule the calculation of costing structures asa background job.

Users of PDCE in SAP SEM andof SAP xCQM

Where-Used List The where-used list allows a user to find all uses of a chosen object across differentworking environments. Uses of the object in structures without a working environment arealso found.


Benefits

The business function provides functional enhancements for customer using PDCE in SAP SEM. It enhances the Copy As behavior, batch processing,status over jump, and where-used list. It is mandatory for customers using SAP xCQM as of SAP xCQM 2.0 SP4.

The business function provides functional enhancements for PDCE in SAP SEM and SAPxCQM customers.

Analytics > Strategic Enterprise Management


Business Function

Enhanced Copy AsBehavior

1. Opportunity and project node can be copied2. Object type (P)CE(M) can be changed while copying


Over jump Status The new functionality, status over jump, allows a status change from one status to anotherfreely, without any limitation of the status sequence. The permitted status change isdetermined by the predefined status over jump table. When a status over jump isperformed, proper status inheritance and status propagation follows.


Business Function: FIN_PDCE_COSTQUOT

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Batch Processing for Calculation

Business ValuePerformance, background processing, and updating dataautomatically and periodically.

Batch process for calculation: a user can schedule the calculation of costing structures as a backgroundjob

Customer business challengesPerformance, background processing, and updating dataautomatically and periodically.

Delivered by Business Function FIN_PDCE_COSTQUOT

Process: Product Design Cost Estimate

Analytics > Strategic Enterprise Management > Cost and Quotation Management

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Where-Used List

Business ValueThe where-used list allows a user to find all uses of a chosenobject across different working environments. Uses of the objectin structures without a working environment are also found.

The where-used list allows a user to find all uses of a chosen object across different workingenvironments. Uses of the object in structures without a working environment are also found.

Customer business challengesThe where-used list allows a user to find all uses of a chosenobject across different working environments. Uses of theobject in structures without a working environment are alsofound.

Delivered by Business Function FIN_PDCE_COSTQUOT

Process: Product Design Cost Estimate

Analytics > Strategic Enterprise Management > Cost and Quotation Management

© SAP 2007 /

Financials, Group Closing, Compliance


Sign-off Task Sign-off Task can be executed in the Consolidation Monitor, on consolidation units orgroups

blocking all of the previous tasks automatically, and triggering sign-off process.Financial reports (in format of BW Query, plain texts, or files like Word, PowerPoint, Excel,PDF) can be attached for next review.Sign-off Task can be finished for the consolidation unit(s) or group(s); and the task isblocked in the Consolidation Monitor

Corporate accountant;CFO / CEO.

BenefitsAutomates and integrates the process of preparing, reviewing, and signing off financial resultsHandles approval process for manual documents triggered from flexible uploadEnables a more compliant comment function in approval processExtends complete approval process to those who only have an internet browser at their disposalProvides local and corporate accountant monitors in SAP NetWeaver Enterprise Portal or SAP NetWeaver Business Client

Streamline Your Approval Processes in All Financial Areas


Business Function: FIN_ACC_GROUPCLOSE_2

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Sign-off Task

Business ValueAutomates the preparation, review, and sign-off processwith Sign-off TaskStreamlines steps and roles with SAP BusinessWorkflow capabilityBlock tasks in consolidation monitor and triggerssign-off processPrepares financial reports for reviewing, commenting,and sign-offEnsures compliance through approval process

Sign-off Task can be executed in the Consolidation Monitor, on consolidation units or groupsBlocking all of the previous tasks automatically, and triggering sign-off process.Financial reports (in format of BW Query, plain texts, or files like Word, PowerPoint, Excel, PDF) can beattached for next reviewSign-off Task can be finished for the consolidation unit(s) or group(s); and the task is blocked in theConsolidation Monitor

Customer business challengesNo way to automate the preparation, review, and sign-offof financial resultsNo way to ensure the compliance of the process

Delivered by Business Function FIN_ACC_GROUPCLOSE_2

Corporate accountant executesthe consolidation functions

Corporate accountant preparesand

attaches financialreports, triggers

sign-off

Financial manager reviews,approvesor rejects

financial reports

AR clerk

* Financial reports aresigned-off

Process: Group Close

* ** Improvements

Analytics > Strategic Enterprise Management > Financials, Group Closing, Compliance

© SAP 2007 /

Financials, Group Closing, ComplianceImprovements of Existing Features


Business Function

Flexible upload withdocument approvalprocess

Flexible upload of document function can trigger document approval process just likemanual posting functionFunction is only enabled when flexible upload method is in update mode: "Do Not Modify"or "Overwrite", and Input Type "Periodic"

Local accountantGroup accountant

More compliant commentfunction in approvalprocess

Comment function is enabled for status change with workflow functionEditing of saved comment in approval process is forbidden

Local accountantGroup accountantCFO / CEO

SEM-BCS WorkflowInbox in WebDynpro

A Web-based SEM-BCS workflow inbox can be navigated from notification email.It allows various workflow instances to be triggered from within SEM-BCS: documentapproval workflow, monitor status change approval workflow, sign-off workflow.

Local accountantCorporate accountantCFO / CEO

Portal content for Localand CorporateAccountant Monitors

Provides worksets and iViews for local accountant monitor and corporate accountantmonitor

Local accountantCorporate accountant

Include XBRL functionssupporting standard 2.1

Includes the new XBRL functions supporting standard 2.1 directly in the SEM-BCSworkbench

Corporate accountant


© SAP 2007 /

Reporting Financials

Benefits of FIN_REP_SIMPL_1

Unifies look and feel of financial reports -- Reduces learning costs -- Entices consumers to react effectively to report contents -- Offers scalability in back-end technology -- Sports an attractive user interface -- Allows switch between direct access for lean backend scenarios and replicated data for high-volumeenvironments

Simplify Reporting with Attractive, State-of-the-Art Reporting Tools from SAP

Analytics > Financial Analytics


Business Function

Simplified Reporting fornew General Ledger

Simplifies reporting for new general ledger Accountants, corporate finance

Simplified Reporting forAccounts Payable

Simplifies and streamlines reporting for accounts payable AP accountant, local controller,corporate controller

Simplified Reporting forAccounts Receivable

Simplifies and streamlines reporting for accounts receivable AR accountant, local controller,corporate controller

Simplified Reporting forCost Center and OrderAccounting

Simplifies and streamlines reporting for cost center and order accounting Line managers, localcontrollers, corporatecontrollers

Simplified Reporting forProduct Costing in Make-to-Stock Environment

Simplifies reporting for product costing in make-to-stock environment Cost accountants, plantcontrollers

Simplified Reporting forProduct Cost Planning

Simplifies and streamlines reporting for product cost planning Cost accountant, plantcontroller

Business Function: FIN_REP_SIMPL_1

© SAP 2007 /

HCM, Talent Management Analytics 1


SAP NetWeaver BIBusiness Content forSuccession Planning

SAP NetWeaver BI Queries for Succession Management:Optimizes reports on key positions and on successors or holders respectivelyMonitors the number of key positions with or without successors according to readinessCompares key position successors and incumbents using all relevant factors

Managers and talent specialists

BI Business Content forPerformanceManagement

Managers and talent specialists can analyze or compare the potential and performance ofselected employees via tables and graphical displays.

Managers and talent specialists

BenefitsOptimize talent management analytics to ensure the progress and success of relevant processes and personnelMaximize your succession planning skills and guarantee better performance management, personnel administration, and organizational management

Increase Insight into Key Performers and Successors in Your Talent Pool

Analytics > Workforce Analytics

Business Function: HCM_TM_ANALYTICS_1

© SAP 2007 / © SAP 2007 / Page 231

Feature: SAP NetWeaver BI Business Contentfor Succession Planning

Business ValueOptimizes the quality of succession planning and talentmanagement within a company

Provides reporting on key positions and on successors or incumbents respectivelyMonitors the number of key positions with or without successors according to readinessCompares key position successors and incumbents using all relevant factors

Customer business challengesLack of planning and monitoring support for successionplanning and talent management processes

Delivered by Business Function HCM_TM_ANALYTICS_1

Talent Development SpecialistPay forPerformance

Attract andAcquire

Educate andDevelop

Identify andGrow

Analyzeand Plan

Analytics > Workforce Analytics > HCM, Talent Management Analytics 1

© SAP 2007 / © SAP 2007 / Page 232

Feature: BI Business Content for PerformanceManagement

Business ValueManagers and talent specialists can analyze or compare thepotential and performance of selected employees via tables andgraphics.

Guarantees performance tracking and feedback processes within the organizationOptimizes comparison of potential and performance for selected employeesDisplays the data for potential and performance in a ‘Calibration Grid'Compares any other two selected criteria groups within performance management using queryfunctionality

Customer business challengesLack of performance tracking and feedback processeswithin their organizationNo analysis of potential and performance distribution acrossthe organization

Delivered by Business Function HCM_TM_ANALYTICS_1

Talent Development SpecialistPay forPerformance

Attract andAcquire

Educate andDevelop

Identify andGrow

Analyzeand Plan

Analytics > Workforce Analytics > HCM, Talent Management Analytics 1

© SAP 2007 /

1. ERP Core










2. Industries

Navigation Index

© SAP 2007 /

End-User Service DeliveryBusiness Functions


CATS classic: cProjects Details: Access cProjects details from CATS classic SAP ERP customers who use Collaboration Projects (cProjects)and also want to allow their employees to maintain CATS dataagainst projects

CATS regular:cProjects Details: Access cProjects details from CATS regular

SAP ERP customers who use Collaboration Projects (cProjects)and also want to allow their employees to maintain CATS dataagainst projects

HCM, ESS for Concurrent Employment and Global Employee: New central functionality in SAPEmployee Self-Service that enables personnel concurrently employed to maintain HR data for morethan one assignment

SAP ERP customers in the public sector and retail for allcountriesCustomers interested in reducing administrative costs byletting employees manage their own informationSAP ERP customers in all industries based near frontiersGlobal customers with a workforce of different nationalitylooking to reduce administrative costs by offering ESS servicesfor the maintenance of foreign residences

HCM, ESS for Personal Information: Additional functionality and usability enhancements for the SAPEmployee Self-Service service address that enables employees to maintain foreign address data

SAP ERP customers in all industriesCustomers based near frontiers or global customers with aninternational workforceCustomers looking to reduce administrative costs by offeringmaintenance of foreign residences

Roles in SAP All-In-One: With this business function, you have roles for small and midsizecompanies in manufacturing industries. The roles contain work lists and list reports and offer users anefficient way to handle their day-to-day business.

Small or midsize company in the manufacturing industry

End-User Service Delivery

© SAP 2007 /

CATS classic: cProjects Details

Benefits

Accelerate and facilitate the process of entering time data (including all relevant cProjects data) for your employees by using the Cross-Application TimeSheet as a single point of entry.

Enable your employees to confirm data in cProjects with CATS classic

End-User Service Delivery > End-User Service Delivery


Business Function

Update cProjects DetailFields from CATS classic

With a pop-up in CATS, the user can update the following cProjects fields: actual start date,actual finish date, planned work, remaining work, percentage of completion, and notes.

Employees

Business Function: CA_CATS_CPR_CORE

© SAP 2007 /

CATS regular: cProjects Details

Benefits

Accelerate and facilitate the process of entering time data (including all relevant cProjects data) for your employees by using the Cross-Application TimeSheet as a single point of entry.

Enable your employees to confirm data in cProjects with CATS regular



Business Function

Update cProjects DetailFields

With a link from within the CATS user interface (UI), the user can update the followingcProjects fields: actual start date, actual finish date, planned work, remaining work, percentageof completion, and notes.

Employees

Business Function: CA_CATS_CPR

© SAP 2007 /

HCM, ESS for Concurrent Employment andGlobal Employee


Single log-on to CE/GEenabled ESS with onePortal User

Reduces administrative effort for user managementIncreases data transparency for multiple personnel assignments

Employee

Manage simultaneouslyall aspects of severalpersonnel assignment

Employees can maintain their own dataEnterprises keep consistent individual assignments through one serviceEmployees can maintain data per personnel assignment such as to record work timeEmployees can maintain inactive personnel assignmentsEmployees can access combined data through one service such as payroll informationEmployees can access various service offerings per personnel assignmentSimple recognition whether one single service has been launched for one personnelassignment

Concurrently employed as wellas global employees

BenefitsPromotes well-informed employee decisionsEliminates routine, time-consuming, and expensive administrative tasksReduces administrative effort for user managementEnsures accurate employee recordsSaves time and resource for strategic HR initiativesGuarantees a higher ROIOptimizes Business process across SAP Shared Services and BPOOffers more precise and efficient personnel assignments

Enhance SAP Employee Self-Service with Concurrent Employment and Global EmployeeFunctionality


Business Function: HCM_ESS_CE

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Single log-on to CE/GE enabled ESSwith one Portal User

Business ValueIncreases data transparency

Increases data transparency for multiple personnel assignments

Customer business challengesLack of access to all aspects of multiple personnelassignments via single log-on with one portal user

Delivered by Business Function HCM_ESS_CE

CE/GE enabled EmployeeSelf-Services

PersonnelAdministration*

* Improvements

Employee Process: All HCM business processesExample: Administering Employee HR Data

End-User Service Delivery > End-User Service Delivery > HCM, ESS for Concurrent Employment and Global Employee

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Manage simultaneously all aspects ofseveral personnel assignment

Business ValueEliminates double data entryIncreases data accuracyOptimizes all aspects of personnel assignmentsReduces administrative effortSaves time and resources for strategic HR initiatives

Employees can maintain their own dataEmployees can maintain data per personnel assignment such as to record work timeEmployees can maintain inactive personnel assignmentsEmployees can access combined data through one service such as payroll informationEmployees can access various service offerings per personnel assignmentSimple recognition whether one single service has been launched for one personnel assignment

Customer business challengesIncreased data maintenance effort for HR administrators inmultiple personnel assignments

Delivered by Business Function HCM_ESS_CE

CE/GE enabled EmployeeSelf-Services


* Improvements

Process: All HCM business processesExample: Administering Employee HR Data

Employee

End-User Service Delivery > End-User Service Delivery > HCM, ESS for Concurrent Employment and Global Employee

© SAP 2007 /

HCM, ESS for Personal Information


Enable employees tomaintain foreign addressdata in ESS

Enhances all current localized address scenariosAllows employees to maintain their foreign addressesOffers a new international address scenario based on an international address screenHelps employees maintain foreign addresses in countries where prior application did notsupport a localized solution

Employees with foreignaddresses

Customizingenhancement forPersonal InformationOverview screen

Enhances use-case customizing for SAP Employee Self-Service personal informationscreensCustomers can decide which data to allow as retroactive and on future data maintenanceEnhances customizing for Bizcard (brief data summary) on personal information overviewscreensEnables customers to set-up the fields they would like to display on Bizcard according totheir business processes

Employees

Enhancement of ESSPersonal informationscreens for US andGermany

Enhances screen views for all US and DE specific personal information scenariosIncludes additional country-specific fields for customers to view by using the SAPNetWeaver personalization tool

Employees

BenefitsPromotes well-informed employee decisionsEliminates routine, time-consuming, and expensive administrative tasksSaves time and resources for strategic HR initiativesKeeps accurate employee recordsGuarantees a higher ROI

Add Foreign Address Functionality to SAP Employee Self-Service


Business Function: HCM_ESS_CI_1

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Enable employees to maintain foreignaddress data in ESS

Business ValuePromotes well-informed employee decisionsEliminates routine, time-consuming, and expensiveadministrative tasksSaves time and resources for strategic HR initiativesKeeps accurate employee recordsGuarantees a higher ROI

Enhances all current localized address scenariosAllows employees to maintain their foreign addressesOffers a new international address scenario based on an international address screenHelps employees maintain foreign addresses in countries where no localized address services issupported

Customer business challengesIncreased data maintenance effort for HR administratorsto maintain foreign addresses for employeesEmployees cannot maintain their foreign addresses bythemselves

Delivered by Business Function HCM_ESS_CI_1

EmployeeSelf-Services


* Improvements

Process: Administering Employee HR DataEmployee

End-User Service Delivery > End-User Service Delivery > HCM, ESS for Personal Information

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Customizing enhancement forPersonal Information Overview screen

Business ValuePromotes well-informed employee decisionsEliminates routine, time-consuming, and expensiveadministrative tasksSaves time and resources for strategic HR initiativesKeeps accurate employee recordsGuarantees a higher ROI

Enhances use-case customizing for SAP Employee Self-Service personal information screensCustomers can decide which data to allow as retroactive and on future data maintenanceEnhances customizing for Business card (brief data summary) on personal information overview screensEnables customers to set-up the fields they would like to display on Business card according to theirbusiness processes

Customer business challengesDo not have flexible customizing in SAP Employee Self-Service to adapt personal information screens according totheir business needs




* Improvements



© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Enhancement of ESS Personalinformation screens for US and Germany

Business ValueReduces administrative tasks for maintenance of additionalcountry-specific HR dataPromotes accurate employee records

Enhances screen views for all US and DE specific personal information scenariosIncludes additional country-specific fields for customers to view by using the SAP NetWeaverpersonalization tool

Customer business challengesCannot add and remove fields on SAP Employee Self-Service personal information scenariosNeed to make modifications for screen adaptations




* Improvements



© SAP 2007 /

Roles in SAP All-In-One


Roles in SAP All-in-One The business function contains objects that allow for simplified access to existing ERPfunctionality:

1. Roles maintained in the profile generator (transaction PFCG). The roles offer accessto functions and processes in financials, controlling, materials management,production planning, and sales and distribution. Technically, each area can includemultiple roles with different authorizations (for professional users, power users, andmanagers).

2. Work lists in the form of POWER lists in SAP ERP: POWER lists are based on theWeb Dynpro development environment. POWER is an acronym for personal objectwork entity repository. POWER lists display objects that are assigned to a user in arole. The user can execute different tasks for each object in the list.

3. Reports that are created with POWER list technology: The reports usually simplernavigation to further objects than work lists do.

Target group is small andmidsize companies in themanufacturing industry.

Benefits

With this business function, users in small and midsize companies have a modern user interface that allows more efficient processing of daily tasks inaccounting, controlling, materials management, production planning, and sales and distribution.

Roles in SAP All-in-One and POWER lists that offer a modern user interface to process dailytasks more efficiently.


Business Function: /KYK/GEN_AIO_SIMPLIFICATION

© SAP 2007 /

Navigation Index

1. ERP Core2. Industries

1.1 Travel & Transportation1.2 Retail1.3 Wholesale Distribution1.4 Consumer Products1.5 Insurance1.6 Professional Services1.7 Defense & Security1.8 Healthcare1.9 Higher Education & Research1.10 Oil and Gas1.11 Public Sector1.12 Media

© SAP 2007 /

Travel & TransportationBusiness Functions


FFFC for Prod. Data Replication: Integration of FormFitFunctionClass into the framework for product data replication Defense customers who use form fit andfunction class functionality to supporttheir processes

working in a deployed system landscape

Material Exchange Using SCM:Handles the components of a plant maintenance order with rules-based ATP in SAP SCM: Advice code canautomatically be entered in case of material exchange and for technical configuration check, material interchangeabilityinformation maintained in SCM can be used - among other features

SAP ERP customers in all industries whoprocess plant maintenance orders: with astrong need of rules-based ATP in SCMand complex material exchangerequirements

SAP ERP customers in all industries withMRO processes

Defense and Public Security customersand DIMP customers with MRO processesfor complex technical objects

Material Exchange with ATP Check:Allows the exchange of interchangeable MPN materials with ATP check in the following cases/transactions:purchase order, purchase requisition, request for quotation, quotation, equipment installation, configuration controlworkbench, goods movement, MIGO, SD order, PM order, PP order, and PS order.

Customers in asset-intensive industries(airline MRO, for example) who need tomanage inventory, based on manufacturerinformation. They also identify their partsuniquely and regulate the use ofinterchangeable parts in their partscatalogs.

Industries > Travel & Transportation

© SAP 2007 /

Travel and TransportationES Bundles

Description

ES Bundle: Compliance-Relevant Data Exchange (Elogbook):Facilitates the integration of electronic flight bags (EFB) on board aircraft cockpits with the logbook functionality of SAP for Aerospace & Defense

Provides an official repository of all electronic messages between the logbook and the EFB.


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Compliance-Relevant Data Exchange(Elogbook)

Business valueSave costs with a standard interface that supportsindustry standardsImprove efficiency by providing automated, near-real-time, and seamless integration between EFBand ElogbookFlexibility to support custom and OEM- specificrequirements and future changes to industrystandardsNear-real-time reliability reporting

Facilitates the integration of electronic flight bags (EFB) on board aircraft cockpits with the logbookfunctionality of SAP for Aerospace & DefenseProvides an official repository of all electronic messages between the logbook and the EFB.

Use casesCapture flight logCapture flight delayCapture defectsLine maintenance process defects

Capturesflight log

Capturesdefects

Pilot

Certifiesthe job

Line maintenancetechnician

Defersdefect

Replacesline

replaceable unit

Line maintenanceengineerPilot

Line maintenancetechnician

SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0Back-endsystem

Industries > Travel & Transportation > Travel and Transportation ES Bundles

© SAP 2007 /

FFFC for Prod. Data Replication

BenefitsFacilitates synchronization and replication of data in deployed ERP landscapesOffers on-key functionality in SAP for Aerospace & Defense industry solutionsOptimizes additional data for aircraft maintenance

Streamline Integration of Maintenance Repair and Overhaul (MRO) Data in the DefenseFramework for Data Replication


Business Function

FFFC for product datareplication

PDR framework easily replicates data in the deployed system landscape -- Functionalityincludes Form Fit and Function classes -- Ensures distribution of all material numbers in anFFFC are relevant in deployed ERP system

SAP ERP customers in thedefense industry with SAP forAerospace and Defensefunctionality


Business Function: DFPS_MRO_PDR

© SAP 2007 /

Material Exchange Using SCM


Check components of aPM order againstequipment configuration

Can check components of plant maintenance orders (e.g. if they are allowed to use orallowed to install superior equipment)Evaluates material interchangeability data maintained in SAP ERP or SAP SCM

Material planners

Automatic advice codeentry for the reservationof a component of a PMorder

When reserving a component of a PM order, an advice code can automatically be enteredafter rules-based ATP (when accepting the ATP results, caused a material exchange in thecomponent record).

Material Planning; PM OrderPlanning

SCM maintained I&S dataused in configurationcheck and partsinstallation

The configuration check in the CCM2 transaction and the permissibility check during partsinstallation in IE4N evaluates the parts interchangeability data maintained in SAP SCM.

Engineering

Rules-based ATP in SAPSCM for availabilitycheck of components ofa PM order

A rules-based ATP check can be performed for a component of a PM order.The proposal results of the RBA can be taken into the component list.In case of material exchange or location substitution, new component records are enteredand the original component record is eventually removed.

Material Planning, PM OrderPlanning

BenefitsProvides powerful rules-based ATP check in SAP SCM for components in plant maintenanceImproves order processing with early technical permissibility check of components during updateSupplies global ATP and technical permissibility check in PM order: IE4N and CCM2 can work with identical I&S data maintained in SAP SCMSustains powerful I&S functionality using master data and rules evaluationCan be used for the modeling of complex technical interchangeability data

Streamline Plant Maintenance in SAP ERP with Rules-Based ATP in SAP SCM


Business Function: AD_MPN_SCM

© SAP 2007 /

Material Exchange Using SCMImprovements of Existing Features


Business Function

Material exchange usingSAP SCM maintained I&Sdata in MIGO

The material exchange function in MIGO uses material interchangeability data maintained inSAP SCM. It is thus available for posting goods issue for orders, for stock transport orders,for reservations, and for posting goods receipts for purchase orders -- but not for stocktransport orders.

Warehouseman

SCM maintained I&S dataused in configurationcheck and partsinstallation

The configuration check in the CCM2 transaction and the permissibility check during partsinstallation in IE4N evaluates the parts interchangeability data maintained in SAP SCM.

Engineering

Rules-based ATP in SAPSCM for availabilitycheck of components ofa PM order

A rules-based ATP check can be performed for a component of a PM order.The proposal results of the RBA can be taken into the component list.In case of material exchange or location substitution, new component records are enteredand the original component record is eventually removed.

Material Planning, PM OrderPlanning

Material exchange usingSAP SCM maintained I&Sdata in MIGO

The material exchange function in MIGO uses material interchangeability data maintained inSAP SCM. It is thus available for posting goods issue for orders, for stock transport orders,for reservations, and for posting goods receipts for purchase orders -- but not for stocktransport orders.

Warehouseman


© SAP 2007 /

PM Order creation Material Componentcreation

Availability Checkof material

Managing Missing partslist

PM Planning Mat Planning

Feature: Check components of a PM orderagainst equipment configuration

Business ValueEnhances spare-parts management in plant maintenance ordersHelps material planners check the correctness of componentsmaintained in PM orders

Components of plant maintenance orders are checked against an allowed configuration ( i.e. MPLstructure) of the reference equipment of an PM order.The check against an allowed configuration evaluates interchangeability data of the material in the PMorder component. These interchangeability data can available in SAP ERP or in SAP SCM.

Customer business challengesThe wrong spare parts can be entered in the component list ofa plant maintenance order

Delivered by Business Function AD_MPN_SCM

** Improvements

Scenario: Component Maintenance

Industries > Travel & Transportation > Material Exchange Using SCM

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Automatic advice code entry for thereservation of a component of a PM order

Business ValueProvides automatic advice code entry for the reservation of acomponent after material exchange, thus avoiding furthermaterial exchanges and processing

When reserving a component of a PM order, an advice code can automatically be entered after rules-based ATP. The advice code is entered into the material reservation after accepting the ATP results,caused a material exchange in the component record. The advice codes determination depends on the PMorder priority and Pm order type.

Customer business challengesDo not have automatic advice code entry for the reservation ofa component of a PM order, so further material exchangescannot be avoided


** Improvements

*PM Order creation Material Componentcreation

Availability Check ofmaterial



Scenario: Component Maintenance


© SAP 2007 /

PM order completionUpdate actual

configuration of thetechnical object

Check against allowedconfiguration

Engineering

Feature: SCM maintained I&S data used inconfiguration check and parts installation

Business ValueEnables customers who use the SAP SCM gATP and/orRules-based ATP check with evaluation of interchangeabilitydata (I&S data) in SAP SCM to use these interchangeabilitydata in configuration and permissibility checkAllows customers use of identical I&S data maintained inSAP SCM

The configuration check in the CCM2 transaction and the permissibility check during parts installation inIE4N evaluates the parts interchangeability data maintained in SAP SCM. Interchangeability dataevaluation in SAP SCM, can be performed based on master data defined in SCM ( FFF-Classes,Supersession chains and so on) and / or based on rules defined in SAP SCM. With rules in SCM aninstallation point specific interchangeability functionality is possible.

Customer business challengesInterchangeability data used for rules-based ATP are notused for configuration check and permission checkNo integrated use of the same I&S master data forlogistical and technical process steps


** Improvements

*Scenario: Component Maintenance


© SAP 2007 /

PM Order creation Material Componentcreation

Availability Check ofmaterial



Feature: Rules-based ATP in SAP SCM foravailability check of components of a PM order

Business ValueAllows use of the SAP SCM gATP and/or Rules-based ATPcheck for PM-OrdersEnables complete functionality & features forinterchangeability and supersession in SAP SCM

A rules-based ATP (RBA) check in SCM can be performed for a component of a PM order.The proposal results of the RBA can be taken into the component list.In case of material exchange or location substitution, new component records are entered and the originalcomponent record is eventually removed.

Customer business challengesCannot do gATP and/or the Rules-based ATP check ofSAP SCM processesCan only obtain material interchangeability information byevaluating SAP ERP data


** Improvements

*Scenario: Component Maintenance


© SAP 2007 /

Material Exchange with ATP Check

Benefits

Optimizes the exchange of interchangeable MPN materials with ATP check in the following cases/transactions: purchase order, purchase requisition,request for quotation, quotation, equipment installation, configuration control workbench, goods movement, MIGO, SD order, PM order, PP order, and PSorder.

Optimize Material Exchange with ATP Check



Business FunctionUniqueness of MPN-MRPSets

If two FFF classes are merged, and they both contain MPN-MRP sets with the same name,an error message is displayed.

Master data team / purchasing

Material exchange in POwith reference to aContract

A PO-item (Purchase Order Item) is created with reference to a contract. If materialexchange is carried out, and the sub items do not refer to the original contract anymore, amessage is displayed to warn users that the original contract is not being referred to andupdated anymore. The message is of the type: (Error, Warning, Information) and iscustomizable.

Purchasing team

'BADI_ADPIC_IC_MATS -for additionalinterchangeable material

It defines materials as interchangeable if they do not belong to an FFF class, a supersession chain, or a restricted interchangeability relationship. This is realized through theuse of a BAdI and, when implemented, additional materials are defined as interchangeablein the implementation. It also checks whether those materials are being consideredthroughout the interchangeability process.

Purchasing, master data andinventory / warehousing -teams.

Material exchange in PMorders by ATP-Check

Maintenance orders allow exchange of interchangeable MPN materialsA screen shows those materials and triggers material exchangeUser selects material due and fills in quantity until status is set

New component items appear for the selected materials

technicians, planners

Material exchange in PPorders by ATP Check

PP orders allow exchange of interchangeable MPN materialsA screen shows those materials and triggers material exchangeUser selects material due and fills in quantity until status is set


Technicians, planners

Material exchange in PSorders

PS orders allow exchange of interchangeable MPN materialsA screen shows those materials and triggers material exchangeUser selects material due and fills in quantity until status is set


Technicians, planners;

Business Function: AD_MRO_CI_2

© SAP 2007 /

Material Exchange with ATP CheckImprovements of Existing Features

Improvements ofexisting Features Description Target Users for this

Business Function

Material exchange inMIGO - Generic GoodsIssue

The functionality of goods issue posting has been enhanced to allow the exchange ofinterchangeable MPN materials -- for example, when referring to a PM order, STO, PP order,manually created reservation, and so on.

Warehousing

Archiving of documentswith a MPN link

Functionality has been enhanced to prevent the archiving of documents still assigned to arestricted interchangeability relationship.

Master data team

Archiving of FFF classes Functionality has been enhanced to prevent the archiving of FFF classes with membersstill assigned.

Master data team

Archiving ofinterchangeablematerials

Functionality has been enhanced to prevent the archiving of interchangeable materials inan FFF class, restricted interchangeability relationship, or a super session chain.

Master data team


© SAP 2007 /

Navigation Index



© SAP 2007 /

RetailBusiness Functions


Retail, Cross-Docking Interface: Cross-docking interface to external, non-SAP warehouse management systems Retail customers who want to connect SAP ERP to anexternal, non-SAP warehouse management system.Customers already using an existing interface toexternal, non-SAP warehouse management systems

Retail, Global Data Synchronization: Enhancements to global data synchronization Customers who want to connect to data pools andcustomers who already use PRICAT functionality inSAP ERP 6.0

Retail, In-Store Food Production: Services for integration of in-store food production solution (partner) Grocery and convenience stores that produce foodproducts (sandwiches and similar products) in theirstores

Retail, Method of Accounting: Retail method of accounting: EA-RETAIL and SAP NetWeaver BI development Customers using this special inventory accountingmethod in the Americas and APA, where it legallyallowed.

Retail, SAP Merchandise and Assortment Planning Interface: Receiving planning data on article/color/sizelevel in SAP ERP, Purchasing List; enhancements of purchasing list

Fashion companies or specialty retailers that definethe product characteristics as part of their planningprocess before creation in SAP ERP and that want tointegrate their assortment plan into SAP ERP with thepurchasing list.

Retail, Store and Multichannel 2: Product lookup within the customer order management process with retail store Customers who are interested in supporting customerorder management business process in stores.

Retailers with customer order management at thestore level and at the service desk.

Industries > Retail

Value Proposition

Better integration for retail customers in various areas, which improves efficiency and lowers the total cost of ownership (TCO). Usability is enhanced – especially for storeusers. Functional gaps are closed to serve the American and Asia-Pacific markets better. Collaboration with external parties is improved by the enhancements of global datasynchronization functionality.

© SAP 2007 /

RetailES Bundles

Description

ES Bundle: Integration of SAP Merchandise and Assortment Planning:Extends integration between SAP Merchandise and Assortment Planning and SAP ERP to the level of style, color, and size (SKU). This extension enables style-levelassortment planning processes to be completed in SAP Merchandise and Assortment Planning and sending the results to operational assortment planning and control(OAPC functionality within SAP ERP) for subsequent creation of allocations and purchasing lists.

In conjunction with the development of the placeholder style, the functionality gives retail buyers and planners an ability to assort ranges to store clusters iteratively throughthe planning cycle and create approved articles in SAP ERP only at the point of approval.

ES Bundle: Integration of Store Fresh Item Management:Store fresh item management (FIM) offers comprehensive management of all fresh department data and the tools to improve productivity, reduce shrink, and increaseprofitability.

Store FIM provides scale management and management of fresh department inventory, including perpetual inventory, markdown and shrink management tools, itemforecasting and replenishment, recipe management, in-store production planning, and support for meat cutting.

ES Bundle: Planning Shelf-Optimization Integration:Provides integration of SAP Merchandise Assortment Planning with a third-party shelf-optimization program (SOP):

SAP export – depending on the scenario, a shelf optimization system needs the assigned articles with master data and movement data for the corresponding shelf (=planogram = assortment version). Based on this information, the program can optimize the required space per article and use valuable selling space most efficiently byavoiding overstocks and out-of-stocks.

SAP import – the optimized planogram (possibly including changes in the assignment of articles made because of space constraints) with the placement parameters perarticle is sent back to SAP Merchandise and Assortment Planning to be confirmed and communicated to the operational merchandise management system, where thevaluable information can be used in follow-up processes like replenishment.

Industries > Retail

© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Integration of SAP Merchandise andAssortment Planning

Business valueEnables interactive and iterative assortment planningconcurrently with product selection and departmentalplanningCloses the gap between departmental planning, rangeselection, and executionReduces duplication and new product data setup cycletime

Extends integration between SAP Merchandise and Assortment Planning and SAP ERP to the level of style, color, and size(SKU). This extension enables style-level assortment planning processes to be completed in SAP Merchandise andAssortment Planning and sending the results to operational assortment planning and control (OAPC functionality within SAPERP) for subsequent creation of allocations and purchasing lists.In conjunction with the development of the placeholder style, the functionality gives retail buyers and planners an ability toassort ranges to store clusters iteratively through the planning cycle and create approved articles in SAP ERP only at thepoint of approval.

Use casesAssortment approval triggers the release of master andattribute data assigned to the articles within the assortmentprocess of SAP Merchandise and Assortment Planning toSAP ERP to create purchasing lists.The released data assortment plan contains sufficient data tocreate prepacks with OAPC functionalityPurchase list creation respects the delivery dates defined inthe approved assortment plan

Creates anddevelopsproduct

Selectsproduct

Designer

Assignproductsto clusters

Planner

Releasesassortment

Developsseasonal plans

and clustersstores

PlannerBuyer Buyer and planner

Back-endsystem

SAP Merchandise andAssortment Planning






OAPC(aka seasonal

purchasemanagement)



Planner

Industries > Retail > ES Bundle

© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Integration of Store Fresh ItemManagement

Business valueThe combined business package will address and solvecritical challenges of FIM in the retail market:

Reduction of shrink, the ability to track waste, scalemanagement, recipe management, production planning,inventory management, ordering management, andperformance analytics

Solving the challenges will improve and optimize:Sales marginsInventory costsTotal bottom-line profitability

Store fresh item management (FIM) offers comprehensive management of all fresh department data andthe tools to improve productivity, reduce shrink, and increase profitability.Store FIM provides scale management and management of fresh department inventory, including perpetualinventory, markdown and shrink management tools, item forecasting and replenishment, recipemanagement, in-store production planning, and support for meat cutting.

Use casesTarget customers: grocery stores and convenience stores withfood productionIntegration of third-party FIM providers to manage the full lifecycle of all fresh items in a store (including ingredients andprimals) across all fresh departments from time of receipt ofingredients and primals, to construction to recipe, and todeconstruction to cutting schema

Receives,checks, anddistributes

Cutting,processing,and baking

Backroom worker

Packs, weights,and

labels products

Butcher and baker Employee on sales floor


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Planning Shelf-Optimization Integration

Business valueSending assigned articles to be optimized by shelf-space partners enables the best possible use ofshelf space to maximize sales and profits.Assortments are not over-skued when checkedagainst capacity constraints, which results in betterinventory controls.Optimizes assortment-to-shelf results byaddressing the retailer’s strategic assortment goalswhile responding to floor and shelf space realities.

Provides integration of SAP Merchandise Assortment Planning with a third-party shelf-optimization program (SOP):SAP export – depending on the scenario, a shelf optimization system needs the assigned articles with master data andmovement data for the corresponding shelf (= planogram = assortment version). Based on this information, the programcan optimize the required space per article and use valuable selling space most efficiently by avoiding overstocks andout-of-stocks.SAP import – the optimized planogram (possibly including changes in the assignment of articles made because of spaceconstraints) with the placement parameters per article is sent back to SAP Merchandise and Assortment Planning to beconfirmed and communicated to the operational merchandise management system, where the valuable information can beused in follow-up processes like replenishment.

Use casesThe assortment planner can start the data request for SOPfrom SAP Merchandise and Assortment Planning using therelease workbenchThe assortment planner can also start the data request directlyfrom SOPThe space planner can change the used space of theassortmentFrom SOP, the space planner can update the optimizedplanogram (assortment version) in SAP Merchandise andAssortment Planning accordinglyThe space planner can create a new assortment version out ofSOP when necessary

Assortment planner Category managerAssortment planner Space planner Category manager

Defines assortmentversion and

assigns articles

Releasesassortment

versionApproves

assortment versionReleases planto SAP ERP

Optimizes spaceand releasesplanogram

SOP


© SAP 2007 /

Retail, Cross-Docking Interface

Benefits

Supports the merchandise distribution process in case the logistic execution system from SAP or a non-SAP warehouse management system is deployedin a decentralized scenario.

Cross-docking interface to external, non-SAP warehouse management systems

Industries > Retail


Business Function

Cross-Docking Interfaceto External, Non-SAPWarehouse ManagementSystem

Extends the existing interface to external, non-SAP warehouse management systems basedon BAPI and IDoc technology to support the retail-specific cross-docking process.

Warehouse manager andsystem administrator

Business Function: ISR_RET_CROSS_DOCK_IF

© SAP 2007 /

Retail, Global Data Synchronization


Sample Implementationof Data Pool

Complete GDSN item synchronization is supported for entire message orchestration.The GDS functionality is available for the Agentrics data pool as a sample implementation.Subscription and notification functionality of GDS message orchestration are adjusted.

System administrator

BenefitsEvolution from PRICAT functionality to a full global data synchronization (GDS) solutionFull support of the entire message orchestration of GDS (subscription, notification, and confirmation)Sample implementation for Agentrics data poolRule engine (VE processor) provides flexibility in validation, mapping, and enrichmentAdjustment of data import is flexible and can be adjusted more easily with deployment of the rule engine (VE processor)Master data can be transferred manually and automatically because the user defines itNew selection screen gives better visibility into imported data and an option to select which data should be edited

Master data import enhancements, including a sample implementation of GDS

Industries > Retail


Business Function

New Selection Screen forPrice Catalog

The path to the maintenance screen is now reduced from three to two screens.New entry transaction: w_sync. This transaction works in parallel with thew_pricat_maintain (old) transaction.The selection screen includes selection possibilities on top, a folder structure at the lowerleft, and the details of the selected catalog at the lower right.The maintenance groups can be assigned and changed more flexibly..

Category manager andpurchasing manager

Enhancements RuleEngine

Rule engine (EV processor) has an enhanced refactoring function.Rule engine (EV processor) is enhanced with a work-list function.A service is provided to retrieve the usage list for each element.

System Administrator

Business Function: ISR_RETAIL_GDS

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Full GDS Support for Retail includingSample Implementation of a Data Pool

Business ValueGood visibility of the entire process.Efficient starting point for a GDS strategy.Detailed business content for the integration of a GDSN-certified data pool.

Complete GDSN item synchronization is supported for entire message orchestration.The GDS functionality is available for the Agentrics data pool as a sample implementation.Subscription and notification functionality of GDS message orchestration are adjusted.Predelivered rules in VE-Processor (Validation and Enrichment Processor).New User Interface for the data selection including also Workflow capabilities.

Customer business challengesReduces the complexity of participating in the GDSNetwork.Tight integration between GDS message-handling andmapping and updating back-end master data.

Delivered by Business Function ISR_RETAIL_GDS

Subscribe to datapool and objects

Receive Notificationmessage and read related

product

Build of work itemand enrich data*

* Improvements

Save and sendof Confirmation message*

AR clerk Scenario: Item Management (ISR00)(EHP3)

*

Industries > Retail > Retail, Global Data Synchronization

© SAP 2007 /

Retail, In-Store Food Production


Services for Integrationof a Partner Solution forIn-Store Food Production

Store fresh item management (FIM) offers comprehensive management of a freshdepartment's data and tools to improve productivity, reduce shrink, and increaseprofitability. Store FIM provides scale management, management of fresh departmentinventory (including perpetual inventory), shrink management tools, item forecasting andreplenishment, recipe management, in-store production planning, support for meat cutting,and markdown management.

Store managers and employees

Benefits

Store fresh item management manages the full life cycle of all fresh items in a store (including ingredients and primals) across all fresh departments (meat,seafood, deli, bakery, produce, food service, grocery, and floral) from time of receipt of ingredients and primals to construction, recipe or deconstruction,and cutting schema.

Integration of a store fresh item management solution to support and optimize in-store freshitem processes, such as in-store production

Industries > Retail

Business Function: ISR_RETAIL_INSTORE_FPD

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Services for Integration of a PartnerSolution for In-Store Food Production

Business ValueSolving the store fresh item management challenges improvesand optimizes: sales margins, inventory costs, and total bottom-line profitability

Store fresh item management (FIM) offers comprehensive management of a fresh department's data andtools to improve productivity, reduce shrink, and increase profitabilityStore FIM provides scale management, management of fresh department inventory, shrink managementtools, item forecasting and replenishment, recipe management, in-store production planning, support formeat cutting, and markdown management.

Customer business challengesThe FIM feature addresses and solves critical pain points ofstore fresh item management in the retail market: reduction ofshrink, ability to track waste, scale management, recipemanagement, production planning, inventory management,ordering management, and performance analytics.

Delivered by Business Function ISR_RETAIL_INSTORE_FPD

Scenario: In-Store Merchandise andInventory Management

Packs, Weights &Labels Products Customer Checkout

Receives,Checks &

Distributes

Cutting, Processing,Backing: According

to Recipe & Prod-Plan

BackroomWorker

ButcherBacker

Employee atSales Flooror at Scale

Employee atPOS

Industries > Retail > Retail, In-Store Food Production

© SAP 2007 /

Retail, Method of Accounting

Benefits

Many retailers are familiar with RMA and want to keep it because of perceived advantages, tradition, and merchant familiarity. RMA valuation is consideredmore conservative (than CMA) because markdowns reduce stock value when they are posted. The focus of RMA is to manage the category or departmentmargin because focusing on individual items can be challenging for retailers with large assortments and many stores. It smoothes margins over a seasonor period and avoids negative margins.

The retail method of accounting (RMA) is an inventory valuation method used by retailers tocalculate margin and financial inventory values


Valuation and Collectionof Retail Price Changes

The system collects and valuates all relevant, in-scope inventory-related transactionsthroughout the defined period by type with key information. Key price-change transactiontypes are: markups, markup cancellations; markdowns (permanent, promotional, and POS);and markdown cancellations. The reference point is the original price when the item isintroduced.How pricing transactions are classified in these four types affects key ratios for cumulativemargin and markup percentage and gross margin percentage. In RMA, the cumulativemargin and markup percentage is used to back into ending inventory and COGS at the endof the period.

Users creating transactionsthat feed the RMA stock ledger(merchant, buyer, andassistant) and using themerchandise manager andcategory manager reports

Initial Setup of Inventory The new report ensures that all the tasks that the SAP Legacy System Migration Workbenchtool cannot cover are actually performed to provide a consistent and complete data transfer.A new report to import the original retail price from a legacy system into the SAP softwarewith a data file is provided. The main functionality of this report is to read the data form thefile, carry out validity checks, and store the data in table WRF_ORGPRICE.

RMA administrator andadministrators who generallymanage data transfers and theRMA process from amaintenance and technicalperspective.

Post RMA CalculationResults to GeneralLedger

RMA calculation results are posted via agency business documents directly into the G/Lending inventory at cost and cost of goods sold. Other related FI accounts reflect theresults of the RMA calculation in SAP NetWeaver BI.The location is the lowest level for posting to G/L accounts. The profit center concept issupported for this level.Postings to financials can be carried out at the company code, distribution chain, and sitelevel. The system monitors to ensure that postings are made successfully and alerts usersof failure.Postings to the G/L can be displayed at the company code, distribution chain, site, andvaluation level for a selected period. Double posting or counting is prohibited. Postings canbe reversed and reprocessed.

Accounting clerks andaccountants who perform andcheck the end-of-period closingprocess, including postings tothe G/L, and who use G/Lreporting.

Industries > Retail

Business Function: ISR_RETAIL_RMA

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Valuation and Collection of RetailPrice Changes

Business ValueThe collection of price changes into buckets and the usage forcalculation of RMA values smoothes out margins over a seasonor period. For financials, involvement of price changes effect amore conservative and lower valuation of stock.

The system collects and values inventory-related transactions throughout the defined period by type withkey information. Key price-change transaction types are: markups, markup cancellations; markdowns(permanent, promotional, and POS); and markdown cancellations. The reference point is the original pricewhen the item is introduced.How pricing transactions are classified in these four types affects the cost complement and markuppercentage and gross margin percentage. In RMA, the cumulative margin and markup percentage is usedto back into ending inventory and COGS at the end of the period.

Customer business challengesBeing able to store the original price as well as valuation andcollection of retail price changes is an important factor forcalculation of the cost complement, COGS, and endinginventory.

Delivered by Business Function ISR_RETAIL_RMA

Valuation and collectionof

price changes

Valuation andcollection of Receiptsand Vendor Returns

Valuation and Collectionof

Stock Transfers

* Improvement of all process steps

Merchants Scenario: Chain Wide InventoryManagement (EHP3)

Valuation and Collectionof Sales and Customer

Returns (SD + POS)

Valuation and Collectionof Adjustments

Buyers Assistants

Industries > Retail > Retail, Method of Accounting

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Initial Setup of Inventory

Business ValueThe system can now import all relevant data for switching from alegacy system to SAP software to use the new RMA.functionality, no matter what level was used for valuation in thelegacy system. MBEW can be filled automatically even whenthere is no item cost value in the legacy system.

The new report ensures that all the tasks that the SAP Legacy System Migration Workbench tool cannotcover are actually performed to provide a consistent and complete data transfer.A new report to import the original retail price from a legacy system into the SAP software with a data file isprovided. The main functionality of this report is to read the data form the file, carry out validity checks, andstore the data in table WRF_ORGPRICE.

Customer business challengesRetailers moving from a legacy system to SAP softwaremust be able to introduce their RMA starting inventory intoSAP software and import the current and the original retailprice.In certain cases, stock must be calculated for endinginventory at cost (item level) for the SAP software from thelegacy system's valuation level (example: department).The SAP Legacy System Migration Workbench (LSMW) toolcannot be used for all these tasks, including an import of theoriginal retail price.


Introduce RMAbeginning Inventory

Import originalRetail Price *

* Improvements

RMAAdministrators Scenario: Chain Wide Inventory

Management (EHP3)

Import currentRetail Price

Administrators


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Post RMA Calculation Results toGeneral Ledger

Business ValueRMA is considered a more conservative valuation(markdowns show an affect on valuation).Compliant with U.S. GAAP.Accounting clerk doesn’t have to switch systems to seestock values.Advantages of RMA can be derived (tracking andcalculating inventory information that drives margins,reporting, buying, pricing, and other merchandisingdecisions) with or without posting to the G/L.

RMA calculation results are posted via agency business documents directly into the G/L ending inventory at cost and cost ofgoods sold. Other related FI accounts reflect the results of the RMA calculation in SAP NetWeaver BI.The location is the lowest level for posting to G/L accounts. The profit center concept is supported for this level.Postings to financials can be carried out at the company code, distribution chain, and site level. The system monitors toensure that postings are made successfully and alerts users of failure.Postings to the G/L can be displayed at the company code, distribution chain, site, and valuation level for a selected period.Double posting or counting is prohibited. Postings can be reversed and reprocessed.

Customer business challengesDisplaying the results of RMA in G/L accounting is animportant precondition to use RMA, but business transactionswere collected and values calculated in SAP NetWeaver BI.The valuation level in the G/L is usually the company code;G/L accounting does not use the store as a valuation level.


Calculate and store RMAresults

Create RMADocuments forposting to GL

Post RMAdocument to GL

* Improvements of all process steps

Accounting Clerks Scenario: Chain Wide InventoryManagement (EHP3)

Accountants


© SAP 2007 /

Retail, SAP Merchandise and AssortmentPlanning Interface

Benefits

Maximize profits and adapt to quickly changing market conditions by using a central planning solution that provides a capability to approach acustomer's planning process from top-down, bottom-up, and unit financial perspectives- end-to-end integration and improved planning process; better process transparency with high data quality and reduced IT costs

Close the gap between planning and execution, including data at the article, color, and sizelevels

Industries > Retail


Business Function

Enhancement ofAssortment PlanInbound Messaging,Purchasing List

Allows purchasing list to receive the assortment plan on an article; article and color; orarticle, color, and size level to start follow-on processesProvides purchasing list with all required master data selections and purchasing list with allnecessary information from Merchandise and Assortment Planning to create prepacksFurther enhancements of purchasing list:Mass confirmation for the release of multiple articles from purchasing list. Ability to addshort text for purchasing list. Option to make the purchasing list item date the goodsreceipt date instead of the presentation date.

Assortment planners andbuyers who complete theassortment plan

Business Function: ISR_RETAIL_MAP_IF

© SAP 2007 /

Retail, Store and Multichannel 2 - EnhancedArticle Search for Sales Orders

Benefits

Support sales and service associates with real-time and current inventory information and available-to-promise information for their own andneighboring stores during critical, customer-facing business processesPrevent loss of sales in out-of-stock situationsAchieve customer satisfaction

Current and real-time inventory information available in a store and across various stores.

Industries > Retail


Business Function

Product Lookup:Customer OrderingProcess at the POS andService Desk

The new function for product lookup can use a TREX search to find and verify a productbased on different search criteria.

Store manager, store employee,and service desk clerk.

Inventory Lookup:Customer OrderingProcess at the POS andService Desk

The COM business process was enhanced with flexible and sophisticated functionality forproduct lookup. This functional enhancement supports starting a COM process with aproduct lookup, or starting a product lookup within the order entry screen. It provides userswith real-time and current inventory information and available-to-promise (ATP) informationfor their own store and for neighboring stores. The inventory information on unrestricteduse is a consolidation of the stock information from SAP ERP with the sales informationfrom SAP POS Data Management.

Store manager, store employee,and service desk clerk

Business Function: ISR_RETAIL_STORE_2

© SAP 2007 /

Navigation Index



© SAP 2007 /

Wholesale DistributionBusiness Functions


Trade, Agency Business 2: New reports: price updates, central bank statements, and agency business Customers who have already implementedagency business

Trade, Commodity Management 2: Commodity management:

Enabling of A2A enterprise SOA for commodity management

Integration of commodity management front office products for ISVs

Integration enhancement for trading contract and expenses

Integration enhancement for trading contract in trading and schedulers workbench (TSW)

Companies that need a commoditymanagement solution

Trade, Compensation Management: Copy of conditions (within condition contract); compensation management Oncology Therapeutics Network

Joint Venture, L.P.

94080 US SOUTH SAN FRANCISCO,CALIFORNIA

488332 Inst. 0020255939

Industries > Wholesale Distribution

Value Proposition

Improvements in agency business and compensation management help improve process optimization. Simplified maintenance helps increase efficiency by avoiding errors.Enhancements in commodity management enable visibility across the enterprise and ensure transparency for optimal portfolio management, which reduces risk, improvesfinancial execution, and enables compliance for all transactions.

© SAP 2007 /

Trade, Agency Business 2Industries > Wholesale Distribution


Automatic DocumentAdjustment for AgencyBusiness Documents

New condition records must be taken into account if condition master records werechanged, created, or deleted after creation of documents.

Any customer who alreadyuses agency business

Mass Handling for SAPNetWeaver BI Upload

The dispatcher implements parallel jobs for SAP NetWeaver BI recompilation for agencydocuments (report RMCENEUB, using transaction OLIABW).

Any customer who usesagency business

Mass Reversal In agency business, mass processing of documents is quite common. The need to scheduleseveral jobs for a mass reversal is evident.


Document to Implementa Central Bank Statement

In enterprises with a decentral organization and multiple subsystems, a collection of allrelevant items for a central bank statement is required. Agency business provides thedocument to collect all positions.

Any customer who usesagency business and othercustomers who benefit from acentral bank statement

Mass Handling of PriceChanges in AgencyBusiness Documents

The pricing data can be changed after the agency business documents are created. In thiscase, reprising is necessary for the entire document.


BenefitsSimplification: facilitates document maintenance (like automatical price changes) and process optimization (like job optimization).

Facilitate handling of large volumes of documents

Business Function: ISR_RET_AGENCY_2

© SAP 2007 /

CreateSettlement

Request list

Feature: Automatic Document Adjustment forAgency Business Documents

Business ValueSimplification through mass maintenance

New condition records must be taken into account if condition master records were changed, created, ordeleted after creation of documents.

Customer business challengesDocuments must be adjusted manually

Delivered by Business Function ISR_RET_AGENCY_2

* Improvements

vendor

Scenario: Pooled Payment

Receive settlementrequest from vendor

SimulateProfit

DisplayAccountingdocument

Create posting listof settlementrequest list

wholesaler wholesaler wholesaler wholesaler

*

Industries > Wholesale Distribution > Trade, Agency Business 2

© SAP 2007 /

CreateSettlement

Request list

vendor


Receivesettlement

request from vendor

SimulateProfit




Feature: Mass Handling for SAP NetWeaver BIUpload

Business ValueProcess optimization

The dispatcher implements parallel jobs for SAP NetWeaver BI recompilation for agency documents(report RMCENEUB, using transaction OLIABW).

Customer business challengesIndividual jobs for SAP NetWeaver BI recompilation andrestricted time slot for recompilation


** Improvements


© SAP 2007 /

CreateSettlement

Request list

vendor


Receivesettlement

request from vendor

SimulateProfit




Feature: Mass Reversal


In agency business, mass processing of documents is quite common. The need to schedule several jobsfor a mass reversal is evident.

Customer business challengesNo dispatcher for reversals was available


** Improvements


© SAP 2007 /

CreateSettlement

Request list

Feature: Document to Implement a CentralBank Statement


In enterprises with a decentral organization and multiple subsystems, a collection of all relevant items for acentral bank statement is required. Agency business provides the document to collect all positions.

Customer business challengesNo central bank statement that combines financial and logisticinformation could be created in decentral subsystems


** Improvements

vendor


Receivesettlement

request from vendor

SimulateProfit





© SAP 2007 /

CreateSettlement

Request list

Feature: Mass Handling of Price Changes inAgency Business Documents

Business ValueSimplification

The pricing data can be changed after the agency business documents are created. In this case, re-pricingis necessary for the entire document.

Customer business challengesChanges to master data often require pricing adjustments toexisting documents to reduce debit or credit memos (claims).


** Improvements

vendor


Receivesettlement

request from vendor

SimulateProfit





© SAP 2007 /

Trade, Commodity Management 2


CommodityManagement: Enablingof A2A Enterprise SOAServices

Streamlines outbound trading-expense messages for capturing actual expense data infront-office trading systemNew synchronous update service

Customers who deal incommodities

CommodityManagement: TriplePoint Technology Inc.,Integration with TSW

Integrates the trading and schedulers workbench (TSW) with the (GTM) trading contractenabling setup of commodity trading scenarios for oil and gas, including Commodity SL of partner Triple PointTechnology

Customers who deal incommodities

BenefitsEnables a fully-integrated, scalable, end-to-end solution for sourcing, selling, trading, and logistics processing of all commoditiesEnsures transparency and control over all aspects of your commoditiesState-of-the art front-office trading delivered by EBS partner Triple Point Technology

Streamline and optimize your commodity trading processes


Business Function: ISR_RET_COMMODITY_2

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Commodity Management: Enabling ofA2A Enterprise SOA Services

Streamlines outbound trading-expense messages for capturing actual expense data in front-office tradingsystemNew synchronous update service

Delivered by Business Function ISR_RET_COMMODITY_2

Business ValueIntegrated trading system into ERP to manage procurement,selling and trading of commodities including commodity riskmanagementWorld class front-office-trading delivered via EBS partnerTriple point TechnologyFull transparency along the supply chainCommodity trading platform as basis for commodityaccounting compliance

Customer Business ChallengesRaising commodity prices and raising fluctuations ofcommodity pricesNo transparency across business processesNo ability to manage risk, compliance, audits, reporting forcorporationCompliance with new accounting standards.Long cycles for transaction reconciliation

Back office

Commodity procurementoffice, Trade

Customer

Mid office

Front office

Executive

*

*

*

CFO, CEO

Treasurer * Improvements

Industries > Wholesale Distribution > Trade, Commodity Management 2

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Commodity Management: Triple PointTechnology Inc., Integration with TSW

Business ValueIntegrated trading system into ERP to manage procurement,selling and trading of commodities including commodity riskmanagementWorld class front-office-trading delivered via EBS partnerTriple point TechnologyFull transparency along the supply chainCommodity trading platform as basis for commodityaccounting compliance

Integrates the trading and schedulers workbench (TSW) with the (GTM) trading contractEnabling setup of commodity trading scenarios for oil and gas, including Commodity SL of partner TriplePoint Technology

Customer Business ChallengesRaising commodity prices and raising fluctuations ofcommodity pricesNo transparency across business processesNo ability to manage risk, compliance, audits, reporting forcorporationCompliance with new accounting standards.Long cycles for transaction reconciliation

Delivered by Business Function ISR_RET_COMMODITY_2

Back office

Commodity procurementoffice, Trade

Customer

Mid office

Front office

Executive

*

*

*

CFO, CEO

Treasurer * Improvements

Industries > Wholesale Distribution > Trade, Commodity Management 2

© SAP 2007 /

Trade, Compensation Management

BenefitsIncreased efficiency in condition contract maintenance. Reduced number of input errors.

Facilitate condition record validity increases with a new copy function.


New Feature Description Target Users for thisBusiness Function

Condition Record CopyWithin ConditionContract

Provide copy function for a condition record within a condition contract Wholesale distributors andother companies that benefitfrom compensationmanagement

Business Function: ISR_RET_COMPENSATION

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Condition Record Copy withinCondition Contract

Business ValueFacilitate maintenance

Provide copy function for condition records within the condition contract.

Customer business challengesValidity of condition record could not be changed

Delivered by Business Function ISR_RET_COMPENSATION

** Improvements

Create ConditionContract

CreateSales Order

Create BillingDocuments

CreateChargeback

Request Collection

Scenario: Chargeback Mgt

wholesaler wholesaler wholesalerwholesaler

Industries > Wholesale Distribution > Trade, Compensation Management

© SAP 2007 /

Navigation Index



© SAP 2007 /

Consumer ProductsBusiness Functions


CWM, Innovations in Logistics & Financials: - More functions in the inventory display report.BAPI for Material Master in CWM is now available.Mass maintenance of Material Master supported.Activity-based GR/IR settlement.Dynamic price release.Revaluation of COGS.

Customers who handle catch-weightmaterials in the meat, dairy, or similarindustries, and who already use IS-CWM.

DSD Process Improvements: It enables recognition and management of stock loaded onto single vehicles, and providesadditional counting and confirmation after vehicle loading in loading confirmation. It also supports improved handling andfurther automation in route accounting.

Consumer products manufacturers who runthe Direct Store Delivery process and havethe need to provide or improve IT support inthis area.

Industries > Consumer Products

Value Proposition

The enhancement package offers additional value and significant process improvements to consumer products companies that:– Must maintain inventory information in two parallel units of measure (examples: meat and cheese industries). The improvements in enhancement package 3 enable

more efficient use of the Catch Weight Management(CWM).– Perform direct store delivery and look for more transparent and better-controlled handling of material throughout the entire process.

© SAP 2007 /

Consumer ProductsES Bundles

Description

ES Bundle: Order to Cash for Fashion:Allows fashion customers to create a role-specific customer fact sheet.

Enables the creation of a lean order-to-cash process with critical material availability check, pricing, and order allocation down to the level of style, color, size, and quality

Target market: fashion customers and partners who use the order-to-cash process for style, color, and size products


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Order to Cash for Fashion

Business valueEnable sales representatives to access customerfact sheets to suit their needsAccuracy of process information down to the style,color, and size level

Example: committed delivery date (availabilityinformation) and pricing

Reduce charge-backsIncrease flexibility

Allows fashion customers to create a role-specific customer fact sheet.Enables the creation of a lean order-to-cash process with critical material availability check, pricing, andorder allocation down to the level of style, color, size, and qualityTarget market: fashion customers and partners who use the order-to-cash process for style, color, and sizeproducts

Use casesEasy and guided procedure-based order creationSimulation of sales order creation for realistic order creationPartner composite application to provide flexibility of third-party order process needed in global supply chainEnd-of-season sale process: creation of sales order forcustomers with assignment of designated stock throughallocation

Sales ordercreation

Sales ordersimulation


Allocation anddelivery

Allocation manager

Billingdocument

Customerfact sheet

Sales managerCustomer service representative


© SAP 2007 /

CWM, Innovations in Logistics & Financials


BAPI for material masterin CWM is now available

A material master within a CWM system can now be maintained by means of a BAPI. Companies with variable weightproducts/materials

IT departments

Mass maintenance ofMaterial Mastersupported

Mass maintenance of Material Master in a CWM system now supports CWM-specificmaterial master fields.

Companies with variable weightproducts/materials

IT departments, MaterialMaster maintenance staff

Dynamic Price Release New price for a material is automatically released with a goods movement during the pricevalidity period of the price.

Companies with variable weightproducts/materials - inventoryaccountant

Revaluation of Costs ofGoods Sold

Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) in FI and CO-PA are revaluated based on a price available ininventory accounting

with criteria such as material or posting date used to select the postings to be revaluated. Thepostings can also be applied to additional accounts in such a way that it does not affect theoriginal postings.

Companies with variable weightproducts/materials - businessanalyst, VP of sales.

Generation of Projectstructures within a salesorder item

It is now possible, in a CWM system, to generate a project structure out of a sales orderitem

depending on the right requirement type. The generated project structure can then be used tocontrol milestones. Any follow-up functions, such as inventory creation or creation of PP-orders,are not enabled.

Companies with variable weightproducts/materials - VP of sales

More functions in theInventory Display Report

Quick branches from inventory display to reservations and other requirementsDisplay of fixed-bin information within inventory display

Companies with variable weightproducts/materials - inventorymanagement

BenefitsVarious innovations for CWM in logistics & financials

Innovation for Industry Solution CWM (Catch Weight Management) in Logistics & Financials


Business Function: /CWM/APPL_INTEGRATION_1

© SAP 2007 /

CWM, Innovations in Logistics & FinancialsImprovements of Existing Features


Business Function

Activity-based GR/IRclearing

GR/IR (Goods Receipt / Invoice Receipt) clearing can be triggered automatically byrespective goods movements or invoice receiptsReduced need to run the GR/IR clearing regularly as a batch reportThe posting date for GR/IR clearing transaction FAIP04 and respective reports for batchruns is now determined based on the documents to be settled, instead of on manual entry.

Companies with variable weightproducts/materials - inventoryaccountant


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: BAPI for material master in CWM isnow available

Business ValueCustomer do not have to develop workarounds when importingand maintaining Material Master.

A material master within a CWM system can now be maintained by means of a BAPI.

Customer business challengesWhen importing and maintaining Material Master, customershave to develop their own programs.

Delivered by Business Function /CWM/APPL_INTEGRATION_1

MaintainCWM Master Data

Perform Logisticsprocesses

with CWM features

Perform Financialsprocesses

with CWM features

Reportingin a CWM system

IT staff

Scenario: Catch Weight Management

** Improvements

Industries > Consumer Products > CWM, Innovations in Logistics & Financials

© SAP 2007 /



with CWM features


with CWM features


IT staff

Feature: Mass maintenance of Material Mastersupported

Business ValueMass maintenance of CWM-specific fields in Material Master isnow possible.

Mass maintenance of Material Master in a CWM system now supports CWM-specific material masterfields.

Customer business challengesMass maintenance of CWM-specific fields in Material Masterwas not previously possible.


** Improvements



© SAP 2007 /



with CWM features


with CWM features


InventoryController


Feature: Dynamic Price Release

Business ValueMore accurate valuation of goods movements - by making surethat available prices are taken into account.Jobs for price release are less time critical.

New price for a material is automatically released with a goods movement during the price validity periodof the price.

Customer business challengesGoods movements are held back until new prices arereleased.Missing control that goods movements are valuated withcorrect prices.


* Improvements

*


© SAP 2007 /



with CWM features


with CWM features


AR Mgr


Feature: Revaluation of Costs of Goods Sold

Business ValueImproved margin reporting, Cost of Goods sold are reportedmore accurately.

Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) in FI and CO-PA are revaluated based on a price available in inventoryaccounting -- with criteria such as material or posting date used to select the postings to be revaluated.The postings can also be applied to additional accounts in such a way that it does not affect the originalpostings.

Customer business challengesCOGS are only known after shipment -- e.g. due to prices thatare calculated later on.


* Improvements

*


© SAP 2007 /



with CWM features


with CWM features


Sales staff


*

Feature: Generation of Project structureswithin a sales order item

Business ValueNo modifications if project structures related to sales order itemsneeded.

It is now possible, in a CWM system, to generate a project structure out of a sales order item -- dependingon the right requirement type. The generated project structure can then be used to control milestones. Anyfollow-up functions, such as inventory creation or creation of PP-orders, are not enabled.Sales order items which are connected to a project structure cannot be delivered.

Customer business challengesThey cannot create a direct link in their CWM systemsbetween a project structure and a sales order item -- thusunable to control milestones related to a sales order item.


* Improvements


© SAP 2007 /



with CWM features


with CWM features


InventoryMgr


Feature: More functions in the InventoryDisplay Report

Business ValueImmediate access to necessary information for shop-flooremployees

- Quick branches from inventory display to reservations and other requirements- Display of fixed-bin information within inventory display

Customer business challengesTheir having to start several transactions in order to performdaily work, e.g. on shop floor


** Improvements


© SAP 2007 /

DSD Process Improvements

BenefitsImproved accuracy and transparency in materials management by providing control of rolling stockIncreased shipment quality and customer satisfaction by ensuring complete, on-time deliveriesHigher productivity and process control for employees at customer siteMore flexibility for customer-specific processes in route accountingReduced costs and higher efficiency in route accountingFaster processing and less user interaction

Best Practices Optimize Transparency and Control in Material Handling for the Direct StoreDelivery Process.


Truck Stock Visibility Truck Stock Visibility and Material Movements:Differentiate between stock loaded on vehicles from warehouse stockProvide inventory management for goods loaded on vehicles for tracking stockReflect loading, reloading, and unloading activitiesManage status of goods

indicating "Loaded", "On Route", and so onTrack stock remaining on vehicles after unloadingProvide detailed (truck level) and aggregated (warehouse level) view of loaded goods

MRP Controller, TransportationPlanner

Loading Confirmation A warehouse checker can count and record the loaded goods and quantities right afterloading

thus validating the match between planned and actual load.In case of mismatches, a warehouse checker can take corrective action

such as reloading or confirming its status.A warehouse clerk can confirm corrective action after execution.A Warehouse checker can seal the loaded truck and record the seal numbers as part ofloading confirmation.Counting and recording can be executed on individual material or counting group level.Loading confirmation results are tallied during check-out and difference determination.

Warehouse Checker,Warehouse Clerk

Tour Status Management It provides holistic status management covering the life-cycle of a tour.Administrators can control overall tour processing across various components

such as loading confirmation or settlement.Administrators can use tour status reporting to identify causes for errors during processingand take corrective action.Can be used by settlement clerks to select tours in the settlement cockpit and for tour dataentry.

Administrator, settlement clerk


Business Function: /DSD/BF

© SAP 2007 /

DSD Process ImprovementsNew Features


Further data andflexibility for dataexchange with mobiledevices.

Historic sales information can be extracted from SAP Business Information Warehouse andprepared for download to a mobile device.Customer and material group-based listings/exclusions can be extracted and prepared fordownload to a mobile device.One SAP xMDSD connector instance can prepare language dependent texts for downloadto separate mobile devices in different languages.More flexibility in uploading data from a mobile device through improved BADI-basedmapping capabilities.

Administrator


© SAP 2007 /

DSD Process ImprovementsImprovements of Existing Features


Business Function

Lean Messages fordrivers

Scheduler clerk can use messages to provide relevant information to drivers.Clerk can assign messages relevant to a longer period of visit plans.Messages are carried over to each visit list created from the specific visit plan.One-time messages can be maintained by the scheduler clerk for the visit list.Messages can be related to a visit plan/list in general or for a specific visit.Customer related texts can be linked to visit plans or visit lists by text determination.Messages can be printed out as part of tour information.

Scheduler Clerk, DSD Driver(Preseller, Delivery Driver, VanSeller )

Counting Groups forcheck-out, check-in andloading confirmation

Counting groups can be used to group different materials according to their packaging unit.The checker or driver can record the counting results during check-out and check-in -- on acounting group or material level.

The warehouse checker can record the counting results during loading confirmationon a counting group or material level.

Materials can be assigned to counting groups in the Material Master.

Checker, warehouse checker,DSD driver

More route accountingcapabilities in Tour DataEntry

Settlement clerks entering the tour data manually can execute difference determination intour data entry repeatedly before the tour gets released.

Settlement Clerk

Visit Control Interfaces It provides BAPI interfaces that connect DSD visit control to route optimization tools.Visit plans and visit lists can be read, created, and changed.A Scheduler Clerk can drag and drop multiple customers from one visit plan or list toanother.

Scheduler Clerk

Improved SettlementCockpit functionality

Settlement clerks working with the settlement cockpit can execute difference determinationrepeatedly before the tour gets released.Settlement clerks can cancel deliveries in the settlement cockpit.Settlement clerks can delete empty visits in the settlement cockpit.

Settlement Clerk

More flexibility andautomation of FinalSettlement Run

Sales order generation can occur decoupled from the final settlement runafter the tour data is available.

The final settlement run can be executed as a background jobno interaction from the settlement clerk.

Ranges for acceptable materials and payment differences are defined using tolerancegroups

that decide charges and ensure the automated settlement run is not interrupted.Interim accounts can be defined and used to achieve separate booking logic for the variouspayment types, and different logic is used to charge diverse differences.Separate methods for handling payment postings can be defined in payment type levelsuch as credit card payments.

Settlement Clerk


© SAP 2007 /

DSD Process ImprovementsImprovements of Existing Features


Business Function

Enablement of furtherprocesses on mobiledevices

Electronic images of handwritten signatures related to sales orders, deliveries, andinvoices can be uploaded from a mobile device. A sales representative can later display andprint them with the respective document.Electronic images of handwritten signatures related to check-out, and check-in informationcan be uploaded from a mobile device. Settlement clerk can later display them in thesettlement cockpit.Unique customer identifiers like GLN can be printed as a barcode and prepared fordownload to a mobile device. Scanning this customer identifier can be used to initiate visittime capturing on a mobile device.The settlement Clerk can display visit times in the settlement cockpit

Sales representative,settlement clerk


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Truck Stock Visibility

Business ValueGives material requirements planning (MRP) controllers acomplete view of the inventory located in the warehouse asopposed to goods being loaded and on the way to thecustomerAllows MRP controllers to view and track all goods loadedon each single vehicle at time of loading or departure andsettlementGive transportation planners overview of processing status -such as deliveries loaded or deliveries already on route

Truck Stock Visibility and Material Movements:Differentiate between stock loaded on vehicles from warehouse stockProvide inventory management for goods loaded on vehicles for tracking stockReflect loading, reloading, and unloading activitiesManage status of goods -- indicating "Loaded", "On Route", and so onTrack stock remaining on vehicles after unloadingProvide detailed (truck level) and aggregated (warehouse level) view of loaded goods

Customer business challengesUnable to track inventory available in the warehouseseparately from goods in vehicles on the roadNo vehicle-specific overview of load leaving for the dayInability to consider and treat loaded vehicles as rollingstorage locations

Delivered by Business Function /DSD/BF

OrderManagement

ShipmentPreparation Tour Execution*

* Improvements

Route Accounting *

MRP controllerScenario: DSD Paper based

Transportation planner MRP controller

Industries > Consumer Products > DSD Process Improvements

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Loading Confirmation

Business ValueWarehouse checkers easily confirm loading to ensure vehiclescarry correct load. This ensures goods are delivered tocustomers complete and on time -- as ordered and planned.

A warehouse checker can count and record the loaded goods and quantities right after loading – thusvalidating the match between planned and actual load.In case of mismatches, a warehouse checker can take corrective action -- such as reloading or confirmingits status.A warehouse clerk can confirm corrective action after execution.A Warehouse checker can seal the loaded truck and record the seal numbers as part of loadingconfirmation.Counting and recording can be executed on individual material or counting group level.Loading confirmation results are tallied during check-out and difference determination.

Customer business challengesAdditional control mechanisms are needed to ensure that onlyvehicles with a correct load leave the warehouse and arehanded over to the driver for delivery.


Warehouse clerk

* Improvements

Warehouse checker

OrderManagement

ShipmentPreparation Tour Execution*

* Improvements

Route Accounting *Scenario: DSD Paper based


© SAP 2007 /

ShipmentPreparation

Feature: Tour Status Management

Business ValueAdapts tour processing logic across the various componentsinvolvedProvides first-entry-point error resolution for an administratorGives settlement clerks easier access to tours via tourstatus

It provides holistic status management covering the life-cycle of a tour.Administrators can control overall tour processing across various components -- such as loadingconfirmation or settlement.Administrators can use tour status reporting to identify causes for errors during processing and takecorrective action.Can be used by settlement clerks to select tours in the settlement cockpit and for tour data entry.

Customer business challengesNeed for well structured and clearly sequenced tourprocessingLacking a complete overview of tour process -- includingvisibility and status of already executed steps


*

Administrator AdministratorSettlement

clerk

Tour Execution* Route Accounting *OrderManagement

Scenario: DSD Paperbased

** Improvements


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Further data and flexibility for fordata exchange with mobile devices.

Business ValuePrepares and provides the required data for download to amobile device

Historic sales information can be extracted from SAP Business Information Warehouse and prepared fordownload to a mobile device.Customer and material group-based listings/exclusions can be extracted and prepared for download to amobile device.One SAP DSD connector instance can prepare language dependent texts for download to separate mobiledevices in different languages.More flexibility in uploading data from a mobile device through improved BADI-based mapping capabilities.

Customer business challengesNo availability of historic sales information on a mobiledeviceNo availability of customer and material group-basedlistings/exclusions on a mobile deviceNo availability of language dependent texts on separatemobile devices in different languages


* Improvements

Scenario: Mobile DSD Order to Cash

* Improvements

OrderManagement

ShipmentPreparation

MobileTour Execution

RouteAccountingData Download Data

Upload **


© SAP 2007 /

Navigation Index



© SAP 2007 /

InsuranceBusiness Functions


Credentialing: CredentialingCustomer who need security and legalcompliance mechanisms when doingbusiness with partners

Incentive and Commission Mngmt.: Incentive & Commission Management

Customers seeking effective andcomprehensive sales force management inan overall integrated solution that meetsinternational standards

Incentive and Sales Force Mngmt.: Common Foundation for ICM, PFO, and CRD

Customers seeking effective andcomprehensive sales force management inan overall integrated solution that meetsinternational standards

Insurance Claim Handling: Extended claim handling functionality, new enterprise services, and post processing FROIscenario

All insurance carriers using SAP ClaimsManagement for property & casualty orhealth insurance

Self insurers

Large enterprises acting as self insurers

Insurance Collections and Disbursements 1: Enhancements for Insurance Contract Accounting

Existing Collections and Disbursements(FS-CD) customers wanting latest releaseand/or developments that meet USrequirements

New and potential FS-CD customers

Portfolio Assignment: Portfolio (Re-)assignmentCustomers who need in-depth sales forceand client management functionality -- fromany perspective

Statutory Reporting for Insurance: Enhancements in SAP Statutory Reporting for Insurance: no UI switch, no IMGswitch, automatically creation of FS-SR master data (integration business add-in in CFM (call FS-SR BAPI), andone-switch FS-SR (BADI implementation)

FS-SR statutory reporting customers

Industries > Insurance

© SAP 2007 /

InsuranceES Bundles

Description

ES Bundle: Insurance Billing and Payment:Enable customers to inform surrounding solutions about exceptions in FS-CD

Dunning notification

Benefit-free period

Unilive scenario

Insufficient deposit coverage

ES Bundle: Insurance Credentialing:Manages credential assignment information for business partners

Supports the download and upload of credential assignment information from and to external data providers like regulative government bodies

Offers services to check credential assignments in the relevant processes

ES Bundle: Insurance Document Vendor:Services for seamless integration of third-party document vendor solutions.

Retrieve and choose forms templates. Create forms on vendor systems and publish them.

Archive published documents back into claims.

ES Bundle: Insurance External Claims Investigation:Services for seamless integration with external claim investigation systems to identify fraudulent claims. Send claim data to external systems. Retrieve search results.Evaluate returned hits for fraud. Communicate based on ACORD industry standards.

ES Bundle: Insurance External Reporting:Services for seamless external insurance reporting to authorities directly or via intermediaries.

Send claim data to authorities (example: state insurance commissioner) or insurance industry

organizations (examples: NCCI and ISO).


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Insurance Billing and Payment

Business valueSeamless integration of operational systemwith FS-CDInform operational system of exceptions inFS-CDProvide complete overview of insurancecustomerAsynchronous integration

Enable customers to inform surrounding solutions about exceptions in FS-CDDunning notificationBenefit-free periodUnilive scenarioInsufficient deposit coverage

Use casesIntegration of SAP and non-SAP systems

Open itemmanagement ClosingPayment

processes

Accountant

Back-endsystemSAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0

Calculating systems

Policy management

Claims management

Reinsurance

Commissions

Enterpriseservice

FS-CD


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Insurance Credentialing

Business valueSupports fulfillment of legal requirementsSeamless integration with other processes in SAPand non-SAP systemsCentral credential assignment information avoidsredundanciesSupports setup of high-quality standards

Manages credential assignment information for business partnersSupports the download and upload of credential assignment information from and to external data providerslike regulative government bodiesOffers services to check credential assignments in the relevant processes

Use casesUpdate of assignment information released by third-partysystemsFlexible creation and design of credential typesManagement of credential assignment informationCheck of credentials during commissioning proceduresIntegration with policy management systems

Obtains newlicense

Releaseslicense

information

Agent

Updates licenseassignment

Credential managerRegulatory body (DOI) Commission manager

Back-endSystem

SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0

Checks assignmentinformation during

commissioning


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Insurance Document Vendor

Business valueImprove quality, efficiency, and accuracy ofcustomer communicationsEnsure legal compliance of documents and reduceongoing document update effort at the carrierIncrease control over claims correspondencecontentEliminate printing costs with online viewing

Services for seamless integration of third-party document vendor solutions.Retrieve and choose forms templates. Create forms on vendor systems and publish them.Archive published documents back into claims.

Use casesRequest claim document templates from documentvendor systemEdit and save forms in user-friendly Web editorArchive documents into claim management system or anexternal document vendor systemPublish claim documents from claims managementsystem or from document vendor system

Retrieveform template

Editform

Publishdocument

Claim handler

Saveform

Claim handler

Postform

Claim handler Claim handlerClaim handler


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Insurance External ClaimsInvestigation

Business valueSpeed up claims handling with fully automaticfraud detectionSeamless integration into third-party frauddatabases (ISO Claim Search, UNIWAGNIS, andCUE)Reduce claims costs by correct identification offraudulent claims

Services for seamless integration with external claim investigation systems to identify fraudulent claims.Send claim data to external systems. Retrieve search results. Evaluate returned hits for fraud.Communicate based on ACORD industry standards.

Use casesSend claim data automatically to external claimsinvestigation search databases like ISO Claim SearchReceive hit information and create task for follow upactions automaticallyInitiate a new search after the end of the automaticsearch period

Triggerexternal claims investigation

search requests

Claim handler

Evaluateexternal claims investigation

search results

Claim handler

Handle fraudulent claims

System


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Insurance External Reporting

Business valueImprove quality, efficiency, and accuracy of statereportingReact flexibly to legal changes (example: frequencyof reports)High quality of data even for multiple reportingpartiesIntegrated, user-friendly error-handling

Services for seamless external insurance reporting to authorities directly or via intermediaries.Send claim data to authorities (example: state insurance commissioner) or insurance industryorganizations (examples: NCCI and ISO).

Use casesSend claim information to authority directlySend claim information to authority via intermediaryHandle errors identified by authority or intermediary on aclaim-by-claim basisHandle errors identified by authority or intermediary in amass processing step

Createreport

Claim handler

Sendreport

Claim handler


© SAP 2007 /

Credentialing


Credentialing Enables all types of credentials to be definedStreamlines processing and checking of credential assignment information for business partnersProvides services to support exchange of assignment information from or to officialsSpeeds checking of credential assignment information during runtime of other processes

Credential catalogue manager,Credential manager

BenefitsEnables compliance with all legal requirementsExpedites the definition of corporate quality standards

Streamline the Management and Verification of Credentials for Business Partners


Business Function: EA_ICM_CRD_CORE_01

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Credentialing

Business ValueProvides needed services in credentialingStreamlines complying with legal requirementsGuarantees high quality standardsEnsures best results for process outputs

Enables all types of credentials to be definedStreamlines processing and checking of credential assignment information for business partnersProvides services to support exchange of assignment information from or to officialsSpeeds checking of credential assignment information during runtime of other processes

Customer business challengesLegal requirements for credentials are time consumingNo central system available to issue credentials forprocesses in a service-oriented mannerSystem does not support both legal requirements and thedefinition of credentials

Delivered by Business Function EA_ICM_CRD_CORE_01

Credentialconfiguration Credential Management*

* Improvements

*

Credential catalogue manager

Scenario: Sales Force Management

Credential manager

Industries > Insurance > Credentialing

© SAP 2007 /

Incentive and Commission Mngmt.


Editing of standardcontract in portal insteadof customizing of ICM.

SAP NetWeaver Portal enables you to create, change, and delete standard contracts in theconsolidation system and in the productive environment.

Portal services also allows you to work on the assignment of agreements and rules.

ICM compensation analysts

Reading commissioncases from archive

Allows user to read a specific commission case or document from the archive during runtime

Enables info structure to index the archive fileEasily finds the archive key and offsetFacilitates fetching the exact commission case or document from the archive file.

Commission managers

Qualifying authorizationfor remunerationagreements

Facilitates authorization checks on users before any activity on performance-relatedagreements


BenefitsAligns sales force with corporate strategy

Drives up business revenueOffers flexible compensation planningReduces time-to-market for new productsOffers a rich toolset to effectively steer your sales forceProvides sophisticated partner and distribution-channel managementAccords a high degree of automation to reduce effort and cost

Offers transparent processes that lead to a reduced need for clarification and back-office workloadComplies with all legal requirements (credentialing)Reduces TCO for ITas all solution elements run on the SAP NetWeaver technology platform

Streamline and Automate your Sales Force Management Processes


Business Function: EA_ICM_ICM_CORE_01

© SAP 2007 /

Incentive and Commission Mngt.New Features


Portal Role SalesRepresentative

New design for the Workcenter with three iView items allows sales representatives to:Mittels der grafischen Darstellung Ihrer Vergütungs- und Zahlungsansprüche erhalten Sie schnell einenÜberblick über Ihre aktuellen ZahlenIn der der Zielerreichungsauskunft haben Sie die Möglichkeit sich elementare und komplexe Ziele sowie derenZielereichungsgrade anzuzeigen.Mit Hilfe der Geschäftsobjektsuche können Sie sich Ihre getätigten Abschlüsse im Einzelnen detaillierteranzeigen lassen.

Sales representatives

Local CurrencyConversion in ICM

Offers local currency changeover framework to convert ICM currencyProvides standard LCC conversion package

Accountants, ICM Managers

AdditiionalImprovements

Advanced functionality improvements include:Actual commissionsPeriods, closing, settlementGuaranteesReservesMain menu for rolesICM package conceptStatistical tool for adminsCorrespondence in PDF formatRun administrationCredential checks in ICMLiabilityClear test data

ICM manager, ICMcompensation analyst



Business Function

additional analyse modefor determinationprocess in ICM

Enhanced determination enables:Flexible and configurable determination processImproved visualization of entered data structuresThorough testing of determination settingsSimplified determination configurationImproved visualization of result presentation


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Editing of standard contract in portalinstead of customizing of ICM.

Business ValueProvides a central approach via Workcenter in SAP NetWeaverPortal

Speeds time-to-market for compensation plan changesStreamlines usage via guided proceduresOffers high transparency for standard contract maintenance

SAP Netweaver Portal enables you to create, change, and delete standard contracts in the consolidationsystem and in the productive environment.Portal services also allows you to work on the assignment of agreements and rules.

Customer business challengesOld fashioned, complex customizing featuresLimited transparencyUser guidance not available

Delivered by Business Function EA_ICM_ICM_CORE_01

Define standardagreements

Build standardcommission contracts

Manage individualcommission contracts*

* Improvements

Compensation Analyst


Compensation Analyst Commissions Manager

Industries > Insurance > Incentive and Commission Mngt.

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Reading commission cases fromarchive

Business ValueOffers data consistency for business object valuation

Allows user to read a specific commission case or document from the archive during run timeEnables info structure to index the archive fileEasily finds the archive key and offsetFacilitates fetching the exact commission case or document from the archive file.

Customer business challengesForced to reload the entire archived file into the databaseagainCannot fetch commission case or document via a bufferand display


Change ininsurance policy

Adjustcommissions

Payoutcommissions*

* Improvements

Policy clerk

Scenario: Sales Force ManagementCommissions Manager Accountant


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Qualifying authorization forremuneration agreements

Business ValueImproves security standards for changes on compensation planelements

Facilitates authorization checks on users before any activity on performance-related agreements

Customer business challengesNo quality-authorization checks made against remunerationagreements


Adjustcompensation plan

Maintainremuneration

agreement

Calculatecommissions

rule based** Improvements

Scenario: Sales Force ManagementPolicy clerk Commissions Manager Accountant


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Portal Role Sales Representative

Business ValueAllows sales representatives to enter the portal withonly a browser

Facilitates access to informationsuch as personal KPI figures

New design for the Workcenter with three iView items allows sales representatives to:Mittels der grafischen Darstellung Ihrer Vergütungs- und Zahlungsansprüche erhalten Sie schnelleinen Überblick über Ihre aktuellen ZahlenIn der der Zielerreichungsauskunft haben Sie die Möglichkeit sich elementare und komplexe Zielesowie deren Zielereichungsgrade anzuzeigenMit Hilfe der Geschäftsobjektsuche können Sie sich Ihre getätigten Abschlüsse im Einzelnendetaillierter anzeigen lassen

Customer business challengesNo portal access for sales representatives


Sell insurancepolicies

Check personalperformance

Adjust salesactivities*

* Improvements

Sales Rep

Scenario: Sales Force ManagementSales Rep Sales Rep


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Local Currency Conversion in ICM

Business ValueComplies with all legal requirements for country-specific,currency conversion

Offers local currency changeover framework to convert ICM currencyProvides standard LCC conversion package

Customer business challengesNo local currency changeover framework


* Improvements


Need to switchlocal currency

CFO

Change localcurrency in ICM

Sys Admin

*


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Additional Improvements

Business ValueBetter support of business processes through advancedfunctionality

Advanced functionality improvements include:Actual commissionsPeriods, closing, settlementGuaranteesReservesMain menu for rolesICM package conceptStatistical tool for adminsCorrespondence in PDF formatRun administrationCredential checks in ICMLiabilityClear test data

Customer business challengesInsufficient or nonexistent functionality


Additional Improvements ICM ** Improvements

Sales Rep, Commissions Manager, Compensation Analyst Scenario: Sales Force Management


© SAP 2007 /

Incentive and Sales Force Mngt.


List of features A complete list of improvements can be found in the BF:EA_ICM_CRD_CORE_01EA_ICM_PFO_CORE_01EA_ICM_ICM_CORE_01

ICM manager, ICMcompensation analyst,credential catalogue manager,credential manager, salesrepresentatives

BenefitsAligns sales force with corporate strategyDrives up business revenueOffers flexible compensation planningReduces time-to-market for new productsOffers a rich toolset for effectively steering your sales forceProvides sophisticated partner and distribution-channel managementAccords a high degree of automation to reduce effort and costOffers transparent processes that lead to a reduced need for clarification and back-office workloadComplies with all legal requirements (credentialing)Reduces TCO for ITas all solution elements run on the SAP NetWeaver technology platform

Streamline and Automate Your Sales Force Management Processes


Business Function: EA_ICM

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: List of features

Business ValueA complete list of benefits can be found in the BF:

EA_ICM_CRD_CORE_01EA_ICM_PFO_CORE_01EA_ICM_ICM_CORE_01

A complete list of improvements can be found in the BF:EA_ICM_CRD_CORE_01EA_ICM_PFO_CORE_01EA_ICM_ICM_CORE_01

Customer business challengesA complete list of pain points can be found in the BF:

EA_ICM_CRD_CORE_01EA_ICM_PFO_CORE_01EA_ICM_ICM_CORE_01

Delivered by Business Function EA_ICM

Incentive andCommissionsManagement

PortfolioAssignment Credentialing*

* Improvements

*Scenario: Sales Force Management

Sales Rep, Commissions Manager, Compensation Analyst, Credential Manager, Credential Catalogue Manager

*

Industries > Insurance > Incentive and Sales Force Mngt.

© SAP 2007 /

Insurance Claim Handling


Integration with externalclaims investigationsystems

Extends functionality and services for seamless integration with external claimsinvestigation systems:

Identifies fraudulent claimsSends claim data to external systemsRetrieves search resultsEvaluates returned hits for fraudCommunicates based on ACORD industry standards

Insurance claims handlers

External Reporting toAuthorities andOrganizations

Provides services for seamless external insurance reporting to authorities, directly or viaintermediariesSends claims data to authorities (e.g. state insurance commissioner) or insurance industryorganizations (e.g. NCCI, ISO)


Integration to DocumentVendor Systems

Provides services for seamless integration of third-party document vendor solutionsRetrieves and chooses forms templatesCreates forms on vendor systems and publishes themArchives published documents back into claims


BenefitsEnsures a complete suite for end-to-end claims managementEnhances claims processing transparencyAccelerates integration with external systems based on enterprise services

SAP Software Extends Claim Handling Functionality and Streamlines Integration


Business Function: INS_FSCM_CI_1

© SAP 2007 /

Insurance Claim HandlingNew Features


Print Claim File Prints all or parts of electronic claims filesBased on configurable Adobe formsOffers modes: prints one file or multiple files in one step


New Financial Overview Keeps all financial claims info in one place (Payments, Annuities, Reserves, Recoveries,Subrogation, Salvage)Allows preconfigured views for overview and detailed viewEnsures simplified navigationAccords simulation of future payment effects (resulting from annuities) on payments &reserves


Portal Role for ClaimHandler and ClaimCenter Agent

Provides "Insurance Claims Handler" business package for portal role, including claimsspecific UWLDelivers personal object list for "my claims" and key figure monitor based on analyticservices, which provide real time information concerning work & performance analysis

Insurance claims handlers,insurance claims center agents

Payment Improvements Checks for duplicate payment items during payment creationReverses checks that have been created manually for a paymentCaptures a service period for a paymentCreates a loss payment despite a coverage referral


Single and CollectiveInvoice Improvements

Provides for single invoice:Checks across multiple claims for duplicate invoice items

Provides for collective invoice:Payout and reversal of single invoices in batch processingLoss and expenses paymentsPerformance improvements


Recovery Improvements Distributes a payment to receivable itemsProvides detailed input help for sub claim, coverage type, and benefit type in processing ofsubrogation/recovery



© SAP 2007 /

Insurance Claim HandlingNew Features


Upload of benefitcalculation rules fromservice provider

Uploads new or updated calculation rules of a service provider into the claims managementsystem as a basis for the benefit calculation process, for line of business workers'compensation

Insurance claims systemadministrators

Other new or extendedfunctionality

Performs checks with ongoing care benefits before care insurance benefit decisions areapprovedManages second injury fund benefits (US specifics)Offers new fields for country and region of jurisdiction in the claims overviewDefines special rights in a claim influencing the payment processCorrespondence:

Deactivates printing from print previewSuppresses copy of document to agentTriggers document template via task creationHandles BRF value requests for all claim dataOffers performance improvements in required field check

Insurance claim handlers

Post processing FirstReport of Injury (FROI)

If automatic claim creation via the claim creation enterprise service runs into an exceptionalcase (e.g. there is no clear mapping to one business partner or an existing policy), the post-processing FROI scenario enables the claim center agent to handle this exception andcreate the claim.

Insurance claim center agents



Business Function

Enhancements RoleBased Performer

Calculates org-units & persons as role-based performers, based on SAP OrganizationalChange ManagementAssigns unit members by strategies automatically (e.g. workload balancing,round robin, every member in parallel)Ensures workload calculation for each member of unitProvides one-stop maintenance for claims-assignment information, assignment history,and performer history

Insurance claims handlers,insurance claims supervisors

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Integration with external claimsinvestigation systems

Business ValueSpeeds up claims handling via fully automatic frauddetectionProvides seamless integration with third-party frauddatabases (e.g. ISO Claim Search, UNIWAGNIS, CUE)Reduces claims costs by correctly identifying fraudulentclaims

Extends functionality and services for seamless integration with external claims investigation systems:Identifies fraudulent claimsSends claim data to external systemsRetrieves search resultsEvaluates returned hits for fraudCommunicates based on ACORD industry standards

Customer business challengesThey have difficulty in identifying and handling fraudulentclaims

Delivered by Business Function INS_FSCM_CI_1

* Improvements

Scenario: Claims Handling and Fulfillment

ClaimsRecovery

Claim Handling & Fulfillment

Assignment SettlementNegotiation LitigationInvestigation

& Evaluation

Notification **

Industries > Insurance > Insurance Claim Handling

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: External Reporting to Authorities andOrganizations

Business ValueImproves quality, efficiency, and accuracy of state reportingProvides flexibility when working with legal changes (e.g.frequency of reports)Ensures high quality of data even for multiple reportingpartiesAllows integrated, comfortable error handling

Provides services for seamless external insurance reporting to authorities, directly or via intermediariesSends claims data to authorities (e.g. state insurance commissioner) or insurance industry organizations(e.g. NCCI, ISO)

Customer business challengesDifficulty in fulfilling reporting requirements set up by legalauthorities or industry organizations


* Improvements


Claim Handling & FulfillmentClaims

RecoveryAssignment SettlementNegotiation LitigationInvestigation

& Evaluation *Notification ** *


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Integration to Document VendorSystems

Business ValueImproves quality, efficiency, and accuracy of customercommunicationsEnsures legal compliance of documents and reducesongoing document update efforts at the carrierIncreases control over claims correspondence contentEliminates printing costs with online viewing

Provides services for seamless integration of third-party document vendor solutionsRetrieves and chooses forms templatesCreates forms on vendor systems and publishes themArchives published documents back into claims

Customer business challengesThey have cost-intensive and time-consuming paper handling


* Improvements




& Evaluation *Notification ** *


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Print Claim File

Business ValueEnsures having accurate and most recent data at hand in allsituationsReduces preparation time for external events (e.g. courtdates)Simplifies adjustments

Prints all or parts of electronic claims filesBased on configurable Adobe formsOffers modes: prints one file or multiple files in one step

Customer business challengesDifficulty in preparing claims file for going to court or usingclaims file data in another "offline" environment


* Improvements




& Evaluation *Notification *


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: New Financial Overview

Business ValueIncreases accuracy of reservingMakes informed decisions based on real-time informationSimplifies claims auditing

Keeps all financial claims info in one place (Payments, Annuities, Reserves, Recoveries, Subrogation,Salvage)Allows preconfigured views for overview and detailed viewEnsures simplified navigationAccords simulation of future payment effects (resulting from annuities) on payments & reserves

Customer business challengesLacking quick and comprehensive overview of financial statusof claims


* Improvements


Analyze

Notification Claim Handling& Fulfillment

ClaimsRecovery

**


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Portal Role for Claim Handler andClaim Center Agent

Business ValueEnables claims handlers or claims center agents to organizework and track performance key figures easily

Provides "Insurance Claims Handler" business package for portal role, including claims specific UWLDelivers personal object list for "my claims" and key figure monitor based on analytic services, whichprovide real time information concerning work & performance analysis

Customer business challengesClaims handlers or claims center agents lack a place toorganize and monitor daily claims management work


* Improvements


Analyze


ClaimsRecovery

**

*


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Payment Improvements

Business ValueImproves claims payment handling

Checks for duplicate payment items during payment creationReverses checks that have been created manually for a paymentCaptures a service period for a paymentCreates a loss payment despite a coverage referral

Customer business challengesDo not often spot duplicate payments and thus claims handlerspay out twice


* Improvements




& Evaluation

Notification ** *


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Single and Collective InvoiceImprovements

Business ValueGuarantees no double payments resulting from duplicate invoiceitems

Provides for single invoice:Checks across multiple claims for duplicate invoice items

Provides for collective invoice:Payout and reversal of single invoices in batch processingLoss and expenses paymentsPerformance improvements

Customer business challengesClaim handlers often pay out invoice items twice


* Improvements




& Evaluation

Notification ***


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Recovery Improvements

Business ValueAutomates distribution of incoming payments to receivable items,easing workload for claims handlers

Distributes a payment to receivable itemsProvides detailed input help for sub claim, coverage type, and benefit type in processing ofsubrogation/recovery

Customer business challengesInflexibility and non- automatic algorithms in distribution ofincoming payments to receivable items leads to excessivework for claims handlers


* Improvements

Scenario: Claims Recovery

Analyze


ClaimsRecovery *


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Upload of benefit calculation rulesfrom service provider

Business ValueKeeps rules for workers compensation benefit calculation up todate with less manual effort, by using the only solution on themarket which allows automatic upload of calculation rules (e.g.Workerscomp.com)

Uploads new or updated calculation rules of a service provider into the claims management system as abasis for the benefit calculation process, for line of business workers' compensation

Customer business challengesManual update of benefit calculation rules into claims systemsis time consuming and error prone, thus expensive


* Improvements




& Evaluation

Notification ***


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Other new or extended functionality

Business ValueStreamlines claim-handling process for different lines of business

Performs checks with ongoing care benefits before care insurance benefit decisions are approvedManages second injury fund benefits (US specifics)Offers new fields for country and region of jurisdiction in the claims overviewDefines special rights in a claim influencing the payment processCorrespondence:

Deactivates printing from print previewSuppresses copy of document to agentTriggers document template via task creationHandles BRF value requests for all claim dataOffers performance improvements in required field check

Customer business challengesSlow claims-handling process


* Improvements




& Evaluation

Notification * *


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Post processing First Report of Injury(FROI)

Business ValueEnables insurance carriers to receive and process loss andinjury information electronically

If automatic claim creation via the claim creation enterprise service runs into an exceptional case (e.g.there is no clear mapping to one business partner or an existing policy), the post-processing FROIscenario enables the claim center agent to handle this exception and create the claim.

Customer business challengesException handling for loss or injury information receivedelectronically by insurance carriers is needed


* Improvements


Analyze


ClaimsRecovery*


© SAP 2007 /

Insurance Collections and Disbursements 1


Broker ReportProcessing with WebApplications

Broker and insurance processors can now also process broker reports with webapplications. The system now employs an easy-to-use confirmation principle.After receiving correspondence from an insurance company about the creation of a newbroker report, the broker can use a portal to log on to the Web Dynpro applications forbroker report processing.

All FS-CD customers dealingwith brokers or agents

Integration withBusiness Intelligence

Extraction of Business Partner Items:Customers can now extract all business items, both real and statistical, for evaluation in SAP NetWeaverBusiness Intelligence. The extraction can be run as a full update, delta initialization, or delta update.

Extraction of Dunning History and Dunning Activities:Customers can also extract all dunning headers, dunning items, and dunning activities for the evaluation ofdunning notices in SAP NetWeaver BI. The extraction takes place with the dunning run and can be run as a fullupdate, delta initialization, or delta update.

All FS-CD customer

Archiving New Archiving Objects include: Promise to Pay, External Payment Information, TotalsRecords for External Payment Information, Collection Work list, Collection Work Item, andInformation Container.Enhancements for Archiving include: Business Partner Archiving, Archiving of DunningHistory, Document Archiving, Insurance Object, Payment Plan, and Broker Report.

All FS-CD customer

BenefitsEnables information for surrounding solutions regarding exceptions within FS-CDIncreases flexibilityProvides SAP BW contentAllows integration with calculating systems and external solutionsLowers TCOSpeeds implementation projects

Streamline Your Insurance Contract Accounting with SAP Enhancements


Business Function: INS_FSCD_CI_1

© SAP 2007 /

Insurance Collections and Disbursements 1New Features


Benefit-Free Periods Speeds sending of information about benefit-free periods with the service interfaceProvides insurance contract benefit-free period through insurance contract ID and claimperiodEnsures that query response insurance benefit-free periods can occur for an insurancecontract if open items with a due date in the past are dunned, and dunning levels aredefined in customizing

All FS-CD customers

Provisional PremiumReceivables Suitable forClearing

Automatically clears provisional premium receivables with FS-CDHandles complicated insurance policies, where it is not possible to directly calculate thepremium amount, by having customer pay an estimated amountCan also estimate the premium amount more than once and have the more recent estimatereplace the older oneAutomatically clears down payments that have already been made with the current estimateCorrectly calculates the premium amount so the system delivers a corresponding G/L-relevant premium receivable to collections and disbursementsReplaces the provisional estimates and any down payments that may have been made andthen clears them automatically with the premium receivable

All FS-CD customers

Concluding Operations Foreign Currency Valuation:Customers can assign a ledger group to a valuation areaAdjustment documents created are assigned to a ledger group as far as possibleWhere there is a 1:1 assignment between valuation area and ledger group, you no longer

have to define separate adjustment accounts per valuation areaThe Ledger Group importing parameter has been added to the interface of event 0580

Transaction FPW2 for displaying the log records also displays the ledger group (see SAPmenu: Periodic Processing -> Closing Preparations -> Foreign Currency Valuation)

All FS-CD customers

Dunning in FS-CD Streamlines dunning by using optimal collection strategy for insurance companiesDunning procedures remain open to further strategy

American customers inparticular

Integration withCustomer RelationshipManagement

Displays information in Financial Customer Care, such as last customer payment --Information is displayed using function modules registered in customizingDetermines the necessary data in FI-CA through function module assigned to CRM profiles

All FS-CD customers

Tax Calculation forInterest Revenue fromDeposit Contracts

Includes the withholding tax module (CYT) for the taxation of capital revenue in balanceinterest calculation for FS-CDBalances interest calculation for FS-CD, including the calculation of interest revenue fordepositsHandles legal conditions and tax laws internationallyChecks exemption applications for the recipient business partner and perform an update inFS-CD by deducting the capital yield tax if the exemption is exceededProvides integration with the withholding tax module, enabling such tasks to be performed

FS-CD customers using depositaccounts


© SAP 2007 /

Insurance Collections and Disbursements 1New Features


Quotation Monitoring Informs external systems whether a customer has accepted a quotation for an amountchangeLevies a specific amount or percentage rate on the premium within defined periodsAllows customer to accept or refuse quotationArranges payment terms for the quotation upon acceptance

Handles time limit on payments

All FS-CD customers

Promise to pay Handles promise to pay from a business partnerEnsures promise to pay definitions and datesStreamlines payments in the form of debit memos or direct debitsTakes care of adding any charges and interest on late payments

FS-CD customers using SAPCRM or planning to


© SAP 2007 /

Insurance Collections and Disbursements 1Improvements of Existing Features


Business Function

New Informationcontainer

SAP ECC 6.0, Industry Extension Insurance, Enhancement Package 3, which includes afollow-up framework for the information container in Collections and Disbursements, hasthe following advantages:

It easily deals with mass data and enables the sending of message bundlesThe new framework also optimizes information on a customer-specific and modification-free basisIt speeds the development of company-specific information

All FS-CD customers

CoinsuranceEnhancements

Includes main transactions and sub-transactions in the reporting function for coinsuranceusing the debit procedureWhen a coinsurance-relevant document contains at least one business partner item with

appropriately-defined company code and main & sub transactions, the system deals withthe document using the debit procedure and overwrites the credit procedure defined for thecorresponding coinsurance keyWhen handling coinsurance-relevant statistical items coinsurance reporting is able toprocess shares for statistical items from category 'G' (other statistical charges) that aredelivered by the payment plan interface

FS-CD customers

Enhancement PaymentPlan

Payment plan interface now includes ledger group and value date fields and passes theseon to the G/L item for the documents producedIt also includes reference transaction, reference key, and logical system fields for originaldocument and passes them on to the document header to identify reference transactions inoperational systemsPayment plan interface can now be used to enter coinsurance supplements that belong to apayment plan itemSystem now generates appropriate general ledger items for the coinsurance data duringdocument creation

All FS-CD customers


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Broker Report Processing with WebApplications

Business ValueProvides Web access for brokers and agents to reducepaperwork and increase efficiency

Broker and insurance processors can now also process broker reports with web applications. The systemnow employs an easy-to-use confirmation principle.After receiving correspondence from an insurance company about the creation of a new broker report, thebroker can use a portal to log on to the Web Dynpro applications for broker report processing.

Customer business challengesBrokers or agents are not able to easily provideinformation about money mattersCannot match import file to FS-CD broker report

Delivered by Business Function INS_FSCD_CI_1

Scenario: Sales Accounting Direct Debitand Credit

Industries > Insurance > Insurance Collections and Disbursements 1

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Integration with BusinessIntelligence

Business ValueProvides business intelligence content for business partneritems and dunning historyReduces performance upload when providing businessinformation about insurance customers

Extraction of Business Partner Items:Customers can now extract all business items, both real and statistical, for evaluation in SAP NetWeaverBusiness Intelligence. The extraction can be run as a full update, delta initialization, or delta update.Extraction of Dunning History and Dunning Activities:Customers can also extract all dunning headers, dunning items, and dunning activities for the evaluation ofdunning notices in SAP NetWeaver BI. The extraction takes place with the dunning run and can be run asa full update, delta initialization, or delta update.

Customer business challengesFS-CD deals with mass data and no delta extraction ispossible


Scenario: Customer Billing and Payment


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Archiving

Business ValueImproves archiving performance

New Archiving Objects include: Promise to Pay, External Payment Information, Totals Records forExternal Payment Information, Collection Work list, Collection Work Item, and Information Container.Enhancements for Archiving include: Business Partner Archiving, Archiving of Dunning History, DocumentArchiving, Insurance Object, Payment Plan, and Broker Report.

Customer business challengesNo archiving for above functions exists




© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Benefit-Free Periods

Business ValueEnables integration with calculating systems and externalsolutions

Speeds sending of information about benefit-free periods with the service interfaceProvides insurance contract benefit-free period through insurance contract ID and claim periodEnsures that query response insurance benefit-free periods can occur for an insurance contract if openitems with a due date in the past are dunned, and dunning levels are defined in customizing

Customer business challengesNo information is provided from FS-CD to operational system




© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Provisional Premium ReceivablesSuitable for Clearing

Business ValueIncreases flexibility and success in provisional premiumreceivables

Automatically clears provisional premium receivables with FS-CDHandles complicated insurance policies, where it is not possible to directly calculate the premium amount, by havingcustomer pay an estimated amountCan also estimate the premium amount more than once and have the more recent estimate replace the older oneAutomatically clears down payments that have already been made with the current estimateCorrectly calculates the premium amount so the system delivers a corresponding G/L-relevant premium receivable tocollections and disbursementsReplaces the provisional estimates and any down payments that may have been made and then clears them automaticallywith the premium receivable

Customer business challengesManual effort is required to clear provisional premiumreceivables




© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Concluding Operations

Business ValueIncrease flexibility in concluding operations

Foreign Currency Valuation:Customers can assign a ledger group to a valuation areaAdjustment documents created are assigned to a ledger group as far as possibleWhere there is a 1:1 assignment between valuation area and ledger group, you no longer have to define separateadjustment accounts per valuation areaThe Ledger Group importing parameter has been added to the interface of event 0580Transaction FPW2 for displaying the log records also displays the ledger group (see SAP menu: Periodic Processing -> Closing Preparations -> Foreign Currency Valuation)

Customer business challengesThey are missing the integration of FS-CD with New GeneralLedger (New Gl)




© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Dunning in FS-CD

Business ValueIncreases flexibility and success in dunning procedures

Streamlines dunning by using optimal collection strategy for insurance companiesDunning procedures remain open to further strategy

Customer business challengesCollecting outstanding receivables is time-consuming andexpensive


* Improvements



© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Integration with CustomerRelationship Management

Business ValueIncreases flexibilityReduces business process costsIncreases customer satisfaction

Displays information in Financial Customer Care, such as last customer paymentInformation is displayed using function modules registered in customizingDetermines the necessary data in FI-CA through function module assigned to CRM profiles

Customer business challengesCannot provide a fast, overall overview of customer interaction


* Improvements



© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Tax Calculation for Interest Revenuefrom Deposit Contracts

Business ValueEasily fulfills all legal requirements

Includes the withholding tax module (CYT) for the taxation of capital revenue in balance interest calculationfor FS-CDBalances interest calculation for FS-CD, including the calculation of interest revenue for depositsHandles legal conditions and tax laws internationallyChecks exemption applications for the recipient business partner and perform an update in FS-CD bydeducting the capital yield tax if the exemption is exceededProvides integration with the withholding tax module, enabling such tasks to be performed

Customer business challengesMissing functionality to fulfill legal requirements




© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Quotation Monitoring

Business ValueEasily handles business request for integration of policyprocesses and FS-CD

Informs external systems whether a customer has accepted a quotation for an amount changeLevies a specific amount or percentage rate on the premium within defined periodsAllows customer to accept or refuse quotationArranges payment terms for the quotation uponHandles time limit on payments

Customer business challengesMissing automatic process




© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Promise to pay

Business ValueReduces business process costsIncreases customer satisfactionEnables financial customer care scenariosSpeeds customer interaction via self-services

Handles promise to pay from a business partnerEnsures promise to pay definitions and datesStreamlines payments in the form of debit memos or direct debitsTakes care of adding any charges and interest on late payments

Customer business challengesThey are missing one entry channel to provide information toinsurance company




© SAP 2007 /

Portfolio Assignment


Portfolio Assignment Handles in-force business for all insurance contracts and customersSplits work into various segments according to relevant criteriaIncludes applied criteria for region, product/line of business, customer group, and so onAssigns relevant work to an agentFacilitates new assignments or transfers when agents leave the company or new agentsjoin

Portfolio assignment managers

BenefitsEasily connects to any system that manages partners or objectsOffers independent system instance for managing relationships between partners or objectsProvides free definition of various relationships and objectsIs fully auditable through sophisticated versioning conceptSupports automation of processes in other systemsAvoids data inconsistencies by offering central access points for relationship infoReadily derives entitlements or responsibilities for sales force

Streamline the Management of Portfolios for Sales Representatives


Business Function: EA_ICM_PFO_CORE_01

© SAP 2007 /

Evaluateinformation

Business Analyst

Feature: Portfolio Assignment

Business ValueAllows administration of information in portfolio assignmentfor any given objectFacilitates independent hosting for lifecycle of objects

Handles in-force business for all insurance contracts and customersSplits work into various segments according to relevant criteriaIncludes applied criteria for region, product/line of business, customer group, and so onAssigns relevant work to an agentFacilitates new assignments or transfers when agents leave the company or new agents join

Customer business challengesHigh maintenance costsPoor scope of potential use due to limited availabilityOld fashioned architectureInflexible integration with other systems

Delivered by Business Function EA_ICM_PFO_CORE_01

* Improvements

*Work onbusiness objects

Policy Clerk


Carry outassignments

Portfolio Management clerk

Reorganizeassignments

Portfolio Management clerk

Industries > Insurance > Portfolio Assignment

© SAP 2007 /

Statutory Reporting for Insurance

Benefits

This function is a precondition for automatic generation of statutory reporting master data at the CFM position indicator object. The function allowsautomatic generation of master data for all statutory reporting variants in parallel when the CFM position indicator is created.

Integration BAPI: master data BaFin to CFM portfolio master data


New features Description Target Users for thisBusiness Function

Integration BAPI: MasterData BaFin to CFMPortfolio Master Data

This function is a precondition for automatic generation of statutory reporting master dataat the CFM position indicator object. The function allows automatic generation of masterdata for all statutory reporting variants in parallel when the CFM position indicator iscreated.

Users dealing with statutoryreporting

Business Function: INS_FSSR_CI_1

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Integration BAPI: Master Data BaFinto CFM Portfolio Master Data

Business ValuePossibility of merging the process steps generation andVerification of statutory reporting the to generatemore automatic processing in generating FS-SR masterdatamore process simplification in the fulfillment of the Statutoryreporting requirements for insurance companies

This function is a precondition for automatic generation of statutory reporting master data at the (CorporateFinance Management (CFM) position indicator object. The function allows automatic generation of masterdata for all statutory reporting variants in parallel when the CFM position indicator is created.

Customer business challengesaccurate Pre-Customizing of the statutory reporting defaultmaster data valuesjustification of the CFM product type specificCustomizing according the corresponding statutoryreporting needs

Delivered by Business Function INS_FSSR_CI_1

Creation of CFM positionindicator

Generation of statutoryreporting position

indicator

Verification statutoryreporting position

indicator

* Improvements

Posting of statutoryreporting position

indicator*

AR clerkScenario: Statutory ReportingProcess: Master Data Management,

Posting and PositionManagement

*

Industries > Insurance > Statutory Reporting for Insurance

© SAP 2007 /

Professional ServicesBusiness Functions


Professional Services: UI Enhancements: Improvement in the user interface for professional services: billing requesteditor

Professional services industry customer

Industries > Professional Services

© SAP 2007 /

Professional Services: UI Enhancements


User-Friendly BillingProcess

The simplification provides a guided procedure to facilitate WIP selection, accrual creation,pricing decisions, and bill layout definition for resource-related debit memo requests.

Project leader and billingmanager in professionalservices companies

BenefitsFaster billing processing, an ability to move the process to customer-facing staff, and more accurate bills

Simplified user interface for the resource-related billing process

Industries > Professional Services

Business Function: PRS_GEN_UI

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: User-Friendly Billing Process

Business ValueProcess simplification because no hand-off between the frontoffice and the back office is required.

The simplification provides a guided procedure to facilitate WIP selection, accrual creation, pricingdecisions, and bill layout definition for resource-related debit memo requests.

Customer business challengesNeed for back-office processing because customer-facing staffdid not accept the previous process, resulting in complexcommunications along with delayed and inaccurate billing.

Delivered by Business Function PRS_GEN_UI

billing manager

Scenario: Invoice Managementbilling manager billing manager billing manager billing manager billing manager

Create resourcerelated DMR

Review & AdjustWIP Add Accruals

DetermineGranularity &

Text

DeterminePrice Bill

Industries > Professional Services > Professional Services: UI Enhancements

© SAP 2007 /

Defense & SecurityBusiness Functions


DFPS, Deployed Logistics: With version EA-DFPS 603, there is a comprehensive enhancement of the EA-DFPScomponent in organizational flexibility, plant maintenance, materials management, unit maintenance, ERP Basis, systemarchitecture, and Accounting. These functions are active immediately upon installation.

Customers in the Defense and SecurityIndustries.

Item Unique Identification: Item Unique Identification (IUID) supports customers and suppliers using a globally uniqueidentifier that handles serialized items across system boundaries.

Prime contractors or second-tier suppliers tothe U.S. Department of Defense that need tocomply with the IUID mandateDefense organizations that need to leveragethe IUID in their logistical processes

PSM, U.S. Federal - Reimbursable Orders: Continuous Improvements to Reimbursable Orders Federal agencies

Industries > Defense & Security

Value Proposition

EhP3 offers additional value for defense and security customers:Integration of logistic, financial, and personnel process into organizational management enables customers to plan, prepare, and execute according to requirements.Operational readiness enables customers to gain an overview of needed resources quickly.Enhanced architecture enables deployed scenarios.Enhancements in maintenance contribute to optimizing maintenance processes and maintenance costs.

© SAP 2007 /

DFPS, Deployed Logistics

BenefitsIntegrates business processes across a deployed landscapeOffers a full picture across all landscapes and processesProvides important additional functionality to support defense customersSupports logistical and financial processes across deployed landscapes

Streamline Business with Comprehensive Enhancements via the Enterprise Application -Defense Forces and Public Security (EA-DFPS) Component



Business FunctionOrganizational Flexibility Enhances concept for handling operations and exercises

Provides extra functionality for manning suggestions and assignmentsAssigns technical objects to force elementsHandles infrastructure objects in conjunction with force elements and processes for armedforcesProvides additional and enhanced functions to create, copy, or maintain objects orassignments in the systemOffers additional functions for annual exercise and deployment planning

SAP ERP customers in thedefense industryNew customers needingsupport of a distributed ERPlandscape

Accounting Enhances system support via pre-definition when defining cost and profit centersIntegrates permit processes for profit center activationEnhances handling of accounting objects

SAP ERP customers in thedefense industryNew customers needing thesupport of a distributed ERPlandscape

Materials Management Provides autarchy capable warehouse managementSupplies a deployment monitorEnhances distributed-materials management in multi-system landscapes

SAP ERP customers in thedefense industryNew customers needing realestate functionality

Plant Maintenance andUnit (Line) Maintenance

Enhances transfer of technical objectsEnables short-term transfer of modifying rights for objectsCreates structure documentation for maintenance purposes, in PDF formatAdds flexibility to account assignment changes by maintaining accounting rules

SAP ERP customers in thedefense industryNew customers who haveinterchangeability requirements

System architecture Provides enhancements in user administration (role manager)Optimizes system administration for data distributionStreamlines data distribution (several new objects)Facilitates better archiving

SAP ERP customers in thedefense industryNew customers needingsupport of distributed ERPlandscapes

Business Function: DFPS_OF_DEPL_LOG

© SAP 2007 /

Item Unique Identification


IUID (item uniqueidentification) support inlogistical processes inERP.

Defines the process steps and the specific handling of serial numbers and UIIs (unique itemidentifiers) -- Includes the capability of generating UIIs -- Creates a range of material/serialnumbers inclusively related to UIIs -- Maintains logistical process steps -- UIIs can bedefined to be either optional or mandatory in the process steps-- Decisions taken by thesystem are based on customizing settings and master data

Personnel executing IUID-related process steps in theERP supply chain

IUID (item uniqueidentification) support inpurchasing and inboundlogistics.

Meets the requirements of providing the customer with UIIs from the supplier (item uniqueidentifiers) when the items are delivered -- Defines embedded items for which UIIS arerequired from the supplier -- BOM (bill of materials) can be used to automatically determineembedded items -- EDI message for the purchase order carries the information that UIIs arerequired. -- Provides an ASN (advanced shipping notification) inbound processing thatsupports UIIs. Stores information in the inbound delivery automatically during inboundprocessing of the message -- UII information of the inbound delivery is then used duringgoods receipt processing

Item managers, purchasingagents, goods receiptpersonnel

IUID (item uniqueidentification) support insales and outboundlogistics.

Creates a sales order at suppliers when customers require UIIs -- Supports integration withsales orders -- Creates a main item which is flagged to be IUID relevant -- Creates sub itemsto reflect embedded items -- Orders which carry that information can also be createdmanually -- Checks the material master data for IUID processing during order entry --Relevant items are integrated into an outbound delivery -- Assigns UII (item uniqueidentifiers) to the delivery items and to the packaging information -- ASN (advancedshipping notification) includes the UII information for main items and sub items and sendsit to the supplier.

Sales representatives,personnel in logisticsexecution

BenefitsIncreases accuracy of data capture for asset lifecycle data and enables better interoperability across a heterogeneous system landscape

Enhance Accuracy During Logistics Processes and Easily Comply with the DOD Mandate


Business Function: ERP_UID_01

© SAP 2007 /

Item Unique IdentificationNew Features


Ability to use UII asreference object duringmaintenance processes

Enables use of UII during processing of maintenanceAllows engineers to identify parts by scanning the IUID barcode

Engineers and maintenancetechnicians

Register IUIDs in the U.S.Department of DefenseIUID Registry

Easily extracts IUID informationSends information in accordance with U.S. DoD Registry. Includes main item UIIs andembedded items hierarchy.

Shipping department

Creation of UIIs (ItemUnique Identifiers)during productionprocesses

Enables creation of new UIIs (Unique Item Identifiers) during production process Customers affected by the U.S.Department of Defense IUIDmandate and customer whowish to create globally uniqueidentifiers


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: IUID (item unique identification)support in logistical processes in ERP.

Business ValueEnables accuracySpeeds tracabilityLends speed and transparency to logistics for globally-unique, identifiable items

Defines the process steps and the specific handling of serial numbers and UIIs (unique item identifiers)Includes the capability of generating UIIsCreates a range of material/serial numbers inclusively related to UIIsMaintains logistical process stepsUIIs can be defined to be either optional or mandatory in the process stepsDecisions taken by the system are based on customizing settings and master data

Customer business challengesNo support for UID processingIUID not supported in their ERP system processes

Delivered by Business Function ERP_UID_01

Scenario: Logistics Execution

Industries > Defense & Security > Item Unique Identification

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: IUID (item unique identification)support in purchasing and inbound logistics.

Business ValueEnables specific action for every purchased itemDefines the need to receive UIIs from suppliersOffers integrated UII requirements and message-based UIIhandling, from purchasing to goods receipt

Meets the requirements of providing the customer with UIIs from the supplier (item unique identifiers) whenthe items are deliveredDefines embedded items for which UIIS are required from the supplierBOM (bill of materials) can be used to automatically determine embedded itemsEDI message for the purchase order carries the information that UIIs are required.Provides an ASN (advanced shipping notification) inbound processing that supports UIIs. Storesinformation in the inbound delivery automatically during inbound processing of the messageUII information of the inbound delivery is then used during goods receipt processing

Customer business challengesNo support of UID processingNo IUID supported in their ERP system processes


Maintain contractsCreate Purchase

requisitions

Create andMaintain Purchase orders

Notify supplier,Get notification from

supplier** Improvements

Receivegoods *

Purchasingclerk

* *

Purchasingclerk

Electronicmessaging

Warehousepersonnel


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: IUID (item unique identification)support in sales and outbound logistics.

Business ValueIntegrates IUID processing with the sales processIncludes EDI messaging support

Creates a sales order at suppliers when customers require UIIsSupports integration with sales ordersCreates a main item which is flagged to be IUID relevantCreates sub items to reflect embedded itemsOrders which carry that information can also be created manuallyChecks the material master data for IUID processing during order entryRelevant items are integrated into an outbound deliveryAssigns UII (item unique identifiers) to the delivery items and to the packaging informationASN (advanced shipping notification) includes the UII information for main items and sub items and sends it to the supplier.

Customer business challengesNo support for IUID processingNo IUID processing supported in their ERP processes


Receive order fromCustomer

Create sales orderCreate delivery

Pick and packgoods

Assign UIIs** Improvements

Send notificationto customer *

Sales rep

*

Warehouse personnelLogistics dispatcher Electronic messaging


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Ability to use UII as reference objectduring maintenance processes

Business ValueMinimizes the number of errors during data capture inmaintenance processingEnsures a close connection between physical parts andassociated dataHandles association even beyond the life-time of the partOptimizes quality control

Enables use of UII during processing of maintenanceAllows engineers to identify parts by scanning the IUID barcode

Customer business challengesNo accurate or reliable picture of where individual partsare locatedErrors during data captureWrong decisions are being taken


CreatePM notification

CreatePM order

Install, uninstallequipments*

* Improvements

PM clerk

* *

PM workerTechnical support staff


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Register IUIDs in the U.S. Department ofDefense IUID Registry and IUID support in productionprocess

Business ValueIntegrates IUID into sales, procurement and productionprocessesEnsures that newly produced parts have UIIsMeets IUID requirements defined in sales orders in PPprocessStreamlines extracting information directly out of SAP ERPAutomates the gathering of IUID dataEnsures high accuracy of data

Enables creation of new UIIs (Unique Item Identifiers) during production processEasily extracts IUID informationSends information in accordance with U.S. DoD Registry.Includes main item UIIs and embedded items hierarchy.

Customer business challengesCustomers cannot generate UIIs to meet U.S.Department of Defense IUID mandate criteria -- They donot have the internal processes in place that govern thisprocedureCannot easily supply IUID information to the U.S.DoDIUID Registry


Release PP orderAnd generate UIIs Production process Confirmation*

* Improvements

Deliver productand update registry

system *

AR clerk

*


© SAP 2007 /

PSM, U.S. Federal - Reimbursable Orders


ReimbursableImprovements

Enhanced status management in sales and distribution to include funds managementupdates; enhanced message-handling for verification of customer down payments; andenhanced FMDERIVE for sales order commitment item.

Project Manager and AR Clerk

BenefitsImproved integration of sales order processing with funds management

Improvements to sales order processing for federal customers


Business Function: PSM_USFED_REIMB_1

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Reimbursable Improvements

Business ValueA sales order approval process and workflow is now possiblebefore updates to funds management, and the process is moreconsistent with the materials management update process. Newmessage-handling for down payments simplifies configurationand expands flexibility. Commitment item derivationimprovements simplify FMDERIVE configuration.

Enhanced status management in sales and distribution to include funds management updates; enhancedmessage-handling for verification of customer down payments; and enhanced FMDERIVE for sales ordercommitment item.

Customer business challengesPreviously, funds management was updated by saving a salesorder; the timing of a funds management update is nowconfigurable. Previously, a sales order for a non-federalcustomer generated a hard error message; the error messageis now configurable. Previously, FMDERIVE required anadditional rule for commitment item; a standard commitmentitem function call now fully supports the sales order process.

Delivered by Business Function PSM_USFED_REIMB_1

Scenario: Receivables and PayablesManagement

Industries > Defense & Security > PSM, U.S. Federal - Reimbursable Orders

© SAP 2007 /

HealthcareBusiness Functions & ES Bundles

Description Business Function Target Customers

SAP Patient Management CV Italy: New functionality to support enhancements for the localization of SAP PatientManagement for the country version Italy.

Patient Management for Hospitals in Italy

Description ES Bundles

ES-Bundle: Resources and Supply Chain Planning for Healthcare Provider:This bundle covers enterprise services intended to support healthcare-specific resource planning and supply chain planning processes.

It covers the support of purchasing processes for hospital pharmacies as well as replenishment of necessary drugs and other medical materials on the ward level. It alsocovers resource availability checks for planning.

Industries > Healthcare

© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Resources and Supply Chain Planningfor Healthcare Providers

Business valueBetter integration of clinical systems, schedulingsystems, and other hospital systems with SAP ERPHCM, asset management, and SAP SRM

This bundle covers enterprise services intended to support healthcare-specific resource planning andsupply chain planning processes.It covers the support of purchasing processes for hospital pharmacies as well as replenishment ofnecessary drugs and other medical materials on the ward level. It also covers resource availability checksfor planning.

Use casesPatient-independent material requisition processesPatient-dependent material requisitionFeeding of a specialized clinical and OR schedulingapplications

Replenishment process Feeding of scheduling applications

Ordermaterials

SchedulerNurse

Approveshopping

cart

Physician

Back-endsystem SAP SRM 6.0SAP SRM 6.0 SAP SRM 6.0SAP SRM 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0

Processshopping

cart

SAP SRM 6.0SAP SRM 6.0

Check staffavailability

Check deviceavailability


© SAP 2007 /

SAP Patient Management CV Italy


Mandatory fields for theinpatient process

New fields in the main transaction Clinical Process Builder for the Italian inpatient processare provided, for example "Italian Tax Number", "Local Health Agency", "ISTAT Code","Region"New IMG activities are provided to support the Italian inpatient process

All private and public hospitalsand hospital groups in Italy

BenefitsSupport of business processes relating to Patient Management for hospitals in Italy

Patient Management enhanced with a localization for Italy


Business Function: ISH_CV_IT

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Mandatory fields for the inpatientprocess

Business ValueFor example, the Italian tax number can be stored as a patientattribute and can be automatically generated

New fields in the main transaction Clinical Process Builder for the Italian inpatient process are provided, forexample "Italian Tax Number", "Local Health Agency", "ISTAT Code", "Region"New IMG activities are provided to support the Italian inpatient process

Customer business challengesLocalization of Patient Management for Italy

Delivered by Business Function ISH_CV_IT

Admission Treatment Discharge Billing

AR clerkScenario: Patient Administration and Billing

Industries > Healthcare > SAP Patient Management CV Italy

© SAP 2007 /

Higher Education & ResearchBusiness Functions


SAP Student Lifecycle Management:Implementation Accelerator Package (IAP): The new content helps customers reduce implementation time significantly.The business function contains new Web-based self-services, SAP Interactive Forms, business add-in implementations,and reports

Focus: U.S. and global customers

SAP Student Lifecycle Management:User Interface for Academic Advisor: A new user interface (UI) is provided for academic advisors. It allows users tomonitor the students assigned to them as advisees. Detailed data for each student can be displayed and important activitiescan be executed directly from this Web-based UI.

U.S. universities and global customers

Industries > Higher Education & Research

© SAP 2007 /

SAP Student Lifecycle Management:Implementation Accelerator Package (IAP)

Benefits

Accelerated implementation. Ready-to-use self-services: sample forms for various business processes. Users no longer have to do complex configurationwork but can deploy implementation accelerator packages quickly. Content examples: multiple advisors, self-service view for applicants to view missingdocuments, and student admission audit (missing documents).

Implementation accelerators facilitate implementation of SAP Student Lifecycle Management



Business Function

FunctionalEnhancements of SAPStudentLifecycle Management

The functionality is intended to support actual implementation projects for SAP StudentLifecycle Management

Students, teachers, advisors,and administrators

Business Function: ISHERCM_MAIN_IAP

© SAP 2007 /

SAP Student Lifecycle Management: UserInterface for Academic Advisor

BenefitsAdvisors can access all required functions and services at a single entry pointView all their advisees at a glance and access the student fact sheet, which summarizes the most relevant data about an individual student and thestudent's academic recordsWork with the most up-to-date student information in real timeUse an advisor user interface that can easily be configured and customized to meet institutions’ needsThe booking plan

Allows students and advisors to plan for successful program completionOffers flexible search capabilities (credits, day/time, and instructor)Is seamlessly integrated with the degree audit and advisor user interfaces

Business processes in academic advising at universities are supported with the advisor UI



Business Function

IAP FunctionalEnhancements of SAPStudentLifecycle Management

UI role for student academic advisor is provided. It allows users to monitor the studentsassigned to them as advisees.

Students and advisors

Business Function: ISHERCM_UI_ADVISOR

© SAP 2007 /

Oil & GasBusiness Functions


Business Function Basis COM:Technical integration of IS-OIL and IS-U: Basis part of IS-OIL activates the relevant repository objects in IS-OIL (nofunctional integration, see SAP Note 925792)

Customers involved in high- and low-pressure gas operation who use IS-OIL andIS-U in one system

Business Function Basis Util:Technical integration of IS-OIL and IS-U: Basis part of IS-U activates the relevant repository objects in IS-U (no functionalintegration, see SAP Note 925792)

Customers involved in high- and low-pressure gas operation who use IS-OIL andIS-U in one system

Commodity mgmt & Bulk Transports:Enhancements to Trader and Schedulers Workbench (TSW) functionality: railcar enhancements to TSW gasallocation, TSW part of xITRO, hatch/stow plan in nomination, nomination sub items, multi-material view in SPW, BI content(nomination SPW, ticket), enhancements to pipeline cycle, TSW security

Customers using the trader's and scheduler'sworkbench (TSW) or trading commodities

Joint Venture Cutback, Validation, Reporting: Master data validation for change of cost objects, 'Source account detailon cutback accounts' and new report for 'Open line item display for cost objects'

Customers operating Joint Ventures andusing JVA

Remote Logistics Management 1: Enhancements of the SAP Remote Logistics Management application; voyagemanagement and information system (VMIS): overview of all voyages in the SAP Remote Logistics Management supplyprocess to remote locations, support of planning and scheduling of voyages, and simplified execution of remote logisticsmanagement functions with VMIS

Customers operating remote productionfacilities and using SAP Remote LogisticsManagement

Industries > Oil & Gas

© SAP 2007 /

Oil & GasES-Bundles

Description

ES Bundle: Supply Chain Operations and Execution for Oil and Gas:Composite for process automation: capture data about a physical movement (after the fact) and automatically trigger the corresponding document postings in SAP ERP

Automated postings reduce manual work and increase correctness of data

Easy error-handling and workflow ensure data consistency

Flexibility ensures easy adoption by customers

Target market: manufacturing customers (focus on oil and gas) who use SAP ERP


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Supply Chain Operations and Executionfor Oil and Gas

Business valueQuickly enter only the most relevant dataFull flexibility to model new scenarios or changeexisting onesKeep control over the status of each processedmessage; reduce erroneous bookingsFast data entryFully automated inbound processing; no manualwork necessarySignificant reduction of manual work

Composite for process automation: capture data about a physical movement (after the fact) andautomatically trigger the corresponding document postings in SAP ERPAutomated postings reduce manual work and increase correctness of dataEasy error-handling and workflow ensure data consistencyFlexibility ensures easy adoption by customersTarget market: manufacturing customers (focus on oil and gas) who use SAP ERP

Use casesSales contract: after-the-fact processingPurchase contract: after-the-fact processingCorrect or reverse an existing document flowList and read processed bookingsProcess erroneous bookings

Enter physicalmovement

data

Identifyreferencecontract

Terminal or tank manageror operator

View results

Accountant

Correct,change,

or reverse

Initiatedocumentprocessing

Accountant or systemAccountant Accountant

Back-endsystem



© SAP 2007 /

Business Function Basis COM


SAP for Oil and Gas &Sap for Utilities activatesrelevant repositoryobjects

Allows IS-OIL and IS-U to run on one system or client IT department

BenefitsAllows IS-OIL and IS-U to be used in one system or client.

Optimizes technical integration of IS-OIL and IS-U.


Business Function: BUSINESS_FUNCTION_BASIS_COM

© SAP 2007 /

Business Function Basis Util


Basis part of SAP forOil & Gas and SAP forUtilities activatesrepository objects

Allows IS-OIL and IS-U to run on one system or client IT department

BenefitsEnables IS-OIL and IS-U to be used in one system or client

Facilitates Technical Integration of SAP for Oil & Gas (IS-OIL) and SAP for Utilities (IS-U)


Business Function: BUSINESS_FUNCTION_BASIS_UTIL

© SAP 2007 /

Commodity Mgmt & Bulk Transports


Multi-Material View inSPW

In the TSW SPW you are now able to view and maintain several materials side-by-side onone single screen.

Schedulers in the Processindustries, mainly Oil&Gas,Mining, and Chemicals.

Nomination Sub items The TSW Nomination sub-items enable the scheduler to enter more detailed schedulinginformation below the nomination item. This is necessary if you need to divide up yourscheduled quantity into smaller portions, like e.g. railcars, piles, batches, compartments,etc.

Schedulers in the ProcessIndustries, mainly Oil&Gas,Mining, Chemicals.

Hatch / Stow Plan inNomination

Enable the scheduler to enter a more detailed loading plan into the nomination. This isimportant for the loading of ships.

Marine schedulers in theProcess industries, mainlyMining and Oil&Gas.

BenefitsAdds railcar enhancements to TSWEnables natural gas allocationJoins TSW to xITRO (Integrated Trading & Risk Operations)Enables hatch and stow plan in nomination and nomination sub itemsAllows multimaterial view in SPWOffers SAP NetWeaver BI content (nomination, SPW, and ticket)Provides functionality in the pipeline cycleImproves TSW security

Enhances Trader's and Scheduler's Workbench Functionality


Business Function: COMM_MGMT&BULK_LOG_1

© SAP 2007 /

Commodity mgmt & Bulk TransportsNew Features


BI Content for TSW(Nomination, SPW,Ticket)

New BI data extractors are provided in the areas of TSW Nomination, SPW, and Ticket. Thisenables the real-time extraction of TSW information into BI.

Schedulers who are using TSW(Process Industries, Oil&Gasindustry)

Railcar enhancements toTSW

Schedule railcars in the NominationEvent management per railcarRailcar peggingRailcar clipboardGeneration of railcars in the nomination from a load rail ticket

Railcar scheduler in the oil andchemicals industries

TSW Enhancements toPipeline Cycle

The pipeline cycle field is added to the nomination item and the SPW what-if pop-up. Pipeline schedulers in the oil &gas industry

TSW SecurityEnhancements

Additional authorization checks in the TSW Nomination and TSW Ticket transactions Schedulers or Accountants inthe oil&gas industry, or usersin the Process Industries ingeneral who are using TSW.

Natural Gas Allocation This functionality fulfills the requirement of the Gas Pipeline industry related to adjustmentand allocation of quantity differences which occur during gas transportation.

Natural Gas TransmissionSystem Operators (TSO),Carriers

Integration of GTM andTSW

The GTM contract includes additional TSW screens and fields, incl. TSW events. The TSWNomination includes the GTM contract number. The TSW Events are copied from the GTMcontract into the TSW Nomination, mainly to support event based pricing.

Schedulers and Traders in theProcess Industries, using SAPTSW for Scheduling and anexternal trading application.


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Multi-Material View in SPW

Business ValueThis enhancement is a great usability improvement. Users canview and maintain several material inventory projections at thesame time.

In the TSW SPW you are now able to view and maintain several materials side-by-side on one singlescreen.

Customer business challengesThe users had to switch between different screens to be ableto compare the inventory projections for several materials.

Delivered by Business Function COMM_MGMT&BULK_LOG_1

Bulk OperationalInventory Planning

(SPW)

Contract OperationsManagement

Bulk ScheduleManagement

* Improvements

Custody Transfer(TSW Ticket)*

Oil Scheduler Oil Scheduler Scheduler /Accountant

Oil Scheduler/ Trader

Industries > Oil & Gas > Commodity Mgmt & Bulk Transports

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Nomination Sub items

Business ValueAbility to divide the scheduled quantity of a TSW Nominationitem into smaller portions.

The TSW Nomination sub-items enable the scheduler to enter more detailed scheduling information belowthe nomination item. This is necessary if you need to divide up your scheduled quantity into smallerportions, like e.g. railcars, piles, batches, compartments, etc.

Customer business challengesThere was no ability to divide up your scheduled quantity intosmaller portions.



(SPW)


Detailed (Marine) VoyageScheduling

* Improvements


Oil SchedulerOil Scheduler

/ Trader Oil Scheduler Scheduler /Accountant


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Hatch / Stow Plan in Nomination

Business ValueAbility to enter a load sequence when scheduling a marinenomination in TSW.

Enable the scheduler to enter a more detailed loading plan into the nomination. This is important for theloading of ships.

Customer business challengesNo ability to enter a load sequence, e.g. for ships with severalcompartments.



(SPW)

Bulk Marine VoyageScheduling

Detailed (Marine) VoyageScheduling

* Improvements


Oil / MarineScheduler

Scheduler /Accountant




© SAP 2007 /

Feature: BI Content for TSW (Nomination,SPW, Ticket)

Business ValueBetter decision support through BI content for TSW.

New BI data extractors are provided in the areas of TSW Nomination, SPW, and Ticket. This enables thereal-time extraction of TSW information into BI.

Customer business challengesMissing reporting capabilities in TSW



(SPW + BI)

Bulk Scheduling (Pipeline/ Marine)

Detailed VoyageScheduling

* Improvements


Oil Scheduler Oil Scheduler Oil Scheduler Scheduler /Accountant


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Railcar enhancements to TSW

Business ValueUse the TSW Nomination to schedule whole train loadsNomination as the central communication & trackingapplication for Scheduling & Execution across various MoT’sUse the Event Handler to automatically update railcar statusinto the NominationIntegrate Planning & Scheduling for different MoT‘s (e.g.Marine AND Rail !)

Schedule railcars in the NominationEvent management per railcarRailcar peggingRailcar clipboardGeneration of railcars in the nomination from a load rail ticket

Customer business challengesNo visibility across the whole supply chain incl. railcarsNo ability to schedule railcars individuallyNo ability to track actual loads & discharge of railcars


Bulk RailScheduling

Inventory Update &Management

(Railcar loading)

Detailed VoyageScheduling (Railcar /

Clipboard)

* Improvements


Railcar Scheduler Scheduler /Accountant

*

Railcar Scheduler Railcar Scheduler

*


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: TSW Enhancements to Pipeline Cycle

Business ValueEnable the customer to build additional custom specific logic onthis small enhancement to enable pipeline cycle reconciliation.

The pipeline cycle field is added to the nomination item and the SPW what-if pop-up.

Customer business challengesNo possibility to handle the pipeline cycle in the SPW.



Inventory Planning(identify pipeline cycle)

Bulk batched PipelineScheduling

* Improvements

Custody Transfer(TSW Ticket)

Oil Trader Oil PipelineScheduler

Oil PipelineScheduler

* **

Scheduler /Accountant


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: TSW Security Enhancements

Business ValueMore security for users in TSW.

Additional authorization checks in the TSW Nomination and TSW Ticket transactions

Customer business challengesThere were missing authorization checks. This caused a lackof security overall in TSW.



Contract OperationsManagement Bulk Scheduling

* Improvements

Custody Transfer(TSW Ticket)

Scheduler Oil Scheduler Scheduler /Accountant

* *

Oil Scheduler/ Trader


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Natural Gas Allocation

Business ValueFlexible nomination and balancing process for Natural Gas.

This functionality fulfills the requirement of the Gas Pipeline industry related to adjustment and allocation ofquantity differences which occur during gas transportation.

Customer business challengesThe business challenges addressed by this features are: (1)Business Confirmation (2) Technical confirmation orScheduling (3) Measurement Allocation between partiesinvolved during natural gas transmission.



NG ContinuousPipeline Scheduling

* Improvements

Document Generation(TSW Ticket)

TSO TSO /Accountant

* *

NG Shipper /TSO

TSO: Transmission System OperatorNG: Natural Gas

* AllocationManagement

TSO

*


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Integration of GTM and TSW

Business ValueThis is the foundation for the integration of SAP Oil&Gas TSWand an external Commodity Trading front-office software. GTM isthe interface between the TSW scheduling (operations)application and the trader's front-office.

The GTM contract includes additional TSW screens and fields, incl. TSW events. The TSW Nominationincludes the GTM contract number. The TSW Events are copied from the GTM contract into the TSWNomination, mainly to support event based pricing.

Customer business challengesMissing integration of GTM contract and TSW.



Bulk OperationalInventory Planning Bulk Scheduling*

* Improvements

Custody Transfer(TSW Ticket) **

Oil Trader Oil Scheduler Oil Scheduler Scheduler /Accountant


© SAP 2007 /

Joint Venture Cutback, Validation, Reporting


Open line item displayfor cost objects

The report provides the JVA-user with information about open line items, that carry to aspecific cost object, in JV is settled/cleared before the user close/block a cost object. Thereport contains information about Company, year, FI document number, documentcurrency, FI line item number, account, amount ( in all currencies), and FI cost object(grouped by JV cost object). The report can be started via transaction GJOI or menu pathJoint venture accounting -> information system -> documents -> Open line item display forcost objects

Customers operating JointVentures and using JointVenture Accounting

Benefits1. Open line item display for cost objects: This new report checks cost objects for open or outstanding postings.2. Source account detail on cutback accounts. This functionality allows to trace the original account during cutback, although the cutback posting is donewith the cutback account.3. Master data validation: This new function provides a system check whether records exist in the current period for a given cost object, and display awarning message if venture information cannot be changed.

Enhancements of Joint Venture Accounting (JVA) functionality


Business FunctionSource account detail oncutback accounts.

This functionality allows to trace the original account during cutback, although the cutbackposting is done with the cutback account. The handling will be activated via flag 'keep org.account' in customizing transactions GJ25, ( cutback account mapping table ) and GJ26(cutback intercompany account mapping). When the flag is activated, the createddocuments will be inflated, because a new document line will be created for each originalaccount. The posting will still be done to the cutback mapping account, but each documentline will contain the original account information in the text field. An Identifier 'C$O$A' atoffset 35 followed by the original account number will be stored in field SGTXT of FI lineitem table BSEG. The flag can be set or removed any time, but the consequences for theaudit objectives have to be considered.


JVA master datavalidation

When venture information should be changed on a cost-object, the system will now check,If there are costs in the current period or in suspense exist, and eventually issues a warningor error message. The following messages will be issued:GJV_PM 200: Billable records exist in open JV periods -> venture can not be changedGJV_PM 201: Un-cut backed records exist in open JV periods -> venture can not bechangedGJV_PM 202 Suspense records exist -> venture can not be changed.The user can customize these messages via transaction OBA5 and define (entry of amessage number) the kind of message (E, W, info or no message).



Business Function: JVA_INFS_VALIDREP

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Open line item display for costobjects

Business ValueOpen line item report shows whether a cost object(s) is usedin a line item that has not been cleared/settled.

The report provides the JVA-user with information about open line items, that carry to a specific costobject, in JV is settled/cleared before the user close/block a cost object. The report contains informationabout Company, year, FI document number, document currency, FI line item number, account, amount( in all currencies), and FI cost object (grouped by JV cost object). The report can be started viatransaction GJOI or menu path Joint venture accounting -> information system -> documents -> Open lineitem display for cost objects

Customer business challengesCustomers often close out their cost objects when a project iscompleted to prevent additional postings. There is no way toensure that open line items that carry this cost object in JV issettled/cleared before the customers close/block a cost object.

Delivered by Business Function JVA_INFS_VALIDREP

Start of preparation of JVproject completion

Review of all projectrelated cost objects

Verification of cost objectrelated

open line items ** Improvements

Close out of (project)cost objects

Scenario: Upstream (Joint Venture Management)Joint Venture (Operator) Accountant

Industries > Oil & Gas > Joint Venture Cutback, Validation, Reporting

© SAP 2007 /

Remote Logistics Management 1


VMIS Overview Screen Overview screen provided with the following voyages information:

Status of voyage (such as open)Vehicle used for the voyageVoyage type (such as sea)VariancesStatus of business locationsBase location and remote locations

Planners and schedulers ofvoyages going to remotelocations and all users whoneed voyage information (Base,Marine Control Center,Platform)

Benefits

Voyage management and information system (VMIS), overview of all voyages in the SAP Remote Logistics Management supply process to remotelocations, support for planning and scheduling voyages, and simplified execution of SAP Remote Logistics Management functions with VMIS

Enhancements of the SAP Remote Logistics Management application


Business Function: REMOTE_LOG_MGMT_1

© SAP 2007 /

Remote Logistics Management 1Improvements of Existing Features


Business Function

Enhancement of VehicleMaster Data

You can store the following data in the vehicle master, which you need for the supplyprocess of remote locations:

the average speed, the unit of measure of the average speed, the arrival buffer, and the departure buffer.rescue equipment, the telephone number and e-mail address

Planners and schedulers ofvoyages going to remotelocations

Enhancement ofBusiness LocationMaster Data for RemoteLocations

You can enter the geographical coordinates of a business location (longitude and latitude). Planners and schedulers ofvoyages going to remotelocations

Simplified VoyageProcessing

From the VMIS overview screen, you can create new voyages, display existing voyages,and display shipments that belong to a voyage.

Planners and schedulers ofvoyages going to remotelocations

Simplified Execution ofRemote LogisticsManagement (RLM)Functions

You have simplified access to important functions in the Remote Logistics Management(RLM) component from a voyage via pushbuttons.

Planners and schedulers ofvoyages going to remotelocations and users who haveto execute RLM transactions(Base, Marine Control Center,Platform)


© SAP 2007 / © SAP 2007 / Page 408

Feature: VMIS Overview Screen

Business ValueVoyage information easy accessible

Overview screen provided with the following voyages information:Status of voyage (such as open)Vehicle used for the voyageVoyage type (such as sea)VariancesStatus of business locationsBase location and remote locations

Customer business challengesMissing voyage information or difficult access to voyageinformation

Delivered by Business Function REMOTE_LOG_MGMT_1

* *Maintain vehicle andbusiness location Plan and schedule voyage Track and document

voyage** Improvements

Document unloadand load of supply *

Industries > Oil & Gas > Remote Logistics Management 1

© SAP 2007 /

Public SectorBusiness Functions


Financial Integration with EA-PS: This business function provides SAP ERP and EA-PS integration for period ofperformance, acceptance period, and prompt payment for procurement for public sector.

A public sector organization usingprocurement in SAP for Public Sector.

Item Hierarchies: This business function enables item hierarchies functionality in SAP ERP in conjunction with SAP SRM.It also supports configurable line item number (CLIN) functionality.

Large government agencies procuringcomplex good and services

Pricing Arrangements for EA-PS Integration: This business function provides SAP ERP and EA-PS integration forpricing arrangements from procurement for in SAP Public Sector

Public sector purchasing organization

PSCD, Collections Management: The business function provides extensive accounts receivable and collection-handlingfunctionality geared to the special requirements of tax agencies. It enables you to handle high data volumes inenvironments where manual processing is not feasible and automation is essential.

Tax and revenue agencies, federalgovernments, state governments, and localauthorities

PSCD, Tax Return Processing: The business function supports the registration of taxpayers and the filing of tax returns.New taxpayers and taxpayer accounts are registered. The filing frequency for tax returns can be set up as inboundcorrespondence requests. SAP software supports multiple channels for tax filing.

Tax and revenue agencies, federalgovernments, state governments, and localauthorities

PSM, Expenditure Certification: The expenditure certification business function provides new functionality for SAP ERPcustomers in the public sector who run projects with flexible or unclear funding. It assigns expenditures to funding optionsretroactively, evaluating available, allowed, and preferred funding.

Public sector organizations that run projectsfunded by sponsors and need to allocateexpenses retroactively; recipients of EUstructural funds.

Industries > Public Sector

Value Proposition

EhP3 offers additional value for public service customers:Enhanced features in funds management help reduce the total cost of ownership for public sector customersCore SAP functionalities, such as materials management, sales and distribution, and financials tailored to the needs of Federal agenciesProvision of U.S. Federal–specific entry fields in budgeting, materials management, sales and distribution, and financialsStreamlined business processes for central contractor registration, treasury payments, and collections and reimbursable agreementsChoice offered to grantor customers to use accounts payable and accounts receivable and PSCD for financial accountingProvision to grantee customers of specifically required functionality, such as organizations under U.S. GAAP accrual standards, international organizations, andorganizations in the EU.For long-time customers, the primary additional value is the ability to archive master data and application data.

© SAP 2007 /

Public SectorBusiness Functions


PSM, Grantor Integration (AP/AR): The grants management for grantor integration (AP/AR) business function in SAPERP is the seamless connection between grantor management in SAP CRM, AP/AR in SAP ERP, and funds management.

This business function provides a bridge to all necessary financial execution processes in funds management.

Grants management for grantor integration(accounts payable and accounts receivable)in SAP ERP.

PSM, Grantor Integration (PSCD): The grants management for grantor integration (PSCD) business function in SAP ERPis the seamless connection between the grantor management in SAP CRM, PSCD in SAP ERP, and funds management.

The business function provides a bridge to all necessary financial execution process in funds management.

Grants management for grantor integration(PSCD) in SAP ERP

PSM, Grants Management for Grantee Enhancements: The PSM, grants management for grantee enhancementsbusiness function provides additional functionality: budget splitting, cost sharing, overhead calculation, and foreign currencyrevaluation. It delivers two new features: posting accrued or deferred revenue and archiving.

World organizations, public sector, andeducation and research: customers in Europeand the United States

PSM, Sales Order Services: Extension of SD services with public sector dimensions. This business function is needed ifpublic sector customers want to use business function LOG_ESOA_OPS_2.

Public sector organization

PSM, U.S. Federal: Down ported enhancements made for EhP1 and SAP for Public Sector edition:

Upward and downward adjustments

Budget and control system

Cancelled funds

Document chain

Treasury report on receivables

Target customers are U.S. Federalcustomers who follow Financial SystemsIntegration Office (FSIO) guidelines. FSIOdefines core financial systems requirementsfor U.S. Federal agencies.

PSM, U.S. Federal - PPA and Payments: Enhancements to Prompt Payment Act functionality Federal agencies


© SAP 2007 /

Public SectorBusiness Functions & ES Bundles

Description ES Bundles

ES Bundle: Public Sector Budget Management:Enables the use of PSM or CO as the budget management portion of a central budget execution application

Allows retrieval information about posted budget amounts and posted budget consumption amounts, and update of budget amounts by posting budget documents

ES Bundle: Reserve and Commit Budget:Contains enterprise services to reflect commitment chains and block budget for certain activities

Offers an option to earmark funds for expected expenditures through enterprise services as a process step in expenditure processes

Description Business Functions Target Customers

PSM, U.S. Federal: Business Partner Network: Enhancements to Central Contractor Registration Customer Master Federal customers

PSM, U.S. Federal: Debt Management: New debt management functionality U.S. Federal agencies

PSM, U.S. Federal: Period of Performance: Period of performance dates and validations added to documents forearmarked funds, materials management, financial accounting, and sales and distribution

Federal agencies

PSM-FM, Funds Management: The PSM-FM, Funds Management business function includes new functionality andenhancements in Funds Management to reduce the total cost of ownership (TCO) of SAP for Public Sector.

All funds management customers, end userswho work with master data officers,budgeting officers, material planners, andcontrollers

Shopping Cart Commitment: This feature enables a financial commitment to be recorded in funds management uponapproval of a shopping cart in SAP SRM.

Public sector organization


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Public Sector Budget Management

Business valueSituation-specific information about budget andavailable budget is available when it is neededBudget management can be seamlessly executedas “take action” from information analysisPrinciple of prudence can be applied to budgetmodifications

Enables the use of PSM or CO as the budget management portion of a central budget execution applicationAllows retrieval information about posted budget amounts and posted budget consumption amounts, andupdate of budget amounts by posting budget documents

Use casesObtain real-time information on budget valuesObtain real-time information on budget consumption valuesPost or cancel budget modification documents

Looks atbudget situation

Posts pre-liminary budget

document

Budget responsible

Approvesbudget document

Checks budgetdocument

Budget managerBudget clerk Budget manager

SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0Back-endsystem


© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Reserve and Commit Budget

Business valueEasy and efficient process to reserve budget andprovide a transparent overview about actual budgetconsumptionSeamless integration of funds blocking in anyexpenditure process (including expenditure processesthat require third- party systems)

Contains enterprise services to reflect commitment chains and block budget for certain activitiesOffers an option to earmark funds for expected expenditures through enterprise services as a process stepin expenditure processes

Use casesReserve funds in case of production changes (defense)Funds commitment document chainBlock funds for expected expenditures for which the exactapplication is not yet knownSet funds commitment documents to complete

Set up newproject

Blockbudget

Project manager

Create detailedproject plan

Budget officer

Back-endsystem

SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0 SAP ERP 6.0SAP ERP 6.0

Project manager Budget officer

Add details tobudget block reflecting

higher level of commitment


© SAP 2007 /

Financial Integration with EA-PS


Period of Performance This functionality allows the user to enter a period of performance (PEROP) on anprocurement document in SAP SRM. The PEROP can be used with back-end processing ofa goods receipt and an invoice receipt. System messages are configured as warnings orerrors if GR and IR are posted outside of the PEROP dates for the PO line item.

Users of Procurement forPublic Sector

Prompt Pay AcceptancePeriod

This functionality allows acceptance of the PO line item to occur within the specified periodfor the active validations.

Users of procurement ionSAP for Public Sector

Prompt PayEnhancements

This functionality allows a user to identify a PPS procurement document line item as fastpay and have the fast pay capabilities of funds management that handle follow-up for thePO.

Users of procurement inSAP for Public Sector

Benefits

This business function provides users of procurement in SAP for Public Sector integrated capabilities for period of performance, acceptance period, andprompt pay in the extended classic scenario.

This business function activates the key features available for PO follow-on processes fromPPS.


Business Function: PSM_GOVPROC_JFMIP

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Period of Performance

Business ValueThis features allows a customer to implement stringent controlsin receiving and invoicing processes.

This functionality allows the user to enter a period of performance (PEROP) on an procurement documentin SAP SRM. The PEROP can be used with back-end processing of a goods receipt and an invoicereceipt. System messages are configured as warnings or errors if GR and IR are posted outside of thePEROP dates for the PO line item.

Customer business challengesThis feature enables customers to validate that a GR or IR isbeing entered for a period of performance supported in thepurchase order.

Delivered by Business Function PSM_GOVPROC_JFMIP

Scenario: Operational Procurement

Industries > Public Sector > Financial Integration with EA-PS

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Prompt Pay Acceptance Period

Business ValueThis features enables customers to comply with the acceptanceperiod requirements of the Prompt Payment Act.

This functionality allows acceptance of the PO line item to occur within the specified period for the activevalidations.

Customer business challengesThis feature enables customers who have to comply withPrompt Payment Act requirements to check against thedefined acceptance period.




© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Prompt Pay Enhancements

Business ValueCompliance with fast pay regulations

This functionality allows a user to identify a PPS procurement document line item as fast pay and have thefast pay capabilities of funds management that handle follow-up for the PO.

Customer business challengesCompliance with fast pay regulations




© SAP 2007 /

Item Hierarchies


Support Replication ofPPS POs withHierarchical Structuresto the PO in SAP ERP

In the extended classic scenario, the PO is replicated from SAP SRM to SAP ERP. The BAPIthat creates the PO in SAP ERP is now capable of handling the hierarchical structure that ismaintained in the PO in SAP SRM. That includes replication of functional and informationalline items, material and service line items, the hierarchical line item number, and theposition of a line item within the hierarchy. The BAPI creates an appropriate line item in thePO in SAP ERP for each line or subline item.

Users of procurement in SAPfor Public Sector

Display PO withHierarchical Line ItemStructure

Transaction ME21N can display a replicated PO with hierarchical line item structure. Thehierarchical line item number is visible and the line items are displayed in the correcthierarchical sequence. Navigation allows use of the hierarchical line item number.


Allow Entry of a GRReferring to theHierarchical Line ItemNumber

The hierarchical line item number can be used as reference when entering a goods receiptin transaction MIGO.


Entry of a Service EntrySheet Referring to theHierarchical Line ItemNumber

In transaction ML81N, the hierarchical line item number can be used as reference whenentering a service entry sheet.


Allow Entry of an IRReferring to theHierarchical Line ItemNumber

In transaction MIRO, the hierarchical line item number can be used as reference whenentering an invoice.


Benefits

This feature enables customers to produce complex contractual arrangements with a structured grouping of line items. Capabilities such as associating alike item, splitting a procurement into phases, and representing task structures are enabled through item hierarchies. This feature is available on theshopping cart, RFX, purchase order, and contract.

Flexible item hierarchies provide structure in the line items of a procurement document


Business Function: PS_GOVPROC_ITEMTYPES

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Support Replication of PPS POs withHierarchical Structures to the PO in SAP ERP

Business ValueThe capability of supporting complex procurement documentswithin SAP ERP.

In the extended classic scenario, the PO is replicated from SAP SRM to SAP ERP. The BAPI that createsthe PO in SAP ERP is now capable of handling the hierarchical structure that is maintained in the PO inSAP SRM. That includes replication of functional and informational line items, material and service lineitems, the hierarchical line item number, and the position of a line item within the hierarchy. The BAPIcreates an appropriate line item in the PO in SAP ERP for each line or subline item.

Customer business challengesThis feature enables the extended classic scenario to supportcreation of complex line item structures in procurement forSAP for Public Sector.

Delivered by Business Function PS_GOVPROC_ITEMTYPES


Industries > Public Sector > Item Hierarchies

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Display PO with Hierarchical LineItem Structure

Business ValueThe customer can view and utilize a complex PO from PPS withhierarchical items for follow-on processes in extended classicmode.

Transaction ME21N can display a replicated PO with hierarchical line item structure. The hierarchical lineitem number is visible and the line items are displayed in the correct hierarchical sequence. Navigationallows use of the hierarchical line item number.

Customer business challengesThis feature enables the extended classic scenario to supportcreation of complex line item structures in procurement in SAPfor Public Sector.




© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Allow Entry of a GR Referring to theHierarchical Line Item Number

Business ValueThe ability to enter a goods receipt for complex item hierarchies.

The hierarchical line item number can be used as reference when entering a goods receipt in transactionMIGO.





© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Entry of a Service Entry SheetReferring to the Hierarchical Line Item Number

Business ValueThis features enables the customer to create service entrysheets for complex item hierarchies.

In transaction ML81N, the hierarchical line item number can be used as reference when entering a serviceentry sheet.





© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Allow Entry of an IR Referring to theHierarchical Line Item Number

Business ValueThe customer can create an invoice for complex itemhierarchies.

In transaction MIRO, the hierarchical line item number can be used as reference when entering an invoice.





© SAP 2007 /

Pricing Arrangements for EA-PS Integration


Follow-On Processes forComplex PricingArrangements

This feature enables receipts (via a service entry sheet) and invoices against complexpricing arrangements. The pricing arrangements may consist of an estimated cost, base,incentive, and an award fee. This feature also provides validation checks against maximumfees and ceiling amounts identified in the PPS purchase order.


Benefits

This business function enables creation of follow-on processes (such as service entry sheets and invoices) and processes for complex pricing components(such as incentive fees and award fees).

Dynamic pricing arrangements and EA-PS integration


Business Function: PSM_GOVPROC_PA

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Follow-On Processes for ComplexPricing Arrangements

Business ValueCustomers who write complex contractual arrangements (not justfixed-priced items) may use the extended classic scenario ofPPS for follow-on document processing.

This feature enables receipts (via a service entry sheet) and invoices against complex pricingarrangements. The pricing arrangements may consist of an estimated cost, base, incentive, and an awardfee. This feature also provides validation checks against maximum fees and ceiling amounts identified inthe PPS purchase order.

Customer business challengesSupport for complex pricing arrangements.

Delivered by Business Function PSM_GOVPROC_PA


Industries > Public Sector > Pricing Arrangements for EA-PS Integration

© SAP 2007 /

PSCD, Collections Management


Managing CollectionWork Items

For certain taxpayer accounts, automatic reminder letters are insufficient. For those cases,the collection run can create work items, which are part of collection work lists. Collectionwork items may be used for outbound collection calls or handling more intensive taskssuch as garnishments or bank seizures. Work lists provide collectors with a single point ofaccess to their daily tasks.

Collectors

Benefits

Collect money faster, reduce tax administration complexity, and lower operating costs with broad enterprise tax and revenue management capabilities.Streamline collection processes and enforcement activities to maximize compliance.

Enhance collections and reduce non-compliance



Business FunctionManaging Collections This process is tuned to handle high-volumes of outstanding tax liabilities and tax filing

obligations. Taxpayer accounts are evaluated based on the collection strategy assigned tothe taxpayer or to one or more accounts of the taxpayer. Based on taxpayer attributes andinformation about the outstanding debts, the collection run determines the most effectivecollection activity to be performed. Collection activities can be automatic tasks such asdunning letters, transfers to collection agencies, and manual tasks of collection agents. Therules used for determining collection activities can be maintained in a flexible decision tree.All taxpayer attributes and contextual information about the taxpayer can be considered.

Collector

Business Function: PSCD_COLLECTIONS_MANAGEMENT

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Managing Collection Work Items

Business ValueThis process allows collection managers and supervisors toadminister and manage daily work lists. Workload managementis improved by the functionality provided with collection work lists(seasonal requirements or the need to substitute collectionagents temporarily due to vacation). The determination ofcollectors, collection units, and collection managers can be setup flexibly, based on taxpayer attributes. The workload of thecollection agent can be handled more efficiently.

For certain taxpayer accounts, automatic reminder letters are insufficient. For those cases, the collectionrun can create work items, which are part of collection work lists. Collection work items may be used foroutbound collection calls or handling more intensive tasks such as garnishments or bank seizures. Worklists provide collectors with a single point of access to their daily tasks.

Customer business challengesInflexible definition of business rules to determinecollection activitiesUncaptured revenue and low compliance rates

Delivered by Business Function PSCD_COLLECTIONS_MANAGEMENT

Scenario: Collections Management

Industries > Public Sector > PSCD, Collections Management

© SAP 2007 /

PSCD, Tax Return Processing


Form-Based Tax ReturnProcessing

Tax agencies can use this feature to validate tax return data, satisfy tax-filing obligations,and check against received payments. A rules engine raises exceptions can calculate thetax liability, additional interest, and penalty. Tax returns with exceptions are routed to theappropriate tax officer. The system allows you to submit various types of tax returns, suchas amended or joint returns. Tax liability is calculated by using the business rulesframework. Tax returns with exceptions are routed to the universal work list and assignedto a tax officer. Within the work center, the tax officer processes the tax return, resolvesexceptions, and has access to taxpayer details and account balances.

Tax officer

Benefits

Reduced TCO for creating tax forms based on SAP Adobe Interactive Forms software by Adobe. Automate tax filing processes based on a configurablerules engine. Offer a single view of a taxpayer across tax types and tax life cycle.

Enable taxpayer registration and tax return processing



Business Function

Registering Taxpayer This feature supports single-view registration of the taxpayer. The registration can beestablished through multiple channels, including batch upload. The process can set uptaxpayer accounts for multiple tax types and create the filing frequency and filingobligations. Coupon books can be triggered from the registration.

Tax officer

Tax Object Processing Tax agencies can use this feature to calculate the tax liability for tax objects (vehicles andproperty). The business rules framework can be used to set up the calculation based on theattributes of the tax object.

Tax officer

Business Function: PSCD_TRM_RETURN_PROCESSING

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Form-Based Tax Return Processing

Business ValueCollect money faster, reduce tax administration complexity,and lower operating costs with broad enterprise tax andrevenue management.Reduce TCO for creating tax forms based on SAPInteractive Forms software by Adobe, the business rulesframework, and SAP Business Workflow.

Tax agencies can use this feature to validate tax return data, satisfy tax-filing obligations, and checkagainst received payments. A rules engine raises exceptions can calculate the tax liability, additionalinterest, and penalty. Tax returns with exceptions are routed to the appropriate tax officer. The systemallows you to submit various types of tax returns, such as amended or joint returns. Tax liability iscalculated by using the business rules framework. Tax returns with exceptions are routed to the universalwork list and assigned to a tax officer. Within the work center, the tax officer processes the tax return,resolves exceptions, and has access to taxpayer details and account balances.

Customer business challengesInefficient, inaccurate, and non-integrated billing,collection, payment, and revenue management processes.High TCO from creating and maintaining tax forms andbusiness rules.

Delivered by Business Function PSCD_TRM_RETURN_PROCESSING

AR clerkScenario: Taxpayer Identification andReturns Processing

Industries > Public Sector > PSCD, Tax Return Processing

© SAP 2007 /

PSM, Expenditure Certification


Retroactive Assignmentof Expenses to FundingBuckets

Derivation of financing source and assignment of expenditure line items. The originalaccount assignments in the expenditure document will not be changed, but the expense willbe mapped to one or more funding options. Accounting standards and period-end closingoperations are not harmed.

Project managerProject accountant

Automatic Evaluation ofAvailable and PreferredFunding

For each project (operation), the system reads a list of preferred funding and checks theavailability of the funds.

Operative employee

Calculation of EligibleExpenditure Amountswith Taxes and OtherFunding

The system applies different methods of deducting the non-eligible portion of the expenseline item and allocates it to the financing source. It also considers whether a part of theexpense has already been assigned to the same or different funding. It also evaluates theeligibility of tax amounts.

Operative employee

Different Methods forCalculation of Sponsor'sContribution

The system calculates the contribution from a financing source as a percentage of theeligible expenditure. If a financing source is exhausted or not applicable, the system tries tofind a different source. In a co funding situation, the system evaluates how the differentfinancing sources relate to one another. Some complement each other, others are used inaddition or simply pay for the uncovered expenses. The system also prevents thecalculated contribution from exceeding the allowed limit.

Operative employee

Rework of ProposedExpenditure Certification

The system proposes a list of expense line items along with the given financing source andthe calculated contribution. The proposal list is optimized in the sense that the algorithmhas found available and best-possible funding. The user can directly accept this proposalor, if desired, make manual changes, such as excluding a line item. A trace functionalityabout the calculation of the eligible amount and access to the original line item is alsoprovided. Before saving the expenditure statement in a final version, a separation-of-dutiesapproval process can be launched.

Operative employeeProject manager

BenefitsOptimized use of funding resourcesImproved and easier reporting to sponsorsFunding allocation can be postponedAudit trail for expenditure reports

Assign expenditures to available, allowed, and preferred funding retroactively and prepare areport for sponsors.


Business Function: PSM_EXP_CERT

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Retroactive Assignment of Expensesto Funding Buckets

Business ValueEnhancement to SAP ERP, where account assignments must bemade during posting.

Derivation of financing source and assignment of expenditure line items. The original account assignmentsin the expenditure document will not be changed, but the expense will be mapped to one or more fundingoptions. Accounting standards and period-end closing operations are not harmed.

Customer business challengesA decision on where funding comes from must be made duringposting. The account assignment can be overruled orconverted into a retroactive funding assignment.

Delivered by Business Function PSM_EXP_CERT

Preparing GrantApplication(Pre-Award)

Recording Sponsor’sDecision

Executing the AwardedGrant

* New Functionality

Scenario: Grants Management for GranteeCertification Manager; Grant Manager

ExpenditureCertification *

Industries > Public Sector > PSM, Expenditure Certification

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Automatic Evaluation of Availableand Preferred Funding

Business ValueAutomatic instead of manual evaluation

For each project (operation), the system reads a list of preferred funding and checks the availability of thefunds.

Customer business challengesComplicated funding structures make it difficult for the user tofind the most suitable and available funding. Decisions madeat posting might need improvement.


* New Functionality




Certification Accountant


Scenario: Grants Management for Grantee


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Calculation of Eligible ExpenditureAmounts with Taxes and Other Funding

Business ValueReduce manual workloadConsider co fundingOption to split expenses across several sponsors andfunding optionsEvaluate tax handling

The system applies different methods of deducting the non-eligible portion of the expense line item andallocates it to the financing source. It also considers whether a part of the expense has already beenassigned to the same or different funding. It also evaluates the eligibility of tax amounts.

Customer business challengesIt is often cumbersome to calculate the eligible portion of anexpense line item, especially with respect to tax amounts andco funding from several financing sources


* New Functionality








© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Different Methods for Calculation ofSponsor's Contribution

Business ValueMany automated checks and a variety of calculation algorithmsreduce the manual workload.

The system calculates the contribution from a financing source as a percentage of the eligible expenditure.If a financing source is exhausted or not applicable, the system tries to find a different source. In a cofunding situation, the system evaluates how the different financing sources relate to one another. Somecomplement each other, others are used in addition or simply pay for the uncovered expenses. Thesystem also prevents the calculated contribution from exceeding the allowed limit.

Customer business challengesSponsors might have different rules for how to calculate theircontribution, but the presence of different rules is difficult toobserve, especially in complex funding scenarios.


* New Functionality








© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Rework of Proposed ExpenditureCertification

Business ValueOptimized system proposal along with the flexibility of manualcorrections. Traceability of funding assignment.

The system proposes a list of expense line items along with the given financing source and the calculatedcontribution. The proposal list is optimized in the sense that the algorithm has found available and best-possible funding. The user can directly accept this proposal or, if desired, make manual changes, such asexcluding a line item. A trace functionality about the calculation of the eligible amount and access to theoriginal line item is also provided. Before saving the expenditure statement in a final version, a separation-of-duties approval process can be launched.

Customer business challengesBefore finalizing the financial report to the sponsor, manualchanges and corrections are often necessary and can be verytime consuming.


* New Functionality








© SAP 2007 /

PSM, Grantor Integration (AP/AR)


Support Funding fromMultiple Sources

Allows the grantor manager or clerk to define various funding sources that define thepercentage distribution and the relevant account assignments.

Grantor program manager orclerk

Creation or Change ofPreccommitments orForecast of RevenueDocuments

Grant payments and repayments are created as budget precommitments or forecast ofrevenue for each application in funds management. This optional process is defined on aprogram level.

Budget director

Creation or Change ofOpen Items in AP/AR

This is the core of grantor integration between SAP CRM and SAP ERP. While in SAP CRM,the contractual obligations to the grant agreement are defined and the final repayment andpayments are created in AP/AR as open items. Integration also provides delta-handling. Ifan agreement is amended, adjustment postings will be created.

Accountant

Automatic Creation of aFunded Program Basedon a CRM Program

Once a grantor program is released in SAP CRM, a funded program is automatically createdin funds management. This optional process depends on the program settings.

Budget clerk

Notification of Creationof a Cleared Item orOpen Item in AP/AR toSAP CRM

Once an open item is created or changed, or a cleared item is created or changed in AP/AR,the information is sent back to SAP CRM and is available for display in the agreement orclaim.

Grantor program clerk

Benefits

Grants management for grantor integration (accounts payable and accounts receivable) is the seamless connection between grantor management inSAP CRM, accounts payable and accounts receivable in SAP ERP, and funds management.This business function provides a bridge to all necessary financial execution processes in funds management: payment and open item management inaccounts payable and accounts receivable and budget reservation and availability control processes in funds management.

Seamless integration of the grantor financial execution processes into an ERP back end.


Business Function: PSM_GRANTOR_APAR

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Support Funding from MultipleSources

Business ValueAutomatically assign the requested payments and repayments tothe correct budget bucket(s).

Allows the grantor manager or clerk to define various funding sources that define the percentagedistribution and the relevant account assignments.

Customer business challengesWithout this feature, it is difficult to provide tracking inaccounting about what various funding partners contributed toeach program in case of multiple funding sources.

Delivered by Business Function PSM_GRANTOR_APAR

ManagingPrograms Application Processing Agreement

Processing

* Improvements

Accounting Processing

Grantor Program Manager

Scenario: Grants Management for Grantor

*

Industries > Public Sector > PSM, Grantor Integration (AP/AR)

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Creation or Change ofPrecommitments or Forecast of RevenueDocuments

Business ValueThe defined grant budget for a program is not exceeded duringthe application phase.

Grant payments and repayments are created as budget precommitments or forecast of revenue for eachapplication in funds management. This optional process is defined on a program level.

Customer business challengesNo transparency into the committed payments and repaymentsfor a grant program during the application creation phase.



Processing** Improvements





© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Creation or Change of Open Items inAP/AR

Business ValueSeamless integration from contractual processing with financialexecution.

This is the core of grantor integration between SAP CRM and SAP ERP. While in SAP CRM, thecontractual obligations to the grant agreement are defined and the final repayment and payments arecreated in AP/AR as open items. Integration also provides delta-handling. If an agreement is amended,adjustment postings will be created.

Customer business challengesAutomatic mapping of agreement contractual conditions tofinancial back-end processing.



Processing

* Improvements

Accounting Processing*

Accountant



© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Automatic Creation of a FundedProgram Based on a CRM Program

Business ValueAutomation of processes

Once a grantor program is released in SAP CRM, a funded program is automatically created in fundsmanagement. This optional process depends on the program settings.

Customer business challengesThe customer must manually create an equivalent accountelement for the CRM grantor program in funds management oraccounting.








© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Notification of Creation of a ClearedItem or Open Item in AP/AR to SAP CRM

Business ValueThe program clerk can better understand the financial status ofthe contract agreement and must refer a grantee applicant to theaccounting department less often.

Once an open item is created or changed, or a cleared item is created or changed in AP/AR, theinformation is sent back to SAP CRM and is available for display in the agreement or claim.

Customer business challengesAccounting information is unavailable in the contractualagreement.



Processing

* Improvements


Grantor Clerk



© SAP 2007 /

PSM, Grantor Integration (PSCD)


Creation and Change ofPrecommitments andForecast of RevenueDocuments

Grant payments and repayments are created as budget precommitments and forecasts ofrevenue in funds management for each application. This optional process is defined on aprogram level.

Budget director

Creation and Change ofCommitments andForecast of RevenueDocuments

Grant payments and repayments are created as budget commitments and forecasts ofrevenue in funds management for each agreement. This optional process is defined on aprogram level.

Budget director

Support Funding fromMultiple Sources

Allows the grantor manager or clerk to define various funding sources to define thepercentage distribution and the relevant account assignments.

Grantor program manager andclerk

BenefitsGrants management for grantor integration (PSCD) is the seamless connection between the grantor management in SAP ERP and funds management.This business function provides a bridge to all necessary financial execution process: payment and open item management in PSCD and budgetreservation and availability control processes in funds management.

Seamless integration of the grantor financial execution processes with an ERP back end


Business Function: PSM_GRANTOR_APAR

© SAP 2007 /

PSM, Grantor Integration (PSCD)New Features


Automatic Creation ofFunded Program Basedon a CRM Program

Once a grantor program is released in SAP CRM, a corresponding funded program isautomatically created in funds management. This optional process depends on the programsettings.

Budget clerk

Creation and Change ofOpen Items in PSCD

This is the core of grantor integration between SAP CRM and SAP ERP. The contractualobligations of the grant agreement are defined in SAP CRM; the final repayment andpayments are created in collection and disbursement in SAP Public for Sector as openitems. The integration also provides delta-handling. If an agreement is amended,adjustment postings will be created.

Accountant

Notification of ClearedItem and Open ItemCreation from PSCD toSAP CRM

Once an open or cleared item is created or changed in PSCD, the information is sent to SAPCRM and is available for display in the agreement and claim.

Grantor program clerk


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Creation and Change ofPrecommitments and Forecast of RevenueDocuments

Business ValueThe defined grant budget for a program is not exceeded duringthe application phase

Grant payments and repayments are created as budget precommitments and forecasts of revenue infunds management for each application. This optional process is defined on a program level.

Customer business challengesNo transparency into the committed payments and repaymentsfor a grant program during the application creation phase

Delivered by Business Function PSCD_GRANTOR






Industries > Public Sector > PSM, Grantor Integration (PSCD)

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Creation or Change of Commitmentsor Forecast of Revenue Documents

Business ValueThe defined grant budget for a program is not exceeded duringthe application phase.

Grant payments and repayments are created as budget commitments or forecast of revenue for eachagreement in funds management. This optional process is defined on a program level.

Customer business challengesNo transparency into the committed payments and repaymentsfor a grant program during the application creation phase.








© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Support Funding from MultipleSources

Business ValueAutomatically assigns the requested payments and repaymentsto the correct budget bucket(s).

Allows the grantor manager or clerk to define various funding sources to define the percentage distributionand the relevant account assignments.

Customer business challengesWithout this feature, it is difficult to provide tracking inaccounting of what various funding partners contributed toeach program in case of multiple funding sources.








© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Automatic Creation of FundedProgram Based on a CRM Program

Business ValueAutomation of processes

Once a grantor program is released in SAP CRM, a corresponding funded program is automaticallycreated in funds management. This optional process depends on the program settings.

Customer business challengesThe customer must manually create an equivalent accountelement for the SAP CRM grantor program in fundsmanagement and accounting.








© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Creation and Change of Commitmentsand Forecast of Revenue Documents

Business ValueThe defined grant budget for a program is not exceeded duringthe agreement phase

Grant payments and repayments are created as budget commitments and forecasts of revenue in fundsmanagement for each agreement. This optional process is defined on a program level.

Customer business challengesNo transparency into the committed payments and repaymentsfor a grant program during the agreement creation phase



Processing ** Improvements





© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Creation and Change of Open Itemsin PSCD

Business ValueSeamless integration of contractual processing with financialexecution.

This is the core of grantor integration between SAP CRM and SAP ERP. The contractual obligations of thegrant agreement are defined in SAP CRM; the final repayment and payments are created in collection anddisbursement in SAP Public for Sector as open items. The integration also provides delta-handling. If anagreement is amended, adjustment postings will be created.

Customer business challengesAutomatic mapping of agreement contractual conditions tofinancial back-end processing



Processing

* Improvements


Accountant



© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Notification of Cleared Item and OpenItem Creation from PSCD to SAP CRM

Business ValueThe program clerk can better understand the financial status ofthe contract agreement and must refer a grantee applicant to theaccounting department less often.

Once an open or cleared item is created or changed in PSCD, the information is sent to SAP CRM and isavailable for display in the agreement and claim.

Customer business challengesAccounting information is unavailable on the contractualagreement.



Processing

* Improvements


Grantor Clerk



© SAP 2007 /

PSM, Grants Management for GranteeEnhancements


GM Budget Splitting RuleEnhancement

The new function automatically creates budget validity periods for yearly time slices. Thefirst time slice starts with the grant valid-from date and ends after 12 months. The next timeslice starts at the grant valid-from date plus one year.

Grant accountantGrant manager

Subtractive Cost-SharingMethod

This cost-sharing method relates to how cost sharing is calculated in the budgetingworkbench and considers how cost sharing relates to the total budget (external and internalfunds) instead of only external funds.


IDC Calculation from andto Grantee's Contribution

IDC expense and recovery posting is based on IDC-relevant postings to the grant’spostings to external and internal funds (total expenses). This IDC method is used inconjunction with the subtractive cost-sharing method. IDC caps are still used to determinethe maximum reimbursement by the sponsor.


Accrual and DeferralCalculation and Posting

Evaluates the grant’s billable and revenue postings to determine whether an accrued ordeferred revenue posting is needed based the grant’s financial disposition. The calculationcan be based on resource-related billing accrual or cash-based billing methods.

Grant accountantFinancial accountant

Archiving Archiving strategies introduced for grants management master data and budgetingdocuments.

Grant managerGrant accountant

Benefits

The business function covers specific accounting requirements for U.S. GAAP accrual and European processes for cost sharing, overhead calculation(IDC), and currency revaluation. The archiving of grants is a new feature.

Grants management for grantee functional enhancements for public services organizations.



Business Function

GM Revaluation andCurrency ConversionEnhancement

New business add-in, GM_CURRENCY_CONVERSION, provided to allow additionalflexibility to revalue GM postings based upon the sponsor’s currency.

Grant accountant

Business Function: PSM_GM_GTE_CI_1

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: GM Budget Splitting RuleEnhancement

Business ValueAutomatic splitQuick update if grant start date changes

The new function automatically creates budget validity periods for yearly time slices. The first time slicestarts with the grant valid-from date and ends after 12 months. The next time slice starts at the grant valid-from date plus one year.

Customer business challengesManual split into time slices is cumbersome and error-prone.

Delivered by Business Function PSM_GM_GTE_CI_1

* Improvements




Pass-through ofGrants** *

Grant Accountant Grant Manager


Industries > Public Sector > PSM, Grants Management for Grantee Enhancements

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Subtractive Cost-Sharing Method

Business ValueCorrect cost-sharing calculation

This cost-sharing method relates to how cost sharing is calculated in the budgeting workbench andconsiders how cost sharing relates to the total budget (external and internal funds) instead of only externalfunds.

Customer business challengesThe existing cost-sharing calculation was incorrect forEuropean customers.


* Improvements




Pass-through ofGrants** *

Grant Accountant



© SAP 2007 /

Feature: IDC Calculation from and to Grantee'sContribution

Business ValueEuropean customers can calculate cost sharing and IDCcorrectly.

IDC expense and recovery posting is based on IDC-relevant postings to the grant’s postings to externaland internal funds (total expenses). This IDC method is used in conjunction with the subtractive cost-sharing method. IDC caps are still used to determine the maximum reimbursement by the sponsor.

Customer business challengesEuropean customers calculate cost-sharing on IDC differentlythan U.S. customers. The existing functionality did not coverthe option to share overhead costs.


* Improvements




Pass-through ofGrants**

Grant Accountant



© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Accrual and Deferral Calculation andPosting

Business ValueProcessing and tracing of deferred and accrued revenueCompliance with legal requirements

Evaluates the grant’s billable and revenue postings to determine whether an accrued or deferred revenueposting is needed based the grant’s financial disposition. The calculation can be based on resource-relatedbilling accrual or cash-based billing methods.

Customer business challengesMissing functionality to cover reporting and legal requirements.


* Improvements

Grant Accountant




Pass-through ofGrants*



© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Archiving

Business ValueReduced number of grants and budget documents

Archiving strategies introduced for grants management master data and budgeting documents.

Customer business challengesExpired grants and unused budget documents


* Improvements

System Administrator




Pass-through ofGrants*



© SAP 2007 /

PSM, Sales Order Services


Extension of SD Serviceswith Public SectorDimensions

Enterprise services for sales orders now include public sector master data elements, like afunds management funds center. Public sector customers can use the services to buildcomposite applications to support the sales order process.

All kinds of users working inpublic sector organizations,especially non-expert users(information workers)

Benefits

Simplifies sales order processing, offers more flexibility and agility for different kinds of revenue processes because of reusable process steps, andfacilitates end-to-end process integration across different systems and SAP applications.

Simplify sales order processing


Business Function: PSM_ESOA_SDINT

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Extension of SD Services with PublicSector Dimensions

Business ValueHelps facilitate a cross-component and cross-system sales orderprocess, simplifies sales order processing for non-expert users,and makes sales order processing more efficient and flexible.

Enterprise services for sales orders now include public sector master data elements, like a fundsmanagement funds center. Public sector customers can use the services to build composite applications tosupport the sales order process.

Customer business challengesIneffective sales order processing, a rigid process that isdifficult to change.

Delivered by Business Function PSM_ESOA_SDINT

Sales OrderProcessing

Delivery andBilling Payment

* Improvements

*

Scenario: Budget Execution(Revenue Accounting)

Industries > Public Sector > PSM, Sales Order Services

© SAP 2007 /

PSM, U.S. Federal


Document Chain The document chain report allows entry of a document number within the order-to-cash orprocure-to-pay process, and because of the document chain transaction, both relatedpredecessor and successor documents can be displayed. Various views are available,including funds management view and ledger view. The document chain feature can beaccessed as a stand-alone transaction or can be called from the transaction register report.

Finance manager and auditor

BenefitsStreamlined and standardized procedures provide unified handling of business processes.

The U.S. Federal Government (PSM-FG) software provides functions required specifically bythe Federal government of the United States.



Business Function

Upward and DownwardAdjustments

Option for adjustments calculated at the document level, rather than the accounting linelevel, for net posting at the overall fund level.

Funds center manager

BCS LegalEnhancements: NewFederal-Specific FieldsAdded to the BCSHeader

Added transfer agency, transfer account, and trading partner to the budgeting workbenchheader.

Budgeting group

Cancelled Funds: AssetTransfer

Extended customizing to allow maintenance of distinct transfer-in and transfer-outaccounts. Adjusted interface for intercompany transfer in asset management of financialaccounting to accommodate separation of accounts. The improvement can be used totransfer cancelled funds.

Asset manager and fundscenter manager

Business Function: PSM_USFED_CI_1

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Document Chain

Business ValueStreamlined audit process

The document chain report allows entry of a document number within the order-to-cash or procure-to-payprocess, and because of the document chain transaction, both related predecessor and successordocuments can be displayed. Various views are available, including funds management view and ledgerview. The document chain feature can be accessed as a stand-alone transaction or can be called from thetransaction register report.

Customer business challengesThe order-to-cash and procure-to-pay business processesinvolve various SAP applications, and verification of theaccuracy of the financial information is a time-consumingprocess. The new feature provides easier access to thefinancial information of the business processes by displayingthe chain of information.

Delivered by Business Function PSM_USFED_CI_1

Scenario: Receivables andPayables Management

Transactionsrecorded

Review/Auditing ofTransaction

FinanceData entry clerk

* Improvements

Industries > Public Sector > PSM, U.S. Federal

© SAP 2007 /

PSM, U.S. Federal - PPA and Payments


Treasury Payments andCollections

IPAC legal changes: adjustment files and zero-dollar files now provided.IPAC enhancements: procedures to utilize standard payment program and paymentmedium workbench to generate file formats.Payment File Format Legal Changes: Enhancements for revisions to Treasury formatsConsolidate US Federal Payments and Collections: Procedures to utilize standard PaymentProgram and Payment Workbench. Consolidated all Treasury related payments andcollections (RFC payments, IPAC, and SF-1080 / SF-1081) under one standard FI paymentprocess. Updated file formats for SPS payments. Updated IPAC formats for latest TAS andBETC reporting requirements.

AP clerk and manager

Invoice Status Reporting Report to track and maintain status of vendor invoices. Both FI and LIV can be tracked invarious stages.

Accounts payable clerk andmanager

Enhancements to PromptPayment ActFunctionality

Enhancements to add new fields at the line-item level to exclude an item from PPA and toidentify fast-pay items; enhancements to invoice release report (MRBR); options for factorycalendar; retention of PPA log data; and enhancements to improper invoice functionality.


9,999 Line Invoices inLogistic InvoiceVerification

Ability to post an invoice with 9,999 lines. Accounts payable clerk

BenefitsImproved processing for payment-related issues. Improved reporting.

Streamlined handling of Prompt Payment Act and payment-related requirements.



Business Function

Enhancements to InvoiceRelease Report

The invoice release program can now analyze multiple blocked invoices against multiplegoods receipts, identify which invoices are fully received, and remove the payment block.Previously, all open invoices had to be fully received before any invoices were released.

AP clerk

Business Function: PSM_USFED_PPAP_1

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Treasury Payments and Collections

Business ValueStreamlined process greatly simplifies configuration, trainingaspects, and daily payment and collection procedures. IPACadjustments and zero-dollar transaction are now supported.IPACed derivations and generations for unmatched items is nowavailable.

IPAC legal changes: adjustment files and zero-dollar files now provided.IPAC enhancements: procedures to utilize standard payment program and payment medium workbench to generate fileformats.Payment File Format Legal Changes: Enhancements for revisions to Treasury formatsConsolidate US Federal Payments and Collections: Procedures to utilize standard Payment Program and PaymentWorkbench. Consolidated all Treasury related payments and collections (RFC payments, IPAC, and SF-1080 / SF-1081)under one standard FI payment process. Updated file formats for SPS payments. Updated IPAC formats for latest TAS andBETC reporting requirements.

Customer business challengesPreviously separate programs and procedures utilized forvarious treasury payment methods are now streamlined underone process. All file formats have been updated to reflectlatest treasury guidance.

Delivered by Business Function PSM_USFED_PPAP_1

Payment Program Payment MediumWorkbench*

* Improvements

AR/AP clerkScenario: Receivables andPayables Management

*

AR/AP clerk

Industries > Public Sector > PSM, U.S. Federal - PPA and Payments

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Invoice Status Reporting

Business ValueStreamlined information access.

Report to track and maintain status of vendor invoices. Both FI and LIV can be tracked in various stages.

Customer business challengesPreviously, it was difficult to track the status and history of avendor invoice within one transaction. Depending on the statusof the invoice, various transactions and drill-downs had to beused. New functionality now provides a unique transaction toaccess current and historical invoice status information.


Record Vendor Invoice Follow-on process forinvoice

Analysis of Invoice statusand History*

AP clerkScenario: Receivables andPayables Management

**

AP clerk

* Improvements


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Enhancements to Prompt PaymentAct Functionality

Business ValueContinuous improvements to PPA functionality expand theapplication to ensure that payments are based on all aspects ofPPA guidance: payment terms and due dates, improper invoices,interest and penalties, and so on.

Enhancements to add new fields at the line-item level to exclude an item from PPA and to identify fast-payitems; enhancements to invoice release report (MRBR); options for factory calendar; retention of PPA logdata; and enhancements to improper invoice functionality.

Customer business challengesPreviously, only overall documents could be excluded fromPPA, not individual line items. Fast-pay items identified bymaterial group could result in duplicate materials. Calculationswere based on the standard factory calendar. Invoices couldnot be held with an improper invoice reason code.


Purchasing Invoice verification Invoice release** Improvements

AP clerkScenario: Receivables andPayables Management

*

AP clerk


© SAP 2007 /

Feature: 9,999 Line Invoices in LogisticInvoice Verification

Business ValueThe FI invoice still has a limitation of 999 lines, but the limitationwill be transparent to the user. The system automatically createsmultiple FI invoices from the LIV invoice.

Ability to post an invoice with 9,999 lines.

Customer business challengesPreviously, SAP limited invoices to 999 lines: PO lines, goodsreceipts, and LIV allow four items. The limitation was with FI,which can handle three-position (999) line items.


Purchasing Goods receipt Invoice receipt** Improvements

AP clerkScenario: Receivables and PayablesManagement

*

AP clerk


© SAP 2007 /

PSM, U.S. Federal: Business Partner Network

BenefitsElimination of different business partner information between software systems. Up-to date information on business partners.

Automated data integration between different software systems



Business Function

Central ContractorRegistration

Enhancements to the communication method and data upload tools for the centralcontractor register (CCR) . The CCR includes the following features:

1.Real-time XML/XI feature2.Real-time point-to-point XML feature3. Updated programs populate new CCR tables in SAP ERP by using a method call


Business Function: PSM_USFED_BPN_1

© SAP 2007 /

PSM, U.S. Federal: Debt Management


Debt Management The new fee-schedule program allows automated calculation and posting of interest and ofpenalty and administrative fees. Application of payment ensures that incoming paymentsare applied to principal and fees according to federal regulations. Itemized bill combines theprincipal document and all related fees within one correspondence letter to the customer.

Accounts receivable clerk andmanager

BenefitsElimination of manual processes in fee calculation and payment processing.

Improved functionality for the Debt Collection Act


Business Function: PSM_USFED_DEBT_1

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Debt Management

Business ValueStreamlined process with less user intervention. Reduces thenumber of user errors because of missing system controls.

The new fee-schedule program allows automated calculation and posting of interest and of penalty andadministrative fees. Application of payment ensures that incoming payments are applied to principal andfees according to federal regulations. Itemized bill combines the principal document and all related feeswithin one correspondence letter to the customer.

Customer business challengesPreviously, the requirements of the Debt Collection Act couldbe met only with manual process steps in accounts receivable.

Delivered by Business Function PSM_USFED_DEBT_1

Billing Calculation of Fees Collection** Improvements

AR clerkScenario: Receivables andPayables Management

*

AR clerk

Industries > Public Sector > PSM, U.S. Federal: Debt Management

© SAP 2007 /

PSM, U.S. Federal: Period of Performance


Period of Performance Enhanced functionality to determine and control business partners' performance dates.Developed unique period-of-performance date fields, checking logic, and enhancements ofvarious document line items, such as purchase order (including service lines), sales order,earmarked funds, and expense lines on invoices. Subsequent validations ensure that actualactivity occurred within the time frame.

Purchasing Clerk, AccountsReceivable Clerk and AccountsPayable Clerk

BenefitsImproved control mechanism to ensure that the period of performance of invoiced activity is within the contractually agreed period of performance.

Enhanced control of accuracy and timeliness of activity with a business partner.


Business Function: PSM_USFED_PEROP_1

© SAP 2007 /

Feature: Period of Performance

Business ValueUnified and streamlined approach to control the validity ofinvoiced activity.

Enhanced functionality to determine and control business partners' performance dates. Developed uniqueperiod-of-performance date fields, checking logic, and enhancements of various document line items, suchas purchase order (including service lines), sales order, earmarked funds, and expense lines on invoices.Subsequent validations ensure that actual activity occurred within the time frame.

Customer business challengesNo dedicated field for period of performance existed in theprior version of the software. Various fields had to be used tocontrol the validity of invoiced activity against contractualagreement. In many cases, this work had to be done at adocument-header level rather than at an individual line-itemlevel.

Delivered by Business Function PSM_USFED_PEROP_1

Scenario: Receivables and PayablesManagement

Industries > Public Sector > PSM, U.S. Federal: Period of Performance

© SAP 2007 /

PSM-FM, Funds Management

BenefitsStreamlined and standardized procedures provide unified handling of business processes, which helps lower the TCO of the public sector environment.

Improved use of funds management within an ERP environment that uses other componentslike MM, CO, and project system.



Business Function

Business Process inActivity-Based Costingas Statistical Cost Object

You can now specify a statistical business processes just like you can specify internalorders and work breakdown structure elements as statistical. When posting a documentwith CO integration, a statistical business process (CO Value type 11) can be posted inparallel to the real cost object (CO Value Type 04).

Customers with high overheadcosts.

Business Function: PSM_FM_CI_1

© SAP 2007 /

PSM-FM, Funds ManagementImprovements of Existing FeaturesImprovements ofexisting features Description Target Users for this

Business Function

Generation of FundsManagement Master Data

You can use the automatic creation of FM master data (RFFMMD_AUTOCREATION) report to createfunds management master data (commitment item, funds center, and funded program) from FI or COaccount assignment elements or change existing FM account assignments. You can use the followingsource data:

For commitment items: G/L accounts or cost elementsFor funds centers: cost centers, internal orders, or WBS elementsFor funded programs: internal orders or WBS elements

The report derives the name of the target object using the FM derivation tool based on the sourceobject.

All funds managementcustomers and end users whowork with master data officers.

Enhanced Features ofFM Derivation ToolFMDERIVE

You can use the funds management derivation tool FMDERIVE to define derivation strategies for whichgroups (sets) of cost centers, cost elements, internal orders, and WBS elements are permitted assource parameters.You can use the update FM derivation rules in accordance with group change report(RFFM_ENH_DERIVATION_TOOL) to reconstruct the rules for the derivation strategies in which groupsoccur as source parameters that use your values if the values of the groups have changed.Several users can now work on the same step (derivation rule) for the same derivation strategy at thesame time. As a prerequisite, the various data intervals of the same rule must differ in at least one ofthe values of the source account assignment.

All funds managementcustomers and end users whowork with master data officers

Budgeting - Allows more fields on budget documents to be changed before and after posting a document andrecords the changes in a change history log. - Streamlined processes: ALV functions added to thebudgeting workbench; an ability to hide and display lines that are automatically generated for a budgetdocument; improved layout for budgeting workbench sender and receiver transactions; andintroduction of budget type groups for maintaining budget process configuration.”

Budget officers andconfiguration team

Integrate MaterialReservations with FM

The new functionality will create a funds reservation document in funds management in thebackground when the material reservation is posted. The funds reservation will check and reservebudget. If no budget is available, standard availability control will issue a message to the user.

Inventory clerk

Plan Data Transfer toBudget and ControlSystem

The existing plan data transfer to the budget and control system has been enhanced to includeselections for real estate subjects.

Budgeting group

Rule-Based AccountAssignment Distribution

You can now use the existing rule-based account assignment tool to generate a rule-based distributionof account assignments with the transfer of time recording to project system and controlling.You define rules that stipulate the distribution of the account assignment (COBL object) originallyentered on the receiver object in time recording for the transfer. As a result, you can generate severallines with different account assignments.

All funds managementcustomers and end usersworking with master dataofficers


© SAP 2007 /

Shopping Cart Commitment

Benefits

Public sector organizations are required to commit funds at time of the purchase request. With this feature, customers can now have a commitmentrecorded at time of approval of their shopping cart in SAP SRM, enabling them to have appropriate accounting controls within the requisitioning process inSAP SRM.

Enables funds commitment on the shopping cart in SAP SRM to support commitmentaccounting



Business Function

Commitment on SRMShopping Cart

This feature records a commitment in funds management when the shopping cart in SAPSRM is approved.

Public sector requestors andtheir accounting support.

Business Function: PS_GOVPROC_SCCMT

© SAP 2007 /

MediaES Bundles

Description

ES Bundle: Advertising Management:Allows development of new user interfaces (UIs) for use cases involving media advertising management (focus on print ads)

Partner: Medien Systemhaus (Stuttgart)Develops business-to-consumer (B2C) Web applications (certified composites) for advertising customersReplacement and completion of technically outdated Internet application components (IACs) from SAP

Foundation for other scenarios, such as call center integration

Future: business-to-business, classifieds editor, and cross-media advertising

ES Bundle: Subscription Management:Allows development of new user interfaces (UIs) for use cases involving media subscription management Partner: Medien Systemhaus (Stuttgart)

Develops business-to-consumer (B2C) Web applications (certified composites) for advertising customers

Replacement and completion of technically outdated Internet application components (IACs) from SAP


Industries > Media

© SAP 2007 /

ES Bundle: Advertising Management

Business valueState-of-the art customer self-service increasescustomer satisfaction and decreases call centerworkloadEnablement of building new UIs tailored to processneedsEnablement of integration with partner solutions (adplacement systems)Enablement of cross-application integration andcomposites (CRM integration)

Allows development of new user interfaces (UIs) for use cases involving media advertising management(focus on print ads)Partner: Medien Systemhaus (Stuttgart)

Develops business-to-consumer (B2C) Web applications (certified composites) for advertisingcustomersReplacement and completion of technically outdated Internet application components (IACs) from SAP

Foundation for other scenarios, such as call center integrationFuture: business-to-business, classifieds editor, and cross-media advertising

Use casesAdvertising ad order placementChange of ad designChange of publication date and so onMonitor ad order statusComplaints

Selectmarket

Selectpublication

Confirmad order

Customer Customer service agent

Design andload

ad contentPricing Book

ad order

Industries > Media

© SAP 2007 /

… …

ES Bundle: Subscription Management

Business valueState-of-the-art customer self-services increasecustomer satisfaction and decrease call centerwork loadEnable new UIs tailored to process needsEnable integration with partner solutions (e-paperapplications)Enable cross-application integration andcomposites (CRM integration)

Allows development of new user interfaces (UIs) for use cases involving media subscription managementPartner: Medien Systemhaus (Stuttgart)

Develops business-to-consumer (B2C) Web applications (certified composites) for advertising customersReplacement and completion of technically outdated Internet application components (IACs) from SAP


Use cases (customer via WWW)Order media subscriptionRedirectionSuspensionTerminationTransfer as giftTransfer to institutionAddress changeChange payment data

Order mediasubscription

Confirmsubscription

order

Customer Customer service agent

Redirectsubscription

Customer

Confirmredirection

Customer service agent

Industries > Media

© SAP 2007 /

Copyright 2007 SAP AGAll rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG. The information contained herein may be changedwithout prior notice.Some software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of other software vendors.SAP, R/3, mySAP, mySAP.com, xApps, xApp, SAP NetWeaver, Duet, Business ByDesign, ByDesign, PartnerEdge and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well as theirrespective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG in Germany and in several other countries all over the world. All other product and service names mentioned andassociated logos displayed are the trademarks of their respective companies. Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only. National product specifications may vary.

The information in this document is proprietary to SAP. This document is a preliminary version and not subject to your license agreement or any other agreement with SAP. This documentcontains only intended strategies, developments, and functionalities of the SAP® product and is not intended to be binding upon SAP to any particular course of business, product strategy,and/or development. SAP assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions in this document. SAP does not warrant the accuracy or completeness of the information, text, graphics, links, orother items contained within this material. This document is provided without a warranty of any kind, either express or implied, including but not limited to the implied warranties ofmerchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, or non-infringement.

SAP shall have no liability for damages of any kind including without limitation direct, special, indirect, or consequential damages that may result from the use of these materials. This limitationshall not apply in cases of intent or gross negligence.The statutory liability for personal injury and defective products is not affected. SAP has no control over the information that you may access through the use of hot links contained in thesematerials and does not endorse your use of third-party Web pages nor provide any warranty whatsoever relating to third-party Web pages

Weitergabe und Vervielfältigung dieser Publikation oder von Teilen daraus sind, zu welchem Zweck und in welcher Form auch immer, ohne die ausdrückliche schriftliche Genehmigung durchSAP AG nicht gestattet. In dieser Publikation enthaltene Informationen können ohne vorherige Ankündigung geändert werden.Einige von der SAP AG und deren Vertriebspartnern vertriebene Softwareprodukte können Softwarekomponenten umfassen, die Eigentum anderer Softwarehersteller sind.SAP, R/3, mySAP, mySAP.com, xApps, xApp, SAP NetWeaver, Duet, Business ByDesign, ByDesign, PartnerEdge und andere in diesem Dokument erwähnte SAP-Produkte und Servicessowie die dazugehörigen Logos sind Marken oder eingetragene Marken der SAP AG in Deutschland und in mehreren anderen Ländern weltweit. Alle anderen in diesem Dokument erwähntenNamen von Produkten und Services sowie die damit verbundenen Firmenlogos sind Marken der jeweiligen Unternehmen. Die Angaben im Text sind unverbindlich und dienen lediglich zuInformationszwecken. Produkte können länderspezifische Unterschiede aufweisen.

Die in diesem Dokument enthaltenen Informationen sind Eigentum von SAP. Dieses Dokument ist eine Vorabversion und unterliegt nicht Ihrer Lizenzvereinbarung oder einer anderenVereinbarung mit SAP. Dieses Dokument enthält nur vorgesehene Strategien, Entwicklungen und Funktionen des SAP®-Produkts und ist für SAP nicht bindend, einen bestimmtenGeschäftsweg, eine Produktstrategie bzw. -entwicklung einzuschlagen. SAP übernimmt keine Verantwortung für Fehler oder Auslassungen in diesen Materialien. SAP garantiert nicht dieRichtigkeit oder Vollständigkeit der Informationen, Texte, Grafiken, Links oder anderer in diesen Materialien enthaltenen Elemente. Diese Publikation wird ohne jegliche Gewähr, wederausdrücklich noch stillschweigend, bereitgestellt. Dies gilt u. a., aber nicht ausschließlich, hinsichtlich der Gewährleistung der Marktgängigkeit und der Eignung für einen bestimmten Zwecksowie für die Gewährleistung der Nichtverletzung geltenden Rechts.

SAP übernimmt keine Haftung für Schäden jeglicher Art, einschließlich und ohne Einschränkung für direkte, spezielle, indirekte oder Folgeschäden im Zusammenhang mit der Verwendungdieser Unterlagen. Diese Einschränkung gilt nicht bei Vorsatz oder grober Fahrlässigkeit.Die gesetzliche Haftung bei Personenschäden oder die Produkthaftung bleibt unberührt. Die Informationen, auf die Sie möglicherweise über die in diesem Material enthaltenen Hotlinkszugreifen, unterliegen nicht dem Einfluss von SAP, und SAP unterstützt nicht die Nutzung von Internetseiten Dritter durch Sie und gibt keinerlei Gewährleistungen oder Zusagen überInternetseiten Dritter ab.

Alle Rechte vorbehalten.